System, method, and apparatus for clamping

ABSTRACT

A clamp apparatus is disclosed that includes a body, first and second actuators, first, second, third and fourth gear sets, first and second movable grippers, and at least one leaf spring. The first gear set is coupled to the first actuator and the second gear set is coupled to the second actuator. The first gear set engages the second gear set. The first and second movable grippers are each operatively coupled to the body. The third gear set is coupled to the first movable gripper and the fourth gear set is coupled to the second movable gripper. The third gear set operatively engages the fourth gear set. The leaf spring engages with the third gear set and the fourth gear set to urge the first movable gripper and the second movable gripper toward a clamped position.

CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION

This application is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No.15/782,451, filed Oct. 12, 2017 and entitled System, Method, andApparatus for Clamping, which will be U.S. Pat. No. 10,655,779, issuingon May 19, 2020 (Attorney Docket No. U38), which is a continuation ofU.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/956,648, filed Dec. 2, 2015 andentitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Clamping, now U.S. Pat. No.10,082,241, issued Sep. 25, 2018 (Attorney Docket No. Q69), which is aNon-Provisional application of U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser.No. 62/086,356, filed Dec. 2, 2014, entitled System, Method, andApparatus for Clamping (Attorney Docket No. M25), which is hereinincorporated by reference in its entirety.

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/956,648 is also acontinuation-in-part of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/137,562,filed Dec. 20, 2013 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus forClamping, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,808,572, issued Nov. 7, 2017 (AttorneyDocket No. L51), which is a Non-Provisional application which claims thebenefit of U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/843,574,filed Jul. 8, 2013 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus forClamping (Attorney Docket No. K75), which is hereby incorporated hereinby reference in its entirety.

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/137,562 is also aContinuation-In-Part Application of U.S. patent application Ser. No.13/833,712, filed Mar. 15, 2013 and entitled System, Method, andApparatus for Clamping, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,488,200, issued Nov. 8, 2016(Attorney Docket No. K23), which claims priority to and the benefit ofthe following:

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/679,117, filed Aug. 3,2012 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Monitoring,Regulating, or Controlling Fluid Flow (Attorney Docket No. J30); and

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/651,322, filed May 24,2012 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic PatientCare (Attorney Docket No. J46), both of which are hereby incorporatedherein by reference in their entireties.

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/833,712 (Attorney Docket No. K23)claims priority to and is also a Continuation-In-Part Application of thefollowing:

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/333,574, filed Dec. 21, 2011 andentitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care, nowU.S. Pat. No. 10,453,157, issued Oct. 22, 2019 (Attorney Docket No.I97), and

PCT Application Serial No. PCT/US11/66588, filed Dec. 21, 2011 andentitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care, nowInternational Publication No. WO 2013/095459, published Sep. 12, 2013(Attorney Docket No. I97WO), both of which are hereby incorporatedherein by reference in their entireties.

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/833,712 (Attorney Docket No. K23)claims priority to and is also a Continuation-in-Part Application ofU.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/723,238, filed Dec. 21, 2012 andentitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Clamping, now U.S. Pat. No.9,759,369, issued Sep. 12, 2017 (Attorney Docket No. J47), which claimspriority to and the benefit of the following:

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/578,649, filed Dec. 21,2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Infusing Fluid(Attorney Docket No. J02);

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/578,658, filed Dec. 21,2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Estimating LiquidDelivery (Attorney Docket No. J04);

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/578,674, filed Dec. 21,2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Dispensing OralMedications (Attorney Docket No. J05);

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/679,117, filed Aug. 3,2012 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Monitoring,Regulating, or Controlling Fluid Flow (Attorney Docket No. J30); and

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/651,322, filed May 24,2012 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic PatientCare (Attorney Docket No. J46), each of which is hereby incorporatedherein by reference in its entirety.

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/723,238 (Attorney Docket J47) claimspriority to and is a Continuation-In-Part Application of the following:

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/333,574, filed Dec. 21, 2011 andentitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care, nowU.S. Pat. No. 10,453,157, issued Oct. 22, 2019 (Attorney Docket No.I97), and

PCT Application Serial No. PCT/US11/66588, filed Dec. 21, 2011 andentitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care, nowInternational Publication No. WO 2013/095459, published Sep. 12, 2013(Attorney Docket No. I97WO), both of which are hereby incorporatedherein by reference in their entireties.

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/833,712 (Attorney Docket No. K23)claims priority to and is also a Continuation-in-Part Application ofU.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/723,235, filed Dec. 21, 2012 andentitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Dispensing Oral Medications,now U.S. Pat. No. 9,400,873, issued Jul. 26, 2016 (Attorney Docket No.J74), which claims priority to and benefit of the following:

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/578,649, filed Dec. 21,2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Infusing Fluid(Attorney Docket No. J02);

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/578,658, filed Dec. 21,2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Estimating LiquidDelivery (Attorney Docket No. J04);

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/578,674, filed Dec. 21,2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Dispensing OralMedications (Attorney Docket No. J05);

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/679,117, filed Aug. 3,2012 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Monitoring,Regulating, or Controlling Fluid Flow (Attorney Docket No. J30); and

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/651,322, filed May 24,2012 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic PatientCare (Attorney Docket No. J46), each of which is hereby incorporatedherein by reference in its entirety.

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/723,235 (Attorney Docket No. J74)claims priority to and is a Continuation-In-Part Application of thefollowing:

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/333,574, filed Dec. 21, 2011 andentitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care, nowU.S. Pat. No. 10,453,157, issued Oct. 22, 2019 (Attorney Docket No.I97), and

PCT Application Serial No. PCT/US11/66588, filed Dec. 21, 2011 andentitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care, nowInternational Publication No. WO 2013/095459, published Sep. 12, 2013(Attorney Docket No. I97WO), both of which are hereby incorporatedherein by reference in their entireties.

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/833,712 (Attorney Docket No. K23)claims priority to and is also a Continuation-In-Part Application of PCTApplication Serial No. PCT/US12/71131, filed Dec. 21, 2012 and entitledSystem, Method, and Apparatus for Dispensing Oral Medications, nowInternational Publication No. WO 2013/096718, published Jun. 27, 2013(Attorney Docket No. J74WO), which claims priority to and the benefit ofthe following:

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/578,649, filed Dec. 21,2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Infusing Fluid(Attorney Docket No. J02);

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/578,658, filed Dec. 21,2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Estimating LiquidDelivery (Attorney Docket No. J04);

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/578,674, filed Dec. 21,2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Dispensing OralMedications (Attorney Docket No. J05);

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/651,322, filed May 24,2012 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic PatientCare (Attorney Docket No. J46); and

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/679,117, filed Aug. 3,2012 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Monitoring,Regulating, or Controlling Fluid Flow (Attorney Docket No. J30), each ofwhich is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

PCT Application Serial No. PCT/US12/71131 (Attorney Docket No. J74WO)claims priority to and is a Continuation-In-Part Application of thefollowing:

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/333,574, filed Dec. 21, 2011 andentitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care, nowU.S. Pat. No. 10,453,157, issued Oct. 22, 2019 (Attorney Docket No.I97), and

PCT Application Serial No. PCT/US11/66588, filed Dec. 21, 2011 andentitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care, nowInternational Publication No. WO 2013/095459, published Sep. 12, 2013(Attorney Docket No. I97WO), both of which are hereby incorporatedherein by reference in their entireties.

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/833,712 (Attorney Docket No. K23) isalso a Continuation-In-Part Application of U.S. patent application Ser.No. 13/724,568, filed Dec. 21, 2012 and entitled System, Method, andApparatus for Estimating Liquid Delivery, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,295,778,issued Mar. 29, 2016 (Attorney Docket No. J75), which claims priority toand the benefit of the following:

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/578,649, filed Dec. 21,2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Infusing Fluid(Attorney Docket No. J02);

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/578,658, filed Dec. 21,2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Estimating LiquidDelivery (Attorney Docket No. J04);

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/578,674, filed Dec. 21,2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Dispensing OralMedications (Attorney Docket No. J05);

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/679,117, filed Aug. 3,2012 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Monitoring,Regulating, or Controlling Fluid Flow (Attorney Docket No. J30); and

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/651,322, filed May 24,2012 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic PatientCare (Attorney Docket No. J46), each of which is hereby incorporatedherein by reference in its entirety.

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/724,568 (Attorney Docket No. J75)claims priority to and is a Continuation-In-Part Application of thefollowing:

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/333,574, filed Dec. 21, 2011 andentitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care, nowU.S. Pat. No. 10,453,157, issued Oct. 22, 2019 (Attorney Docket No.I97), and

PCT Application Serial No. PCT/US11/66588, filed Dec. 21, 2011 andentitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care, nowInternational Publication No. WO 2013/095459, published Sep. 12, 2013(Attorney Docket No. I97WO), both of which are hereby incorporatedherein by reference in their entireties.

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/833,712 (Attorney Docket No. K23)claims priority to and is also a Continuation-In-Part Application ofU.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/725,790, filed Dec. 21, 2012 andentitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Infusing Fluid, now U.S. Pat.No. 9,677,555, issued Jun. 13, 2107 (Attorney Docket No. J76), whichclaims priority to and the benefit of the following:

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/578,649, filed Dec. 21,2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Infusing Fluid(Attorney Docket No. J02);

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/578,658, filed Dec. 21,2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Estimating LiquidDelivery (Attorney Docket No. J04);

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/578,674, filed Dec. 21,2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Dispensing OralMedications (Attorney Docket No. J05);

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/679,117, filed Aug. 3,2012 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Monitoring,Regulating, or Controlling Fluid Flow (Attorney Docket No. J30); and

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/651,322, filed May 24,2012 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic PatientCare (Attorney Docket No. J46), each of which is hereby incorporatedherein by reference in its entirety.

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/725,790 (Attorney Docket No. J76)claims priority to and is a Continuation-In-Part Application of thefollowing:

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/333,574, filed Dec. 21, 2011 andentitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care, nowU.S. Pat. No. 10,453,157, issued Oct. 22, 2019 (Attorney Docket No.I97), and

PCT Application Serial No. PCT/US11/66588, filed Dec. 21, 2011 andentitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care, nowInternational Publication No. WO 2013/095459, published Sep. 12, 2013(Attorney Docket No. I97WO), both of which are hereby incorporatedherein by reference in their entireties.

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/833,712 (Attorney Docket No. K23)claims priority to and is also a Continuation-In-Part Application of PCTApplication Serial No. PCT/US12/71490, filed Dec. 21, 2012 and entitledSystem, Method, and Apparatus for Infusing Fluid, now InternationalPublication No. WO 2013/096909, published Jun. 27, 2013 (Attorney DocketNo. J76WO), which claims priority to and the benefit of the following:

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/578,649, filed Dec. 21,2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Infusing Fluid(Attorney Docket No. J02);

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/578,658, filed Dec. 21,2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Estimating LiquidDelivery (Attorney Docket No. J04);

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/578,674, filed Dec. 21,2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Dispensing OralMedications (Attorney Docket No. J05);

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/679,117, filed Aug. 3,2012 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Monitoring,Regulating, or Controlling Fluid Flow (Attorney Docket No. J30); and

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/651,322, filed May 24,2012 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic PatientCare (Attorney Docket No. J46), each of which is hereby incorporatedherein by reference in its entirety.

PCT Application Serial No. PCT/US12/71490 (Attorney Docket No. J76WO)claims priority to and is a Continuation-In-Part Application of thefollowing:

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/333,574, filed Dec. 21, 2011 andentitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care, nowU.S. Pat. No. 10,453,157, issued Oct. 22, 2019 (Attorney Docket No.I97), and

PCT Application Serial No. PCT/US11/66588, filed Dec. 21, 2011 andentitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care, nowInternational Publication No. WO 2013/095459, published Sep. 12, 2013(Attorney Docket No. I97WO), both of which are hereby incorporatedherein by reference in their entireties.

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/833,712 (Attorney Docket No. K23)claims priority to and is also a Continuation-In-Part Application ofU.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/723,239, filed Dec. 21, 2012 andentitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care, nowU.S. Pat. No. 10,108,785, issued Oct. 23, 2018 (Attorney Docket No.J77), which claims priority to and the benefit of the following:

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/578,649, filed Dec. 21,2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Infusing Fluid(Attorney Docket No. J02);

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/578,658, filed Dec. 21,2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Estimating LiquidDelivery (Attorney Docket No. J04);

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/578,674, filed Dec. 21,2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Dispensing OralMedications (Attorney Docket No. J05);

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/651,322, filed May 24,2012 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic PatientCare (Attorney Docket No. J46); and

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/679,117, filed Aug. 3,2012 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Monitoring,Regulating, or Controlling Fluid Flow (Attorney Docket No. J30), each ofwhich is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/723,239 (Attorney Docket No. J77)claims priority to and is a Continuation-In-Part Application of thefollowing:

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/333,574, filed Dec. 21, 2011 andentitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care, nowU.S. Pat. No. 10,453,157, issued Oct. 22, 2019 (Attorney Docket No.I97), and

PCT Application Serial No. PCT/US11/66588, filed Dec. 21, 2011 andentitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care, nowInternational Publication No. WO 2013/095459, published Sep. 12, 2013(Attorney Docket No. I97WO), both of which are hereby incorporatedherein by reference in their entireties.

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/833,712 (Attorney Docket No. K23)claims priority to and is also a Continuation-In-Part Application ofU.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/723,242, filed Dec. 21, 2012 andentitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care, nowU.S. Publication No. US-2013-0317753-A 1, published Nov. 28, 2013(Attorney Docket No. J78), which claims priority to and the benefit ofthe following:

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/651,322, filed May 24,2012 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic PatientCare (Attorney Docket No. J46), which is hereby incorporated herein byreference in its entirety.

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/833,712 (Attorney Docket No. K23)claims priority to and is also a Continuation-In-Part Application ofU.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/723,244, filed Dec. 21, 2012 andentitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Monitoring, Regulating, orControlling Fluid Flow, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,151,646, issued Oct. 6, 2015(Attorney Docket No. J79), which claims priority to and the benefit ofthe following:

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/578,649, filed Dec. 21,2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Infusing Fluid(Attorney Docket No. J02);

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/578,658, filed Dec. 21,2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Estimating LiquidDelivery (Attorney Docket No. J04);

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/578,674, filed Dec. 21,2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Dispensing OralMedications (Attorney Docket No. J05);

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/651,322, filed May 24,2012 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic PatientCare (Attorney Docket No. J46); and

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/679,117, filed Aug. 3,2012 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Monitoring,Regulating, or Controlling Fluid Flow (Attorney Docket No. J30), each ofwhich is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/723,244 (Attorney Docket No. J79)claims priority to and is a Continuation-In-Part Application of thefollowing:

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/333,574, filed Dec. 21, 2011 andentitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care, nowU.S. Pat. No. 10,453,157, issued Oct. 22, 2019 (Attorney Docket No.I97), and

PCT Application Serial No. PCT/US11/66588, filed Dec. 21, 2011 andentitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care, nowInternational Publication No. WO 2013/095459, published Sep. 12, 2013(Attorney Docket No. I97WO), both of which are hereby incorporatedherein by reference in their entireties.

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/833,712 (Attorney Docket No. K23)claims priority to and is also a Continuation-In-Part Application of PCTApplication Serial No. PCT/US12/71142, filed Dec. 21, 2012 and entitledSystem, Method, and Apparatus for Monitoring, Regulating, or ControllingFluid Flow, now International Application No. WO 2013/096722, publishedJun. 27, 2013 (Attorney Docket No. J79WO), which claims priority to andthe benefit of the following:

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/578,649, filed Dec. 21,2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Infusing Fluid(Attorney Docket No. J02);

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/578,658, filed Dec. 21,2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Estimating LiquidDelivery (Attorney Docket No. J04);

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/578,674, filed Dec. 21,2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Dispensing OralMedications (Attorney Docket No. J05);

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/651,322, filed May 24,2012 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic PatientCare (Attorney Docket No. J46); and

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/679,117, filed Aug. 3,2012 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Monitoring,Regulating, or Controlling Fluid Flow (Attorney Docket No. J30), each ofwhich is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

PCT Application Serial No. PCT/US12/71142 (Attorney Docket No. J79WO)claims priority to and is a Continuation-In-Part Application of thefollowing:

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/333,574, filed Dec. 21, 2011 andentitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care, nowU.S. Pat. No. 10,453,157, issued Oct. 22, 2019 (Attorney Docket No.I97), and

PCT Application Serial No. PCT/US11/66588, filed Dec. 21, 2011 andentitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care, nowInternational Publication No. WO 2013/095459, published Sep. 12, 2013(Attorney Docket No. I97WO), both of which are hereby incorporatedherein by reference in their entireties.

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/833,712 (Attorney Docket No. K23)claims priority to and is also a Continuation-In-Part Application ofU.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/723,251, filed Dec. 21, 2012 andentitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Estimating Liquid Delivery,now U.S. Pat. No. 9,636,455, issued May 2, 20117 (Attorney Docket No.J81), which claims priority to and the benefit of the following:

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/578,649, filed Dec. 21,2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Infusing Fluid(Attorney Docket No. J02);

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/578,658, filed Dec. 21,2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Estimating LiquidDelivery (Attorney Docket No. J04);

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/578,674, filed Dec. 21,2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Dispensing OralMedications (Attorney Docket No. J05);

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/651,322, filed May 24,2012 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic PatientCare (Attorney Docket No. J46); and

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/679,117, filed Aug. 3,2012 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Monitoring,Regulating, or Controlling Fluid Flow (Attorney Docket No. J30), each ofwhich is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/723,251 (Attorney Docket No. J81)claims priority to and is a Continuation-In-Part Application of thefollowing:

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/333,574, filed Dec. 21, 2011 andentitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care, nowU.S. Pat. No. 10,453,157, issued Oct. 22, 2019 (Attorney Docket No.I97), and

PCT Application Serial No. PCT/US11/66588, filed Dec. 21, 2011 andentitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care, nowInternational Publication No. WO 2013/095459, published Sep. 12, 2013(Attorney Docket No. I97WO), both of which are hereby incorporatedherein by reference in their entireties.

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/833,712 (Attorney Docket No. K23)claims priority to and is also a Continuation-In-Part Application of PCTApplication Serial No. PCT/US12/71112, filed Dec. 21, 2012 and entitledSystem, Method, and Apparatus for Estimating Liquid Delivery, nowInternational Publication No. WO 2013/096713, published Jun. 27, 2013(Attorney Docket No. J81WO), which claims priority to and the benefit ofthe following:

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/578,649, filed Dec. 21,2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Infusing Fluid(Attorney Docket No. J02);

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/578,658, filed Dec. 21,2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Estimating LiquidDelivery (Attorney Docket No. J04);

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/578,674, filed Dec. 21,2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Dispensing OralMedications (Attorney Docket No. J05);

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/651,322, filed May 24,2012 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic PatientCare (Attorney Docket No. J46); and

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/679,117, filed Aug. 3,2012 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Monitoring,Regulating, or Controlling Fluid Flow (Attorney Docket No. J30), each ofwhich is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

PCT Application Serial No. PCT/US12/71112 (Attorney Docket No. J81WO)claims priority to and is a Continuation-In-Part Application of thefollowing:

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/333,574, filed Dec. 21, 2011 andentitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care, nowU.S. Pat. No. 10,453,157, issued Oct. 22, 2019 (Attorney Docket No.I97), and

PCT Application Serial No. PCT/US11/66588, filed Dec. 21, 2011 andentitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care, nowInternational Publication No. WO 2013/095459, published Sep. 12, 2013(Attorney Docket No. I97WO), both of which are hereby incorporatedherein by reference in their entireties.

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/833,712 (Attorney Docket No. K23)claims priority to and is also a Continuation-In-Part Application ofU.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/723,253, filed Dec. 21, 2012 andentitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care, nowU.S. Publication No. US-2013-0191513-A 1, published Jul. 25, 2013(Attorney Docket No. J85), which claims priority to and the benefit ofthe following:

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/578,649, filed Dec. 21,2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Infusing Fluid(Attorney Docket No. J02);

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/578,658, filed Dec. 21,2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Estimating LiquidDelivery (Attorney Docket No. J04);

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/578,674, filed Dec. 21,2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Dispensing OralMedications (Attorney Docket No. J05);

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/651,322, filed May 24,2012 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic PatientCare (Attorney Docket No. J46); and

U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/679,117, filed Aug. 3,2012 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Monitoring,Regulating, or Controlling Fluid Flow (Attorney Docket No. J30), each ofwhich is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/723,253 (Attorney Docket No. J85)claims priority to and is a Continuation-In-Part Application of thefollowing:

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/333,574, filed Dec. 21, 2011 andentitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care, nowU.S. Pat. No. 10,453,157, issued Oct. 22, 2019 (Attorney Docket No.I97), and

PCT Application Serial No. PCT/US11/66588, filed Dec. 21, 2011 andentitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care, nowInternational Publication No. WO 2013/095459, published Sep. 12, 2013(Attorney Docket No. I97WO), both of which are hereby incorporatedherein by reference in their entireties.

The present application may also be related to the following patentapplication, which is hereby incorporated herein by reference in itsentirety:

PCT application Serial No. PCT/US13/77270, entitled System, Method, andApparatus for Clamping, filed Dec. 20, 2013 (Attorney Docket No. L51WO).

BACKGROUND Field of Disclosure

The present disclosure relates generally to releasably attaching anobject to another object (e.g., clamping a medical device onto a pole).More particularly, the present disclosure relates to a system, method,and apparatus for mounting an object onto a pole or other supportstructure.

Description of Related Art

Patient care generally involves a number of medical devices and systemsthat are used to monitor and treat a patient. The specific medicaldevices required vary with each patient and may change during the courseof treatment. Medical devices often require monitoring by health careproviders and so need to be easily accessible. They are often expensive,so redundancy is rarely possible, and a given device will often need tobe moved to a different patient after a treatment is completed. Giventheir expense, medical devices need to be firmly and safely attached toa location to prevent either their damage or an interruption to patientcare should they come unattached.

Medical devices are typically attached to a vertical pole located nearthe bedside of their assigned patient. This arrangement facilitates: theattached equipment to be customized according to patient's treatment,convenient monitoring by health care providers, minimizing the length oftubing or other connections between the patient and the device, andmoving the pole and the attached equipment to follow movement of thepatient. A typical attachment involves a brace fixed to the medicaldevice and a threaded screw that can be tightened to squeeze a sectionof the support pole positioned between the brace and the screw.Typically, turning the screw clockwise advances the screw into theinterior of the brace and attaches the medical device to the pole;counterclockwise rotation retracts the screw and allows the device to beremoved. Once the advancing screw contacts the support pole, it exerts apredominantly compression-based force into the pole which holds themedical device in position against the downward pull of gravity. Theuser manually adjusts the clamp to poles of different diameter byvarying the number of screw rotations and rotational direction of screwrotations thus controlling how far into the brace interior the screw isextended. Such positioning and adjustment faces a number of constraints,for example, it can be time consuming, there is risk of cross-threading,there is risk of human error (i.e. not tightening enough) etc.

SUMMARY Clamp Mechanisms

In accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure a clampcomprises a housing. The clamp may also include at least one pawl. Theat least one pawl may be pivotally coupled to a pivot point. The clampmay also include a lift bar. The lift bar may be operatively coupled tothe at least one pawl. The lift bar may be configured to control the atleast one pawl. The clamp may also include at least one bias memberoperatively coupled to the housing. The at least one bias member may beconfigured to bias the at least one pawl toward a first position. Theclamp may additionally include an actuator operatively coupled to thelift bar. The actuator may be configured move the lift bar to therebymove the at least one pawl to a second position.

In some embodiments, the said housing may include a means of couplingthe clamp to a load. In some embodiments, the clamp may be configured tocouple to a medical device. In some embodiments, the medical device maybe an infusion pump. In some embodiments, the medical device may be aperistaltic infusion pump.

In some embodiments, the clamp may be configured such that a downwardpull of gravity on the clamp causes the at least one pawl to amplify theclamping force exerted on a clamped object.

In some embodiments, the housing further comprises at least one track.In some embodiments, the housing has at least one handle.

In some embodiments, at least one of the at least one pawl furthercomprises a gripping surface configured to engage a clamped object. Thegripping surface may be made of a material which will firmly grip, butnot deform, a clamped object.

In some embodiments, at least one of the at least one bias member may bea coil spring. At least one of the at least one bias member may be a gasspring. At least one of the at least one bias member may be a torsionspring. At least one of the at least one bias member may made of aspringy, compressible material. At least one of the at least one biasmember may be a constant force spring.

In some embodiments, said housing includes a back plate with at leastone handle coupled thereto.

The clamp may further comprise at least one track, wherein the at leastone track is inclined and offset from the housing.

In still other embodiments, the clamp may further comprise at least onepawl assembly. The at least one pawl assembly may include a pawl of theat least one pawl, and the pawl may be pivotally coupled to the pawlassembly.

In some embodiments the at least one pawl assembly may further comprisea sliding wedge and the pawl may be pivotally coupled to the slidingwedge. The sliding wedge comprises an engagement surface configured formovement along the at least one track. In some embodiments the at leastone pawl assembly may be slidingly coupled to the lift bar. The lift barmay be configured such that all of the at least pawl move in unison witheach other.

In some embodiments, the housing may comprise a vertical grooveconfigured for engaging with an engagement surface of the lift bar tothereby guide the movement of the lift bar.

In some embodiments, the at least one pawl may be configured to engagewith a girth a variety of different clamped objects.

In some embodiments, the actuator may comprise a pull handle. The pullhandle may be configured for being operated by a user so as to overcomethe at least one bias member and move the at least one pawl from thefirst position to the second position.

In some embodiments, the housing may include at least one catch. The atleast one catch may be configured to engage the actuator and hold it inone of the first and second positions. In some embodiments, the clampthe housing may comprise a first and a second inclined track offset froma back plate. The at least one pawl may comprise a first pawl pivotallycoupled to a first sliding wedge. The first sliding wedge may beconfigured to ride along the first track. A second pawl may be pivotallycoupled to a second sliding wedge. The second sliding wedge may beconfigured to ride along the second track. The lift bar may beconfigured to slidingly couple to the first and second sliding wedgessuch that the lift bar thereby ensures the first and second pawls movein unison with one another. The at least one bias member may beconfigured to bias the lift bar to the first position. A handle may becoupled to the lift bar and configured for being operated by a user soas to overcome the at least one bias member to thereby move the firstand second pawls to the second position. Additionally, a catch, may beconfigured to engage a notch in said handle and when engaged holds thehandle in one of the first and second positions.

In some embodiments, the housing may comprises at least one verticaltrack.

In some embodiments at least one pair of pawls may be pivotally coupledto the housing. The at least one pair of pawls may be coupled togetherby the lift bar. The lift bar may ensure that the at least one pair ofpawls move in unison.

In some embodiments, the said lift bar may comprise an engagementsurface for movement along said track in said housing.

In some embodiments, the actuator may be a pivotal actuator handle. Thepivotal actuator handle may be configured to be pulled by the user inorder to move the clamp between the first position and the secondposition.

In some embodiments, the housing of the clamp may comprise at least onevertical track. The at least one pawl may comprise first and secondpawls each pivotally coupled to the housing. The lift bar may be coupledto the first and second pawls. The lift bar may be configured to ensurethe first and second pawls pivot in unison with each another. The atleast one bias member may configured to bias the lift bar towards thefirst position. The actuator handle may be configured for being operatedby a user so as to overcome the at least one bias member to move thelift bar towards the second position.

In some embodiments, the housing may comprise at least one track locatedon an interior surface of the housing along at least one wall of atleast one hollow cavity in the housing. The at least one track may bevertical.

In some embodiments, the housing may further comprise at least one fixedgripping surface. The said housing may comprise a back plate to whichthe at least one fixed gripping surface is coupled. The at least onefixed gripping surface may formed of a material which will firmly grip,but not deform a clamped object.

In some embodiments, the at least one pawl may comprise only a singlepawl. Opposite said single pawl may be a fixed gripping surface. Thefirst pawl and opposite fixed gripping surface may be configured toautomatically mimic the girth of a clamped object.

In some embodiments, the lift bar may comprise an engagement surface formovement along the at least one vertical track. The lift bar may coupleto a single pawl. Movement of the lift bar may cause the single pawl topivot about the single pawl's pivot point.

In some embodiments the said actuator may be a depressible trigger.

In some embodiments, the housing of the clamp may comprise at least onehollow cavity with at least one vertical track running along at least apart of an interior wall of the hollow cavity. The clamp may comprise atleast one fixed gripping surface. The at least one pawl may comprise asingle pawl pivotally coupled to the housing. The lift bar may comprisean engagement surface for engaging the at least one vertical track on atleast a part of the interior wall of the housing. The lift bar maycouple to the single pawl thereby causing it to pivot about its pivotpoint as the lift bar move along the at least one vertical track. The atleast one bias member may be configured to bias the lift bar to thefirst position. The actuator may be configured for being operated by auser so as to overcome the at least one bias member thereby move thelift bar to the second position.

In accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure, a method ofmaking a clamp may comprise providing a housing such that the housingcomprises at least one track. The method may also comprise providing atleast one pawl configured for engaging a clamped object such that the atleast one pawl is pivotally coupled to a pivot point. The method mayalso comprise providing a lift bar such that the lift bar may be coupledto the at least one pawl and such that the lift bar may be capable ofcontrolling the movement of the at least one pawl. The method may alsocomprise providing at least one bias member such that the at least onebias member may be configured to bias the at least one pawl to a firstposition. The method may also comprise providing an actuator such thatthe actuator may be configured for being operated by a user so as toovercome the at least one bias member to move the at least one pawl to asecond position.

In some embodiments, providing the said clamp comprises providing thesaid clamp for use with medical devices and accessories.

In some embodiments, providing said housing comprises providing a meansof coupling to a load.

In some embodiments, providing the means of coupling to the loadcomprises providing the means of coupling to a load which is one of amedical device and a medical accessory.

In some embodiments, providing one of the medical device and medicalaccessory may comprise providing an infusion pump.

In some embodiments, providing the infusion pump may comprise providinga peristaltic infusion pump.

In some embodiments, providing said housing may comprise providing atleast one handle on the housing.

In some embodiments, providing said at least one pawls may furthercomprise providing a gripping surface to engage a clamped object on atleast a part of a surface of the at least one pawl. Providing saidgripping surface may comprise providing said gripping surface being of amaterial which will firmly grip, but not deform the clamped object.

In some embodiments, providing the said at least one bias member maycomprise providing at least one coil spring. Providing the said at leastone bias member may comprise providing at least one gas spring.Providing the said at least one bias member may comprise providing atleast one torsion spring. Providing the said at least one bias membermay comprise providing at least one springy, compressible material.

In some embodiments, providing the housing may comprise providing a backplate with at least one handle.

In some embodiments, providing the at least one track may compriseproviding the at least one track such that the at least one track isinclined and offset from the housing.

In some embodiments, providing at least one pawl may comprise providingthe at least one pawl such that the at least one pawl is pivotallycoupled on a pawl assembly.

In some embodiments, providing the clamp may comprise providing the atleast one pawl such that the at least one pawl is pivotally coupled to asliding wedge. Providing the sliding wedge may comprise providing thesliding wedge with an engagement surface for movement along the at leastone track.

In some embodiments, providing the pawl assembly may comprise providingthe pawl assembly such that the pawl assembly may be slidably coupled tothe lift bar. Providing the lift bar may comprise providing the lift barsuch that the lift bar is capable of moving the pawl assembly.

In some embodiments, providing the housing may comprise providing avertical groove on the housing which engages an engagement surface onthe lift bar thereby guiding the movement of the lift bar.

In some embodiments, providing the clamp may comprise providing theclamp such that the clamp is capable of automatically mimicking thegirth of a variety of different clamped objects.

In some embodiments, providing the actuator may comprise providing apull handle. Providing the pull handle may comprise providing the pullhandle such that the pull handle is capable of being operated by a userso as to overcome the bias members and move the clamp from a firstposition to a second position.

In some embodiments, providing the housing may comprise providing atleast one catch.

In some embodiments, providing the at least one bias member may compriseproviding a constant force spring.

In some embodiments, providing the at least one catch may compriseproviding the at least one catch such that the at least one catch isable to engage the actuator and hold the actuator in one of the firstposition and the second position.

In some embodiments, providing the clamp may comprise providing thehousing, such that the housing comprises two inclined track offset froma back plate. Providing a first pawl assembly such that a pawl ispivotally coupled to a sliding wedge. Providing the sliding wedge maycomprise providing the sliding wedge such that the sliding wedge may beable to ride along one of the inclined tracks. Providing a second pawlassembly opposite and symmetrical to the first pawl assembly such asecond pawl is pivotally coupled to a second sliding wedge, and suchthat the second sliding wedge may able to ride along the other of theinclined tracks. Providing the lift bar such that a crosspiece of thelift bar couples to the two pawl assemblies and such that the lift barensures the pawl assemblies move in unison with one another. Providingthe at least one bias member such that the at least one bias memberbiases the said clamp to a first position. Providing a handle, saidhandle capable of being operated by a user so as to overcome the atleast one bias member and move the clamp to a second position. Providinga catch such that said catch may be capable of engaging a notch in saidhandle and when engaged holds clamp in either the first or secondposition. Providing the clamp such that the downward pull of gravity onthe clamp causes the sliding wedges to move toward each other.

In some embodiments, providing the at least one track may compriseproviding at least one vertical track.

In some embodiments, providing at least one pawl may comprise providingat least one pair of pawls pivotally coupled to the housing.

In some embodiments, providing the at least one pair of pawls maycomprise providing the at least one pair of pawls such that the at leastone pair of pawls are coupled together by the lift bar and wherein thelift bar ensures that the at least one pair of pawls move in unison.

In some embodiments, providing the lift bar may comprise providing thelift bar with an engagement surface for movement along the at least onetrack in the housing.

In some embodiments, providing the actuator may comprise providing apivotal actuator handle.

In some embodiments, providing the pivotal actuator handle may comprisesupporting the pivotal actuator handle such that the pivotal actuatorhandle may be pulled by the user toward at least one handle on thehousing in order to move the clamp from the first position to the secondposition.

In some embodiments, providing the clamp may comprise providing thehousing, such that the housing may comprise at least one pair ofvertical tracks. Providing at least one pair of pawls pivotally coupledto the housing. Providing the lift bar such that the said lift barcouples to the at least one pair of pawls and wherein the lift barensures the at least one pair of pawls pivot in unison with one another.Providing the at least one bias member such that the at least one biasmember biases the said clamp to the first position. Providing theactuator handle, said actuator handle capable of being operated by auser so as to overcome the at least one bias member and move the clampto the second position. And providing the clamp such that the downwardpull of gravity on the clamp causes the pawls of the at least one pairof pawls to pivot toward each other.

In some embodiments, providing the at least one track may compriselocating the at least one track on the interior of the housing along atleast one wall of at least one hollow cavity.

In some embodiments, providing the at least one track may compriseproviding the at least one track such that the at least one track isvertical.

In some embodiments, providing the housing may further compriseproviding at least one fixed gripping surface on the housing.

In some embodiments, providing the housing may comprise providing a backplate to which the at least one fixed gripping surface is coupled.

In some embodiments, providing the at least one fixed gripping surfacemay comprise providing the at least one fixed gripping surface such thatthe at least one fixed gripping surface is of a material which willfirmly grip, but not deform a clamped object.

In some embodiments, providing the at least one pawl may compriseproviding only a single pawl.

In some embodiments, providing the single pawl may comprise providing afixed gripping surface opposite the single pawl.

In some embodiments, providing the single pawl and opposite fixedgripping surface may comprise providing the single pawl and the oppositefixed gripping surface such that the single pawl and the opposite fixedgripping surface are capable of automatically mimicking the girth of aclamped object.

In some embodiments, providing the lift bar may comprise providing anengagement surface on the lift bar for movement along the at least onetrack.

In some embodiments, providing the lift bar may comprise providing thelift bar such that the lift bar couples to a single pawl and whereinmovement of the lift bar causes the single pawl to pivot about the pivotpoint.

In some embodiments, providing the actuator may comprise providing adepressible trigger.

In some embodiments, providing the clamp may comprise providing thehousing such that said housing may comprise at least one hollow cavitywith at least one vertical track running along at least a part of thehollow cavity. Providing at least one fixed gripping surface. Providingthe at least one pawl wherein providing the at least one pawl comprisesproviding a single pawl pivotally coupled to the housing. Providing thelift bar such that the said lift bar has an engagement surface forengaging the at least one vertical track, and such that the lift barcouples to the single pawl, causing it to pivot about the pivot point asthe lift bar moves along the said track. Providing the least one biasmember such that the at least one bias member biases the said clamp tothe first position. Providing the actuator, such that said actuator iscapable of being operated by a user so as to overcome the at least onebias member and move the clamp to the second position. And providing theclamp such that the downward pull of gravity on the clamp causes thesingle pawl to rotate toward the at least one fixed gripping surface.

In accordance with another embodiment of the disclosure, a clamp maycomprise a guide plate having a first end, a second end, and a pluralityof surfaces, first gripper mounted on one of the plurality of surfaces,and a second gripper slidingly coupled to one of the plurality ofsurfaces, said second gripper located between said first gripper andsaid second end. The clamp may also comprise an actuator, said actuatorrotatably attached to said guide plate, the actuator configured andpositioned on said guide plate such that rotation of said actuator movessaid second gripper towards said first gripper. The clamp may alsocomprise at least one bias member configured to bias the second gripperto a first position.

In some embodiments, the at least one bias member may be a compressionspring.

In some embodiments, said second gripper is mounted to a slider sled,said slider sled being in sliding connection with said guide plate andconfigured to allow said second gripper to move between the firstposition and a second position.

In some embodiments, the clamp may further comprise at least one springsupport mounted to said slider sled. Said at least one spring supportmay comprise at least one portion with a diameter less than a diameterof said at least one compression spring. Said portion of said at leastone spring support may be positioned to fit inside the diameter of saidat least one compression spring.

In some embodiments, the at least one spring support may furthercomprise an expanded end, wherein said expanded end is an end nearest tosaid first gripper, and wherein said end has a diameter greater than thediameter of said at least one compression spring.

In some embodiments, the clamp may further comprise a pressure plate,said pressure plate slidingly coupled to both said slider sled and tosaid guide plate, and may further comprise a projection, said projectionlocated adjacent to said actuator and positioned such that rotation ofsaid actuator moves said projection towards said first gripper.

In some embodiments, the clamp may further comprise at least one biasmember housing attached to said pressure plate. Said at least one biasmember housing may be hollow and may comprise a sealed end. Said atleast one bias member housing may comprise a diameter greater than thediameter of said at least one bias member.

In some embodiments, the clamp may further comprise a bias memberlocated on said guide plate and oriented such that movement of saidsecond gripper towards said first gripper stores mechanical energy insaid bias member.

In some embodiments, the guide plate may further comprise a bias membersupport, said bias member support coupled to said guide plate and sizedto support said bias member.

In some embodiments, at least one of said second gripper or said firstgripper may be comprised of a material which will firmly grip, but notdeform a clamped object.

In some embodiments, at least a part of at least one of the firstgripper or second gripper may be comprised of polyurethane.

In some embodiments, at least one of said second gripper or said firstgripper may be at least partially covered by a removable surface.

In some embodiments, at least one of said second gripper or said firstgripper may comprise at least one approximately semi-circular orcontoured face.

In some embodiments, one of the plurality of surfaces of said guideplate may comprise a support wall, said support wall supporting saidfirst gripper. In some embodiments, the support structure may furthercomprise one or more buttresses, said buttresses extending from saidsupport wall to said guide plate.

In some embodiments, said actuator may comprise a handle.

In some embodiments said actuator may comprise a cam with at least oneflat segment.

In accordance with another embodiment of the present disclosure, a clampmay comprise a guide plate having a first end, a second end, and aplurality of surfaces, a first gripper coupled to one of the pluralityof surfaces, a second plate slidingly coupled to one of the plurality ofsurfaces of the guide plate, a second gripper coupled to the secondplate, and at least one bias member, said bias member coupled to bothsaid guide plate and said second plate.

In some embodiments, the guide plate may further comprise a memberadapted as a palm support. Said member may be U-shaped.

In some embodiments, the second plate may further comprise a rack. Saidsecond plate may further comprise a second member, said second memberadapted as a handle. Said handle may be U-shaped.

In some embodiments, at least one of said second gripper or said firstgripper may be comprised of a material which will firmly grip, but notdeform a clamped object.

In some embodiments at least one of said second gripper or said firstgripper may be at least partially covered by a removable surface.

In some embodiments at least one of said second gripper or said firstgripper may comprise at least one approximately semi-circular orcontoured face.

In some embodiments, one of said plurality of surfaces of said guideplate may comprise a support wall, said support wall supporting saidfirst gripper.

In some embodiments, the clamp may further comprise one or morebuttresses, said buttresses extending from said support wall to saidguide plate.

In some embodiments, said second plate may comprise a support wall, saidsupport wall supporting said second gripper.

In some embodiments, the second plate may further comprise one or morebuttresses, said buttresses extending from said second plate supportwall to said second plate.

In some embodiments, the clamp may further comprise a pinion gear inoperative engagement with said rack of said second plate.

In some embodiments, said second plate comprises an aperture throughwhich the pinion gear project. In some embodiments, at least one edge ofsaid aperture may comprise the teeth of said rack.

In some embodiments, the clamp may further comprise a gear shaft, saidgear shaft coupled to said guide plate. Said pinion gear may rotateabout the axis of said gear shaft.

In some embodiments, the clamp may further comprise a ratcheter.

In some embodiments, said ratcheter may comprise a ratcheting lever,said ratcheting lever may comprise, a ratcheting lever input structure,a ratcheting lever output structure and, a ratcheting lever hubrotatable about the axis of the gear shaft and to which the ratchetinglever input structure and output structure are coupled.

In some embodiments the input structure of the ratcheting lever maycomprise a ratcheting lever handle.

In some embodiments, the output structure of the ratcheting lever maycomprise one or more members. The members of the output structure maysupport at least one pawl.

In some embodiments, actuation of the ratcheting lever may cause thepawl to operatively engage the pinion gear through an orifice in theratcheting lever hub.

In some embodiments, actuation of the ratcheting lever may cause thesecond gripper to displace from the first position toward a secondposition.

In some embodiments, the clamp may further comprise an over-centerlinkage wherein the over-center linkage is in an over-center positionwhen the second gripper is in one of the first position and secondposition.

In some embodiments, the clamp may be for use with medical devices.

In some embodiments, the at least one bias member may be an extensionspring.

In some embodiments, the untensioned length of said extension spring maybe slightly less than the distance between an extension spring couplingpoint on the guide plate and an extension spring coupling point on thesecond plate.

In accordance with another embodiment of the present disclosure a clampmay comprise a housing having a first end, a second end, and a pluralityof surfaces. The clamp may comprise a first gripper base coupled to oneof said plurality of surfaces. The clamp may comprise a second gripperbase slidable about one of the said plurality of surfaces, said secondgripper base located between said first gripper base and said secondend. The clamp may also comprise at least one bias member, an actuator,said actuator rotatably coupled to said housing, and at least one gear.

In some embodiments, the at least one of the at least one gear may be aneccentric cam gear.

In some embodiments, the first gripper may be coupled to the firstgripper base and a second gripper may be coupled to the second gripperbase.

In some embodiments, at least one of said mobile gripper or said fixedgripper may be comprised of a material which will firmly grip, but notdeform a clamped object.

In some embodiments, at least one of said first gripper or said secondgripper may be at least partially covered by a removable surface.

In some embodiments, at least one of said first gripper or said secondgripper may comprise at least one approximately semi-circular orcontoured face.

In some embodiments, said actuator may be a handle. The handle may beroughly L-shaped comprising a horizontal arm and a vertical arm. Saidvertical arm may comprise a latch housing sized to accommodate anactuator handle latch.

In some embodiments, the latch housing comprises at least one biasmember, said bias member positioned to bias said actuator handle latchto a first position.

In some embodiments, the said actuator handle latch may catch on astructure of the housing when in the first position disallowing anyrotation of the actuator.

In some embodiments, the clamp may further comprise a slider sled.

In some embodiments, said slider sled may comprise at least one guiderecess sized to fit a guide projection on said second gripper base.

In some embodiments, the clamp may further comprise a slider sled, saidslider sled may comprise a means for a slidably coupling to said secondgripper base.

In some embodiments, the clamp may further comprise at least one biasmember support coupled to at least one face of said slider sled.

In some embodiments, the at least one of the at least one bias membermay be a coil spring.

In some embodiments, said bias member support may comprise a projectionsized to fit within a coil diameter of a compression spring.

In some embodiments, the bias member support may further comprise anend, said end may be attached to said bias member support and may have adiameter greater than said coil diameter of said compression spring.

In some embodiments, at least one of the at least one gear may beeccentrically and rotatably coupled to a gear shaft.

In some embodiments, a gear shaft may rotate when the actuator isactuated.

In some embodiments, the clamp may further comprise at least oneadditional cam gear, said additional cam gear may be positioned to berotated by said gear on said gear shaft.

In some embodiments, said additional cam gear may be eccentrically androtatably attached to said second gripper.

In some embodiments, an additional cam gear may eccentrically androtatably attached to said slider sled.

In some embodiments, said additional cam gear may be rotatably connectedto said gear by a linkage.

In some embodiments, said linkage may be a roughly claw-shaped body,said linkage may be configured to restrict the arc through which thegear and additional cam gear are capable of rotating.

In some embodiments, the clamp may further comprise a latch, said latchmay be an operatively displaceable body secured to said first gripperbase.

In some embodiments, said latch may comprise at least one surface thatdefines a catch.

In some embodiments, the latch may catch at least one portion of theactuator, disallowing further actuation of the actuator.

In some embodiments, the clamp may further comprise a latch, said latchmay be an operatively displaceable body secured to said first gripperbase. Said latch may comprise at least one surface defining a catch,said catch capable of engaging a portion of the horizontal arm of thehandle and thereby disallowing further actuation of said handle.

In some embodiments, said latch may comprise a trough flanked by atleast one sloped surface.

In some embodiments, the latch may further comprise at least one biasmember configured to bias the latch to a first position.

In some embodiments, the latch may assume a second position during atleast a part of actuation of the actuator.

In some embodiments, the latch may be in the first position after fullactuation of the actuator and operatively engage the actuator to preventfurther actuation of the actuator.

In accordance with another embodiment of the present disclosure a clipmay comprise a torsion latch, said torsion latch comprising a beamhaving a front, a back, and a bottom. The clip may further comprise atleast one spring holder, said spring holder comprising a pair ofapproximately circular projections attached to said bottom of saidtorsion latch. The clip may further comprise at least one torsionspring, said torsion spring sized to fit between said pair ofapproximately circular projections. The clip may further comprise atleast one latch hook. The at least one latch hook may comprise a notch.The torsion latch may further be configured to pivot between a firstposition and a second position.

In some embodiments, the clip may be configured to attach a medicaldevice to a support structure.

In some embodiments, the clip may further comprise a latch wedge, saidlatch wedge may be a triangular prism projecting from at least a portionof said front of said torsion latch.

In some embodiments, the latch may further comprise at least two latchhooks.

In accordance with another embodiment of the present disclosure a clampmay comprise a housing, first and second gripper jaws, both of saidgripper jaws at least partially contained within said housing, a firstbracket comprising part of said first gripper jaw, and a second bracketcomprising part of said second gripper jaw, a first gripping surfacecoupled to at least one surface of the first bracket, a second grippingsurface coupled to at least one surface of the second bracket, at leastone gear, said gear operatively coupled to said first gripper jaw andsaid second gripper jaw, and at least one bias member attached to saidhousing and to at least one of the first and second gripper jaws.

In some embodiments, the at least one bias member may comprise two biasmembers, one of said bias members extending from said first gripper jawto said housing, the other of said bias members extending from saidsecond gripper jaw to said housing.

In some embodiments, the bias members may be extension springs.

In some embodiments, the first and second gripper jaws may comprise atleast one toothed surface.

In some embodiments, said at least one gear is a pinion gear mayoperatively engage with at least one of said toothed surfaces of saidfirst or said second gripper jaw.

In some embodiments, the clamp may further comprise a handle, saidhandle pivotally attached to said first gripper jaw. Said handle may bemoveable between a first and a second position.

In some embodiments, the clamp may further comprise at least onelinkage, said linkage may extend from said handle to said first gripperjaw.

In some embodiments, at least one of the at least one linkages may be anover-center linkage.

In some embodiments, at least one of the at least one linkages mayoperatively couple the handle to a cam, such that when said handle ismoved to said second position, said cam pushes said first gripper jawand said second gripper jaw closer together.

In some embodiments, the over-center linkage may be in an over-centerposition when the handle is in the second position.

In accordance with another embodiment of the present disclosure a clampmay comprise a base for attaching an object, said base having acenterline. The clamp may also comprise a pair of grippers, said pair ofgrippers oriented obliquely to said centerline of said base.

In some embodiments, the object may be a medical device.

In accordance with another embodiment of the present disclosure a clampmay comprise a housing, first gripper and second gripper, at least oneof the first and second grippers being moveable, and and actuator. Theactuator may be configured to actuate the moveable gripper of the firstand second grippers between a first position and a second position. Theclamp may further comprise at least one linkage. The at least onelinkage may operatively couple the actuator to the mobile gripper. Theclamp may further comprise at least one bias member configured andpositioned so as to supply a clamping force when the moveable gripper ofthe first and second grippers is in one of the first and secondpositions.

In some embodiments, said at least one linkage may be an over-centerlinkage. The over-center linkage may be in an over-center orientationwhen the mobile gripper is in one of the first position and secondposition.

In some embodiments, said first gripper and second gripper may beoriented obliquely to a centerline of said clamp.

In some embodiments, said moveable gripper may be slidingly coupled to adriven member.

In some embodiments, said driven member may be slidingly coupled to thehousing.

In some embodiments, at least two of the bias members may be compressionsprings, said compression springs may be positioned such that whencompressed the compression springs are configured to exert a clampingforce on a clamped object.

In some embodiments, at least one bias member may be a constant forcespring, said at least one constant force spring may be positioned suchthat when unwound a clamping force is exerted against a clamped object.

In some embodiments, the actuator may be a handle.

In some embodiments, at least one of the at least one bias members maybe an extension spring said extension spring attached to said handle ata first end and to said housing at a second end.

In some embodiments, said at least one extension spring may be anover-center spring and may be in an over-center orientation when themoveable gripper is in one of first position and second position.

In some embodiments the clamp may further comprise a latch, said latchmay be pivotally coupled to said actuator and comprising a latchprojection.

In some embodiments, said latch may be pivotable between a firstposition and a second position. Said latch may comprise a latch bodywith a plurality of faces at least one of which may further comprise atleast one ergonomic feature.

In some embodiments, the latch may be biased to the first position by atleast one torsion spring.

In some embodiments the clamp may further comprise a latch catch, saidlatch catch may be a part of one of the first gripper jaw and secondgripper jaw.

In some embodiments, said latch catch may be configured to retain saidlatch projection when said actuator has actuated the moveable gripper toone of the first position and second position.

In some embodiments, pivoting the latch from the first position to thesecond position may release the latch projection from said latch catch.

In some embodiments, the clamp may be for use with medical devices andmedical accessories.

In some embodiments, the housing may include a means of coupling theclamp to a load. The load may be a medical device. In some embodiments,the medical device may be a peristaltic infusion pump or syringe pumpinfusion pump.

In some embodiments, at least at part of at least one of the grippersmay comprise a gripping surface being of a material which may firmlygrip, but not deform a clamped object.

In some embodiments, the said gripping surface may be removable and/orreplaceable.

In some embodiments, the said gripping surface may comprise asemi-circular or contoured face.

In one embodiment of the present disclosure, a clamp includes a housing,a fixed gripper, a driven member, a moveable gripper and an actuator.The housing includes first and second tracks. The fixed gripper iscoupled to the housing. The driven member is configured to slide withinthe first and second tracks of the housing. The moveable gripper isoperatively coupled to the driven member. The actuator is configured tomove the driven member towards a first position to thereby move themoveable gripper towards the fixed gripper. The actuator is furtherconfigured to move the driven member towards a second position tothereby move the moveable gripper away from the fixed gripper. Theactuator may be a handle pivotally coupled to the housing. The clamp mayfurther include first and second linkages. The first linkage may becoupled a first side of the handle and a first side of the drivenmember, and the second linkage may be coupled to a second side of thehandle and to a second side of the driven member.

The clamp may further comprise a gripper sled slidably coupled to thedriven member. A bias member may be configured to bias the gripper sledwithin the driven member towards the fixed gripper.

The driven member may include a stop member configured to preventmovement of the gripper sled relative to the driven member beyond apredetermined location of the driven member. The moveable gripper may becoupled to the gripper sled.

The bias member may be a constant force spring, a compression spring, orother compressible or expandable spring.

The clamp may be configured to allow the gripper sled to stop whenabutting against an object while allowing the driven member to continueto move as the actuator is further actuated.

The gripper sled may be rigidly coupled to the moveable gripper, and theclamp may further include a bias member configured to bias the grippersled within the driven member towards the fixed gripper.

In yet another embodiment, a clamp includes a housing, a fixed grippingmeans, and a moveable gripping means. The fixed gripping means is forrigidly being coupled to the housing. The moveable gripping means is forgripping the clamp onto an object.

Rack Apparatus and Rack System

In the present disclosure, a rack may include a support member that hasa first end portion and a second end portion that is opposite to thefirst end portion. The rack may also include at least one mount. The atleast one mount may be coupled to the support member and may be disposedon the support member between the first end portion and the second endportion of the support member. In addition, a clamp may be coupled tothe support member, and the clamp may be configured to have a clampedposition and an unclamped position.

In an exemplary embodiment, the support member may be a cylindricallyshaped object, such as a pole. In certain embodiments, the at least onemount may be approximately perpendicular to the support member. The atleast one mount may also be elongated in a first direction, wherein thefirst direction is approximately perpendicular to the support member.The at least one mount may also include a substantially planar surface.Similarly, each of the at least one mount may be a plate. Additionally,the at least one mount may be pivotally connected to the support member.The at least one mount may also be configured to rotate about alongitudinal axis of the support member. Furthermore, the at least onemount may be hingably coupled to the support member. In certainembodiments, the hinge may be configured to have an axis of rotation ina transverse plane of the support member. In other embodiments, thehinge may be configured to have an axis of rotation in a longitudinalplane of the support member. In addition, the at least one mount may beremovably coupled to the support member. Alternatively, the at least onemount may be fixedly coupled to the support member. The at least onemount may also include a flange that extends upwardly from a second endof the at least one mount, wherein the second end of the at least onemount is opposite to a first end of the at least one mount.

In a preferred embodiment, the at least one mount may be configured toreceive a medical device. The medical device may be attachable to anyone of the at least one mount. Likewise, the medical device may bedetachable from any one of the at least one mount.

The rack may further comprise a base member that may be coupled to thesupport member. The base member may be positioned in spaced relation tothe support member and may be configured to provide a moment of forcethat is sufficient to counteract a moment of force about the clamp ofthe rack. In a preferred embodiment, the base member may be configuredto abut a support structure at a resting point and thereby position thesupport member at a distance away from the support structure. The basemember may include a notch at the resting point where the base memberabuts the support structure, and the notch may have a radius ofcurvature. Alternatively, the base member may include a clamp that isconfigured to clamp onto a support structure. In a preferred embodiment,the base member may be operatively coupled to the second end portion ofthe support member. In embodiments where the base member is coupled tothe second end portion of the support member, two or more wheels may becoupled to the base member. In certain embodiments the at least twowheels may be removably coupled to the base member. In otherembodiments, a wheel assembly may couple at least two wheels to the basemember. The wheel assembly may likewise be removably coupled to the basemember. Furthermore, the base member may itself be configured to receivea medical device.

The clamp of the rack may include a fixed gripper and a mobile gripper.In a preferred embodiment, the clamp may be operatively coupled to thefirst end portion of the support member. To couple with a supportstructure, the mobile gripper may move in a first direction towards thefixed gripper. To decouple from the support structure, the mobilegripper may move in a second direction away from the fixed gripper. Thefixed gripper and the mobile gripper may be shaped to couple with arange of different support structures. Thus, the clamp may be configuredto removably couple with a support structure when the clamp is inclamped position.

To enable the at least one mount, the support member, and the clamp tobe carried as a group, the rack may further comprise a handle that maybe coupled to the first end portion of the support member and that maybe disposed above the at least one mount. The handle may approximate theshape of a “U” and may be configured to extend in an approximatelyperpendicular direction to the support member.

Each of the at least one mount may also include a respective connector.The connector may be configured to interface with a medical device, suchas a monitoring client. In a preferred embodiment, the respectiveconnector of the at least mount may be configured to receive power. Thepower may be supplied by a power system that is configured to supplypower to the respective connector of the at least one mount. The powersystem may be configured to receive balanced alternating-current powerand to supply direct-current power to the respective connector of the atleast one mount. Similarly, the power system may be configured toreceive unbalanced alternating-current power and to supplydirect-current power to the respective connector of the at least onemount. The power system may include a power-supply system that isoperatively coupled to the support member, and each of the at least onemount may include a respective power-transmission system that isconfigured to provide power to the respective connector of the at leastone mount. The base member may operatively include elements of theaforementioned power system.

In certain embodiments, the respective connector of the at least onemount may be configured to carry signals. To carry signals betweenrespective connectors, each of the at least one mount may include arespective support-plate bus that is connected to the respectiveconnector therein, and the respective support-plate bus may interfacewith a central bus that is operatively coupled to the support member.

Substantially rigid materials such as aluminum alloys, stainless steelalloys, steel alloys, and engineering polymers may be used to constructthe rack and components like the at least one mount, the support member,the base member, and the clamp. In addition, at least a portion of thesupport member, the at least one mount, the base member, and the clampmay include an antibacterial, an antimicrobial, or an antiviral coating.

A rack system may include the rack described above. The rack system mayfurther comprise at least one device that may be adapted to be receivedby any one of the at least one mount of the rack. The device may furtherinclude a clamp mechanism that is configured to operatively andremovably couple with the support member of the rack. In addition, thedevice may include a connector that may be configured to electricallycommunicate with the respective connector of any one of the at least onemount. The clamp mechanism of the at least one device may comprise anyone of the clamp mechanisms described above. In a preferred embodimentof the rack system, the device may be a medical device.

In some embodiments of a rack apparatus, the rack apparatus may compriseat least one support pole having a first end portion and a second endportion, at least one of a clamp assembly, hanger, or handle attached tothe first end portion of the support pole, at least one mount connector,at least one alignment feature operatively coupled to the support pole;and a base member attached to the second end portion of the supportpole.

The at least one mount connector may configured to operatively engagewith a medical device connector. At least one of the at least onealignment feature may be configured to align the medical deviceconnector with the at least one of the at least one mount connector. Atleast one of the at least one alignment feature may be included on acollar on the support pole.

The rack apparatus may further comprise a power system. The power systemmay be configured to provide power to at least one medical device viathe at least one mount connector. The rack apparatus further maycomprise a communication system configured to allow an attached medicaldevice to communicate with at least one other attached medical devicevia the at least one mount connector. The communication system may beconfigured use at least one of a CANbus protocol and USB protocol.

In some embodiments, the base member may comprise, a power connector, apower supply, a main power cable electrically connecting the powerconnector and the power supply, and at least one transmission cableconnecting the power supply and the at least one mount connector.

The support pole may be configured to accept a clamp. In suchembodiments, the clamp may comprise a housing including first and secondtracks, a fixed gripper coupled to the housing, a driven memberconfigured to slide within the first and second tracks of the housing, amoveable gripper operatively coupled to the driven member, and anactuator configured to move the driven member towards a first positionto thereby move the moveable gripper towards the fixed gripper, theactuator further configured to move the driven member towards a secondposition to thereby move the moveable gripper away from the fixedgripper.

The clamp may be configured to couple a medical device to the supportpole of the rack apparatus. A medical device connector may be disposedon the clamp and may be configured to operatively engage with at leastone of the at least one mount connector to receive at least one of anetwork connection and power for the medical device.

The rack apparatus may be configured to couple to an IV pole. The atleast one support pole may be an IV pole. The base member further maycomprise at least one wheel.

In some embodiments, the rack apparatus may be part of a systemcomprising the rack apparatus. In such embodiments, the rack apparatusmay comprise at least one support pole having a first end portion and asecond end portion, at least one of a clamp assembly, hanger, or handleattached to the first end portion of the support pole, at least onemount connector, at least one alignment feature operatively coupled tothe at least one support pole; and a base member attached to the secondend portion of the support pole. The system may also comprise a clampconfigured to clamp to the at least one support pole. The clamp maycomprise a housing including first and second tracks, a fixed grippercoupled to the housing, a driven member configured to slide within thefirst and second tracks of the housing, a moveable gripper operativelycoupled to the driven member; and an actuator configured to move thedriven member towards a first position to thereby move the moveablegripper towards the fixed gripper, the actuator further configured tomove the driven member towards a second position to thereby move themoveable gripper away from the fixed gripper.

In some embodiments the at least one of the at least one mount connectormay be configured to operatively engage with a medical device connector.At least one of the at least one alignment feature may be configured toalign the medical device connector with the at least one of the at leastone mount connector. The medical device connector may be disposed on oneof the fixed gripper or movable gripper of the clamp. The medical deviceconnector may be configured to operatively engage with the at least oneof the at least one mount connector to receive at least one of a networkconnection and power for a medical device. The medical device may be amonitoring client comprising a tablet computer. The medical device maybe an infusion pump. The medical device may be a PCA. The medical devicemay be a physiological monitor.

Protective Mechanisms

In some embodiments of the present disclosure, the connectors may bedisposed on protective mechanisms that may be coupled to the rack. Inone specific embodiment, a protective mechanism includes: a guidemember; a connector that is coupled to the guide member; an actuationmember having first and second end portions, wherein the first endportion of the actuation member is pivotally coupled to the guidemember; and a cover member that may be pivotally coupled to the guidemember. The cover member may be configured to interact with theactuation member so as to pivot to thereby uncover the connector whenthe actuation member pivots in a first direction and to pivot to coverthe connector when the actuation member pivots in a second, oppositedirection. The protective mechanism may also include a backstop memberthat is disposed on a guide member face. The backstop member may alsohave a backstop member face that is approximately perpendicular to theguide member face. The connector may be disposed on the backstop memberface.

In a specific embodiment, the cover member of the protective mechanismmay be adapted to uncover the connector when the actuation member pivotsfrom a first position to a second position. The cover member may beadapted to cover the connector when the actuation member pivots in asecond, opposite direction from the second position to the firstposition. The backstop member face may define a recess or an aperturethat is configured to receive at least a portion of the cover memberwhen the cover member is completely uncovered and the actuation memberis in the second position.

In yet another embodiment of the present disclosure, the protectivemechanism may further comprise a compliant gasket that may be coupled tothe backstop member and configured to encompass the connector. The covermember may include a perimeter rib that may be adapted to seal againstthe compliant gasket when the actuation member is in the first positionand the connector is covered by the cover member. In some embodiments,the compliant gasket may include a first portion, a second portion, anda transitional portion between the first and second portions of thecompliant gasket; the perimeter rib may be adapted to seal against atleast the first portion of the compliant gasket when the actuationmember is in a first position and the connector is covered, and theperimeter rib may be adapted to seal against at least the second portionof the compliant gasket when the actuation member is in the secondposition and the connector is uncovered.

To receive a device, the protective mechanism may further comprise firstand second rail projections. Each rail projection may have a web portionand a wider head portion such that the web portion couples the headportion to the guide member face. The first and second rail projectionsmay be disposed on the guide member face such that they areapproximately parallel and in spaced relation to one another. Betweenthe first and second rail projections, the guide member may define anaperture that extends from a first guide member face (the aforementionedguide member face) to a second guide member face, or the guide membermay define a recess that is disposed on the guide member face. Both therecess and the aperture may be adapted to receive a portion of theactuation member.

The actuation member of the protective mechanism may include a slopedface that defines a sloped portion of the actuation member. In someembodiments, due to the sloped face, the sloped portion of the actuationmember may increase in cross-sectional area from the first end portionof the actuation member to a point where the sloped face ends betweenthe first and second end portions of the actuation member. The slopedface may slope such that the sloped face protrudes from the plane of theguide member face when the actuation member is in a first position andwhen the actuation member is in a second position. The sloped face maylie substantially in the plane of the face guide member face. Theprotective mechanism may further comprise at least one actuation springthat may bias the actuation member such that the actuation member mayautomatically return to the first position under the force of theactuation spring. Thus, the at least one actuation spring may have afirst end that is coupled to the actuation member and a second end thatis coupled to the guide member.

The protective mechanism may also include a latch member that may bepivotally coupled to the guide member at a pivot point between first andsecond end portions of the latch member. Additionally, the latch membermay define an aperture that is capable of receiving at least a portionof the actuation member, and the latch member may include a latchprojection that may be disposed on the first end portion of the latchmember and protrude from the face of the guide member when the latchmember is in a latched position Like the actuation member, the latchmember may be adapted to automatically return to the latched positionunder the force of one or more latch springs. Thus, each of the one ormore latch springs may have a first end that is coupled to the backstopmember and a second end that is coupled to the latch member at a pointbetween the pivot point and the second end portion of the latch member.To arrest pivotal movement of the latch member under the force of the atleast one latch spring, the protective mechanism may further comprise atleast one arrester projection that may be coupled to the guide memberand disposed in spaced relation to the pivot point of the latch membersuch that the at least one arrester projection may arrest pivotalmovement of the latch member when the latch member pivots to the latchedposition.

In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the cover member is aprotective member that includes a cover portion. The protective membermay have a first end portion that is coupled to one of the guide memberand the backstop member, and the protective member may have a second endportion that includes the cover portion. To protect the connector, theprotective member may be adapted to engage with the actuation membersuch that pivotal movement of the actuation member in a first directionfrom the first position to the second position may cause the protectivemember to pivot from a protective position to a non-protective position,and thereby uncover the connector. Likewise, pivotal movement of theactuation member in a second, opposite direction from the secondposition to the first position may cause the protective member to pivotfrom the non-protective position to the protective position to therebycover the connector.

The actuation member of the first embodiment may include first andsecond channeled projections disposed on the second end portion of theactuation member. The first and second channeled projection may bespaced apart such that a portion of the protective member may bereceived between them. To enable the actuation member to actuate theprotective member, the protective member may include first and secondactuation projections that are adapted to respectively engage the firstand second channeled projections of the actuation member. Thus, thefirst and second channeled projections may respectively include a firstchannel and a second channel, wherein each channel is shaped and sizedsuch that pivotal movement of the actuation member form the firstposition to the second position may cause the protective member to pivotfrom the protective position to the non-protective position.

In some embodiments of the present disclosure, the protective mechanismmay include a latch member. Furthermore, the first embodiment of theprotective mechanism may include a latch member that defines a latchaperture between the first end portion of the latch member and the pivotpoint of the latch member. The latch aperture may be configured suchthat the actuation member may pass through the latch aperture when theactuation member is in the first position, and the latch aperture mayreceive at least the cover portion of the protective member whenactuation member is in the second position and the protective member isin the non-protective position.

The first embodiment of the protective mechanism may further comprise acompliant gasket that may be coupled to the backstop member andencompass the connector. To seal the connector within the compliantgasket, the cover portion of the protective member may include aperimeter rib that is adapted to seal against the compliant gasket whenthe protective member is in the protective position.

A second embodiment of the protective mechanism may differ from thefirst embodiment of the protective mechanism. The second embodiment ofthe protective mechanism may include at least one first link-member andat least one second link-member. Each of the at least one firstlink-member may be configured to have a respective first end portion anda respective second portion such that the respective first end portionmay be pivotally coupled to the second end portion of the actuationmember. Likewise, each of the at least one second link-member may have arespective first end portion and respective second portion. Therespective first end portion of the at least one second link-member maybe pivotally coupled to each of the backstop member at a first point andthe respective second end portion of a respective at least one firstlink-member at a second point. The first point and the second point maybe disposed in spaced relation such that pivotal and substantiallytranslational movement of the second end portion of the actuation membermay be transmitted through the at least one first link-member and thuscause the at least one second link-member to pivot about the firstpoint.

The cover member of the second embodiment of the protective mechanismmay be pivotally coupled to the respective second end portion of the atleast one second link-member such that the cover member may pivot to anon-protective position, and thereby uncover the connector, when theactuation member pivots in the first direction and to pivot to aprotective position, and thereby cover the connector, when the actuationmember pivots in the second direction. To enable the at least one secondlink-member to couple with the cover member, the second embodiment ofthe protective mechanism may further comprise an at least one pass-thruaperture defined by the backstop member, and each of the at least onesecond link-member may be disposed within a respective at least onepass-thru aperture.

In yet another embodiment of the present disclosure, the protectivemechanism may include a compliant gasket. The compliant gasket may becoupled to the backstop member and have a first portion, a secondportion, and a transition portion between the first portion and thesecond portion of the compliant gasket. The first portion of thecompliant gasket may be configured to encompass the connector. Thetransition portion of the compliant gasket may be configured toencompass each of the at least one pass-thru aperture. And the secondportion of the compliant gasket may be configured to mirror the firstportion of the compliant gasket.

To seal against the compliant gasket, the cover member may include aperimeter ridge. The perimeter ridge may be adapted to compress thefirst portion of the compliant gasket and a portion of the transitionportion such that the perimeter ridge encompasses the connector and eachof the at least one pass-thru apertures when the cover member is in theprotective position. When the cover member is in the non-protectiveposition, the perimeter ridge may be adapted to seal against thecompliant gasket such that the perimeter ridge compresses the secondportion of the compliant gasket and a portion of the transition portionsuch that the perimeter ridge encompasses each of the at least onepass-thru aperture.

The protective mechanism may further include a backstop member recess ora backstop member aperture defined by the backstop member face. Thebackstop member recess and the backstop member aperture may beconfigured to receive at least a portion of the cover member when thecover member is in the non-protective position.

The protective mechanism may be one embodiment of a component of asystem for receiving a device. The system for receiving a device maycomprise at least one protective mechanism and at least one receivabledevice. The at least one protective mechanism may include a guide memberhaving a guide member face, a connector that is coupled to the guidemember, an actuation member, a cover member, and at least one rigidmember disposed on the guide member. The actuation member may beconfigured to have a first end portion and a second end portion, whereinthe first end portion may be pivotally coupled to the guide member, andthus, the actuation member may pivot in a first direction from a firstposition to a second position and in a second direction from the secondposition to the first position. The cover member may be pivotallycoupled to the guide member and adapted to interact with the actuationmember so as to pivot to uncover the connector when that actuationmember pivots in the first direction and to pivot to cover the connectorwhen the actuation member pivots in the second, opposite direction. Inany embodiment described herein, the protective mechanism may be adaptedto be a protective mechanism of the system for receiving a device.

The at least one receivable device of the system for receiving a devicemay comprise a connector and an at least one channel. The connector maybe disposed on the receivable device such that it is capable ofinterfacing with the connector of the at least one protective mechanism.The at least one channel may be disposed on the receivable device andconfigured to receive the at least one rigid member of a respective atleast one protective mechanism. The at least one receivable device mayfurther comprise a respective latch recess defined by a respective faceof the at least one receivable device. The respective latch recess maybe adapted to engage with a latch member projection of the at least oneprotective mechanism such that the at least one receivable device issecurely received by the at least one protective mechanism.

In one example embodiment, a clamp apparatus is depicted. The clampapparatus may comprise a body, a first handle and a second handle. Thefirst handle and the second handle may be operatively coupled to thebody. The clamp apparatus also includes a first movable gripper and asecond movable gripper. The first movable gripper and the second movablegripper are coupled to the first handle and the second handle,respectively. In one example embodiment, the body is positionedintermediately between the handles and the grippers. The first handleand the second handle are fixedly coupled to the first movable gripperand the second movable gripper, respectively, thereby controlling themovement of the first movable gripper and the second movable gripper.The clamp apparatus also includes a first gear set and a second gear setthat are rotatably coupled to the body, and operatively coupled to thefirst handle and the second handle, respectively, as well as the firstmovable gripper and the second movable gripper, respectively. The firstgear set and the second gear set are configured to operatively engageone another. In one example embodiment, the first gear set may includean upper first gear, and a lower first gear that is fixedly coupled tothe upper first gear, such that the upper first gear and the lower firstgear move together in unison. Similarly, the second gear set may includean upper second gear, and a lower second gear that is fixedly coupled tothe upper second gear, such that the upper second gear and the lowersecond gear move together in unison. The upper first gear and the lowerfirst gear may be configured to operatively engage the upper second gearand the lower second gear, respectively.

The clamp apparatus also includes at least one bias member operativelyengaged with the first handle and the second handle. The at least onebias member is configured to bias the first handle and the second handletoward a first position. The first movable gripper and the secondmovable gripper are engaged with one another, defining a clampedposition, when the first handle and the second handle are in the firstposition. The first handle and the second handle are configured tothereby move, under actuation, to a second position, whereby the firstmovable gripper and the second movable gripper are disengaged from oneanother, defining an unclamped position.

In some embodiments, the clamp apparatus further comprises a grippingsurface on the first movable gripper and the second movable gripper,configured to engage a clamped object. In some embodiments, the grippersare configured to clamp onto a pole. In one example embodiment, theclamp apparatus is for use with medical devices and medical accessories.In one example embodiment, the clamp apparatus is configured to couple amedical device to a support pole. The pole may be an IV pole. Themedical device may be a monitor comprising a tablet computer. In oneexample embodiment, the clamp apparatus is configured to couple aninfusion pump to a support pole. The infusion pump may be a peristalticinfusion pump. In one example embodiment, the clamp apparatus is capableof automatically mimicking the girth of a variety of different clampedobjects.

In one example embodiment, at least part of at least one of the firstmovable gripper and the second movable gripper may be comprised of amaterial which will firmly grip, but not deform a clamped object. Insome embodiments, at least a part of at least one of the first movablegripper and the second movable gripper may be comprised of polyurethane.In some embodiments, at least part of at least one of the grippers maybe comprised of rubber, or may be coated in a rubbery, grippingmaterial. In some embodiments, at least one of the first movable gripperand the second movable gripper may be at least partially covered by aremovable surface. In some embodiments, at least one of the firstmovable gripper and the second movable gripper may comprise at least oneapproximately arcuate, semi-circular, or contoured face at least on thegripping surface.

In one example embodiment, at least a part of at least one of the firstmovable gripper and the second movable gripper has fingers. In oneexample embodiment, the first movable gripper and the second movablegripper both have fingers. The fingers of the first movable gripper andthe second movable gripper may be interdigitated when the grippers areengaged with one another, corresponding to the handles being in thefirst position. The fingers of each gripper may be partiallyinterdigitated due to partial engagement of the grippers with oneanother, corresponding to the handles being in an intermediate positionbetween the first and second positions.

In some embodiments, the at least one bias member is a spring. Further,the at least one bias member may be a flat spring or a leaf spring. Inone example embodiment, the at least one bias member may be at least onearray of multiple bias members. Further, the at least one bias membermay be an array of multiple flat springs arranged in a layeredconfiguration. In one example embodiment, the at least one bias membermay be made of a flexible, compressible material. In some embodiments,the at least one bias member may comprise a first bias member and asecond bias member. In one embodiment, the first bias member may be afirst bias member array, including multiple individual bias members, andthe second bias member may be a second bias member array, also includingmultiple individual bias members. In one example embodiment, the firstand/or second bias members may include a single bias member.Additionally, the first and second bias members or the individual biasmembers and may be springs, or, in one example embodiment, may betorsion springs.

In one example embodiment, the first handle and the second handle of theclamp apparatus may be paddles. In one example embodiment, the handlesmay be concave shaped away from or towards the body, the handles beingactuatable. The handles may be configured to be pulled by a user from afirst side, or pushed by the user from a second side, in order to movethe grippers from the first position to the second position. In someembodiments, the first handle and the second handle may further comprisea palm support. The member adapted as a palm support may be U-shaped. Inone example embodiment, the first handle and a second handle may providea pair of pull handles. The handles are configured for operation by auser so as to overcome the bias member array and actuate the firstmovable gripper and the second movable gripper from the first positionto the second position.

In one example embodiment, the clamp apparatus comprises a third gearset and a fourth gear set, the gears operatively coupled to the firsthandle and the second handle, respectively, and rotatably coupled to thebody. In one example embodiment, the third and fourth gear sets mayshare an axis of rotation with the first gear set and the second gearset, respectively. The third gear set and the fourth gear set may beoperatively coupled to the first movable gripper and the second movablegripper, respectively. The third and fourth gears may be configured tooperatively engage a locking mechanism in association with the handles.The locking mechanism comprises a first hook, a first catch, a secondhook, and a second catch. In one example embodiment, the third andfourth gears may be operatively engaged with one another.

In one example embodiment, the handles and gears may be configured topermit slight initial rotational movement of the handles in advance ofsubsequent rotational movement of the grippers, when moving the firstand second handles from the first position to the second position.Similarly, the handles and gears may be configured to permit slightadditional rotational movement of the handles following the stoppage ofthe rotational movement of the grippers, when moving the first andsecond handles from the second position back to the first position. Theinitial slight rotational movement of the handles may perform anunlocking function, freeing the grippers to move.

In accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure, a clampcomprises a body, the body having a first end and a second end. Theclamp may also include a lever, the lever operatively coupled to thefirst end of the body. The clamp may also include a movable gripper. Themovable gripper may be coupled to an intermediate portion of the body,between the first end and second end. The clamp may also include atleast two fixed grippers. The fixed grippers may be positioned at thesecond end of the body. The fixed grippers may be configured toapproximately oppose the movable gripper such as to secure a pole fromopposing sides. The clamp may also include a connector member. Theconnector member may have a first end operatively coupled to the leverand a second end operatively coupled to the movable gripper.

In some embodiments, the movable gripper may be rotatable about acoupling point of the intermediate portion of the body. The movablegripper may also be approximately wedge-shaped, having a narrow end anda wide end. The narrow end of the movable gripper may be coupled to thebody, and the movable gripper may be rotatable about the narrow end. Thewide end of the movable gripper may have a ridged surface. Further, theridged surface may extend along the wide end of the wedge-shaped movablegripper. The wide end of the movable gripper may have a semi-circular orcontoured face opposing the at least two fixed grippers. The wide end ofthe movable gripper may also be configured to complement the shape of apole.

In some embodiments, the grippers further comprise gripping surfacesconfigured to engage a clamped object. The gripping surfaces may be madeof a material which will firmly grip, but not deform, a clamped object.In some embodiments, the grippers are configured to close onto a pole.In some embodiments, the grippers may be rubber. The grippers may becoated in a rubbery, gripping material.

In some embodiments, providing the body may comprise providing a backplate to which the at least two fixed grippers are coupled.

In some embodiments, providing the movable gripper and opposite fixedgrippers may comprise providing the movable gripper and the oppositefixed grippers such that the movable gripper and the opposite fixedgrippers are capable of automatically mimicking the girth of a clampedobject.

In some embodiments, the connector member may be configured to rotatethe movable gripper upon actuation of the connector member.

In some embodiments, the connector member includes a bias member. Thebias member may be a spring, and in some embodiments the spring may be acompression spring. The biased member may be a compressible orexpandable spring. In some embodiments, the connector member includes apiston. The piston may be a spring-biased piston. The bias member may beoriented such that movement of the connector member towards the movablegripper stores mechanical energy in the bias member.

In some embodiments, the connector member may be rotatably connected tothe lever at the first end of the connector member. The connector membermay be coupled to a lever joint, the lever joint positioned at an end ofthe lever. The connector member may also be rotatably connected to themovable gripper at the second end of the connector member. The connectormember may be configured to, under actuation of the lever, extendtowards the movable gripper, thereby rotating the movable grippertowards the fixed grippers.

In some embodiments, the clamp may further comprise a bias membersupport coupled to the connector member. The bias member support mayhave a portion with a diameter less than a diameter of the bias member.The portion of the bias member support may be positioned to fit insidethe diameter of the bias member.

In some embodiments, the clamp may further comprise a bias memberhousing coupled to the connector member. The bias member housing may behollow and may have a sealed end. The bias member housing may have adiameter greater than the diameter of the bias member. In someembodiments, the lever of the clamp may be a handle. The lever may beconfigured to, under actuation, rotate towards the body of the clamp.The lever may include a lever joint at an end of the lever. The leverjoint may be a cam, such that when the lever is moved to the firstposition, the cam pushes the connector member, thereby pushing themovable gripper closer to the fixed grippers. The lever is configured tomove the connector member towards a first position and thereby move themovable gripper towards the fixed grippers. The lever is furtherconfigured to move the connector member towards a second position andthereby move the movable gripper away from the fixed grippers. The clampmay be configured to allow the moveable gripper to stop when abuttingagainst an object while allowing the connector member to continue tomove as the lever is further actuated.

In some embodiments, the lever may include a slideable ring coaxiallyaligned with and surrounding the top end of the lever, the top end beingnearest a lever joint. The slideable ring may be configured to free thelever from a locked position. The slideable ring may be configured toslide out of a notch in the lever joint, thereby unlocking the lever andfreeing the lever to rotate. The slideable ring may include a ring biasmember, the ring bias member configured to bias the slideable ring to anotched position. The ring bias member may be a compression or expansionspring.

In still other embodiments, the clamp may further comprise a lockingassembly, the locking assembly configured to interact with the movablegripper. The locking assembly may include a pawl, and the pawl mayinclude a pawl bias member. The bias member may be a spring, and in someembodiments the bias member may be a torsion spring. The pawl may berotatably coupled to the locking assembly, the pawl configured to rotateinto contact with an upper ridged surface of the movable gripper,locking the gripper in place.

In some embodiments the locking assembly may further comprise aslideable member, and the pawl may be in contact with the slideablemember. The slideable member may have a first end in contact with thelever joint. The slideable member may contact an outer surface of thelever joint, the outer surface having a depressed portion. The lockingassembly may be configured to move the slideable member into thedepressed portion of the lever joint, allowing the pawl to rotate intocontact with the movable gripper and thereby locking the movable gripperin place.

In some embodiments, the clamp may be for use with medical devices andmedical accessories. In some embodiments, the body may include a meansof coupling the clamp to a load. The load may be a medical device. Insome embodiments, the medical device may be a peristaltic infusion pumpor syringe pump infusion pump. In some embodiments, the clamp may beconfigured to couple a medical device to a support pole. The pole may bean IV pole. The medical device may be a monitor comprising a tabletcomputer.

In an embodiment of the present disclosure, a support system includes abackbone, at least one holding structure, and at least one clampassembly.

The at least one holding structure is connected to the backbone via afirst set of attaching points. The at least one holding structurefurther comprising a top portion, a base portion and an intermediate rodportion. The at least one clamp assembly is configured to clamp to theintermediate rod portion of the at least one holding structure. The atleast one clamp assembly further comprise a frame housing, a latch, atleast one gear plate, at least one handle, one or more bias members, adevice, and at least one detachable alternative power supply system.

The frame housing includes first and second substantially parallelsurfaces that are connected through a substantially perpendicular, backsurface. The latch is configured to be received by the back surface ofthe frame. The at least one gear plate is substantially disposed in theframe. The at least one gear plate further comprises a jaw shaped endand a gear shaped end. The at least one handle is configured such thatdisplacement of the at least one handle causes displacement of the atleast one gear plate to move the jaw shaped end from a first position toa second position. The one or more bias members are configured to biasthe jaw shaped end to the first position. The device is coupled to theframe by way of the latch and is positioned on the at least one holdingstructure via the at least one clamp assembly. The least one detachablealternative power supply system is configured to be in communicationwith the device. The detachable power supply system further includes ahousing positioned to receive the base portion of the at least oneholding structure.

In some embodiments, the backbone further comprises a power supply inletconfigured to receive a power supply source and a power supply outletconfigured to advance power to the at least one holding structure. Thepower supply outlet of the backbone is configured to connect with thebase portion of the holding structure. The base portion of the holdingstructure further may include a passage configured to provide anelectrical communication between the power supply outlet of the backboneand the device.

The support system of claim 1, wherein the backbone further comprises aplurality of tube management members wherein a single tube managementmember is configured to secure at least one tube attached to the device.The plurality of tube management members are arranged sequentially alonga length of the backbone.

In some embodiments, the base portion of the at least one holdingstructure may further comprise a first alignment component configured tocouple with a second alignment component of the clamp assembly. Thefirst alignment component in is the base portion of the at least oneholding structure may be a recess. The second alignment component of theclamp assembly may be a plate configured to be received by the recess ofthe base portion of the holding structure.

The holding structure may further include a plurality of connectingrecourses configured to engage with the backbone via the first set ofattaching points on the backbone. The intermediate rod portion of theholding structure may be a graspable component configured to engage withthe clamp assembly. The intermediate rod portion of the holdingstructure may further comprise of one or more slid-able membersconfigured to allow the jaw shaped end to slide-ably grip theintermediate rod shaped portion of the holding structure. The one ormore slide-able members may be concentric protrusions around theintermediate rod portion of the holding structure. The one or moreslide-able members may be rib shaped and may be configured tosubstantially surround the intermediate rod portion of the holdingstructure.

The base portion of the holding structure may be in the housing providedin the detachable power supply pack and further configured to provide anelectrical communication between the backbone and the device. The clampassembly may be operatively coupled with the holding structure throughone or more coupling mechanisms. The clamp assembly may engage with theholding structure through an alignment mechanism, the first alignmentcomponent in the base portion of the holding structure may engage withthe second alignment component in the clamp assembly. The one or morecoupling mechanisms and the alignment mechanisms may be in conjunctionwith each other.

The jaw shaped end of the gear plate in the clamp assembly may beconfigured to grip the intermediate rod portion of the holdingstructure. The jaw shaped end of the gear plate may be substantiallycovered with a layer. The layer may be made of an elastomeric material.The layer may be made of a material having high friction coefficientwith the material of the intermediate rod portion of the holdingstructure. The layer may be made of a material having high frictioncoefficient with the material of the one or more slide-able members(e.g., the layer is made of rubber).

The frame of the clamp assembly may further include a plurality oftracks disposed on an interior face of the back planar surface. In someembodiments, the plurality of tracks is configured to substantiallyreceive the one or more gear plates such that the one or more gearplates are disposed symmetrically. A first of the one or more gearplates may be disposed in an offset position with respect to a second ofthe one or more gear plates. The one or more gear plates may furtherinclude at least one pocket configured to receive the one or more biasmembers.

The one or more bias members may be partially compressed in order to beplaced in the at least one pocket of the first of the one or more gearplates and the at least one pocket of the second of the one or more gearplates. The one or more biased members may be configured to hold the atleast one gear plate in the first position. The one or more biasedmembers may be configured to allow the at least one gear plate to bedisplaced into the second position. The one or more bias members may beconfigured to allow the at least one gear plate to be displaced whichcan cause the jaw shaped end to grip the intermediate rod shaped portionof the holding structure. One or more bias members may be configured toallow the at least one gear plate to be displaced causing the jaw shapedend to grip a pole structure. The one or more gear plates may bedisposed on the frame in a way that the gear shaped end is substantiallydisposed inside the frame and the jaw shaped end is partially disposedinside the frame.

In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the back surface of theframe further comprises a socket configured to receive the latch andfurther configured to couple the clamp assembly to the device. Thesocket may be further configured to receive one or more coupling membersfrom a back plate of the device. The latch may include a flap portionand a lever portion. The flap portion of the latch may be configured toprohibit the releasing of the coupling members from inside the socket inthe back surface of the frame.

The lever portion may be configured to operatively allow the releasingthe coupling members from the socket in the back surface of the frame.The frame may further include a plurality of tracks configured toreceive the at least one gear plates. The at least one gear plate iscoupled with the frame housing through a connector. The at least onegear plate may be coupled with the frame housing through a hinge pin.The at least one gear plate may further comprise a section configured topartially receive the at least one handle. The at least one handle mayfurther include a pairing member and a paddle member. The section of theat least one gear plate may be configured to receive the pairing memberof the handle. Displacement of the at least one handle may cause thedisplacement of the at least one gear plate. The at least one gear platemay be configured to pivot around the connector. The at least one gearplate may be configured to pivot around the hinge pin.

In yet another embodiment of the present disclosure, a clamp assemblyincludes a frame, at least one jawed component, an actuator, and atleast one bias member. The frame includes a top surface and a bottomsurface that are connected using a back surface. The back surfacefurther comprises an interior face and an opposing exterior face. The atleast one jawed component with a jawed end is pivotally retained in theframe so as to have an axis of rotation substantially parallel to theback surface. The at least one jawed component further includesinterdigitating geared ends opposing the jawed ends. The actuator iscoupled to each of the at least one jawed components. The actuatorfurther comprises a paddled end which is distal to the at least onejawed component. The at least one bias member biases the at least onejawed component to a first position wherein displacement of the actuatorcauses the displacement of the at least one jawed component to pivotfrom the first position to a second position in which the jawed end ofthe at least one jawed component are spread apart from each otherwhereas the geared ends ensure substantially equal and opposite pivotaldisplacement of the at least one jawed component.

The frame may further include a plurality of sections disposed on theinterior face of the back surface. The plurality of sections may beconfigured to accept the at least one jawed component. The at least onejawed component may be pivotally retained via a connector disposedbetween the top surface and the bottom surface of the frame. The atleast one jawed component may pivot around the axis of rotation passingthrough the connector. The connector may be a hinge pin.

The at least one jawed component may further comprise one or morepockets configured to substantially receive the one or more biasmembers. The one or more bias members may be partially compressed inorder to be placed in the one or more pockets of the at least one jawedcomponent. The one or more bias member may be substantially disposed inthe opposing one or more pockets of the opposing one or more jawedcomponents. The displacement of the actuator may cause displacement ofthe at least one jawed components which further compresses the one ormore bias members. The one or more biased members may be configured tohold the at least one jawed component in the first position.

The one or more biased members may be configured to allow the at leastone jawed component to be displaced into the second position. The one ormore bias members may be configured to allow the at least one jawedcomponent to be displaced to thereby cause the jawed end to grip agraspable structure. The one or more bias members may be configured toallow the at least one jawed component to be displaced causing the jawedend to grip a pole structure. The jaw shaped end of the at least onejawed component may be is substantially covered with a layer. The layermay be made of an elastomeric material. The layer may be made of amaterial having a high friction coefficient with the material of theholding structure. The layer may be made of a material having highfriction coefficient with the material of a one or more slide-ablemembers disposed on the holding structure, e.g., rubber.

The frame may further comprise a socket on the back surface. The socketmay be configured to pivotally retain a latch via a latch retaining biasmember. The latch may be configured to couple the clamp assembly with aclamping device when the latch pivots to a locking position. The latchmay be configured to release the clamping device when the latch pivotsto an unlocking position. The latch may further include a flap portionand a lever portion. The flap portion of the latch may be pivotedtowards an interior of the frame to receive one or more pairing membersof a clamping device in the socket. The flap portion of the latch may bepivoted back after completely receiving the one or more pairing membersof the clamping device in the socket. The lever portion may beconfigured to operatively allow releasing the pairing members from thesocket in the back surface of the frame.

In some embodiments, the frame further may include a plurality of tracksconfigured to receive the at least one jawed component. The at least onejawed end may be coupled with the frame through a connector. The atleast jawed component may be coupled with the frame through a hinge pin.The the at least jawed component may further include a sectionconfigured to partially receive the actuator. The actuator may furtherinclude a pairing member and a paddle member. The section of the jawedcomponent may be configured to receive the pairing member of theactuator. The displacement of the actuator may be configured to cause adesired displacement of the at least one jawed component. The at leastone jawed component may be configured to pivot around a connector. Theat least one jawed component may be configured to pivot around a hingepin.

In some embodiments of the present disclosure, a holding structureincludes a top portion, a base portion, and an intermediate rod portion.The top portion includes a plurality of fastening recourses. The baseportion may include a coupling element and a power supply passage. Theintermediate rod portion may include a rib portion and the intermediaterod portion may connect the top portion and the base portion of theholding structure. The fastening recourses of the top portion may beconfigured to engage the holding structure with a backbone structure.The coupling element (e.g., a recess) of the base portion may beconfigured to receive a complementary coupling element from a clampassembly. The holding structure of claim 85, wherein the complementarycoupling element is a plate that is configured to be received by therecess in the base portion of the holding structure. The rib portion onthe intermediate rod portion may be an outward extending protrusionconfigured to slidably engage an incoming component that grips theintermediate rod portion. The rib portion may be made of the samematerial as the holding structure. The passage may be provided in thebase portion of the holding structure and may be configured to providean electrical communication between a backbone structure and a clampingdevice. The coupling element of the base portion may be configured toreceive a complementary coupling element of the clamp assembly. Thecoupling element of the base portion may be a recess and thecomplementary coupling element of the clamp assembly may be a plateconfigured to be received by the recess.

In some embodiments of the present disclosure, a rack-clamp systemincludes a holding structure, a clamp assembly, a device, and analternative detachable power supply. The holding structure is connectedto a power supply source. The clamp assembly includes at least one jawedcomponent that is configured to grip the holding structure. The deviceis coupled to the clamp assembly. The alternative detachable powersupply source may be engaged to the device. The alternative detachablepower supply source may be clamped to the holding structure along withthe device. The device coupled when clamped to the holding structure maybe configured to receive power supply through the holding structure. Thedevice when clamped to a structure other than the holding structure maybe configured to receive power supply through the detachable powersupply source engaged to the device.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

These and other aspects will become more apparent from the followingdetailed description of the various embodiments of the presentdisclosure with reference to the drawings wherein:

FIGS. 1A-1E show several views of a clamp in accordance with anembodiment of the present disclosure;

FIGS. 2A-2E show several views of a clamp in accordance with anembodiment of the present disclosure;

FIGS. 3A-3E show several views of a clamp in accordance with anembodiment of the present disclosure;

FIGS. 4A-4D show several views of a clamp in accordance with anembodiment of the present disclosure;

FIGS. 5A-5D show several views of a clamp in accordance with anembodiment of the present disclosure;

FIGS. 6A-6G show several views of a clamp in accordance with anembodiment of the present disclosure;

FIGS. 7A-7D show several views of a clamp in accordance with anembodiment of the present disclosure;

FIGS. 8A-8D show several views of a clamp in accordance with anembodiment of the present disclosure;

FIGS. 8E-8F show an alternate embodiment of the clamp shown in FIGS.8A-8D in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 8G shows an alternate embodiment of a moveable gripper assemblywith a housing in accordance with an embodiment of the presentdisclosure;

FIG. 9A is a perspective view of an exemplary embodiment of a rackapparatus in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 9B is a perspective view of an exemplary embodiment of a devicemount, like those depicted in FIG. 9a , wherein the device mountincludes a support plate that is adapted to receive a medical device inaccordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 9C is a perspective view of an exemplary embodiment of a jointmember that is adapted to couple with the embodiment of a device mountthat is depicted in FIG. 9b in accordance with an embodiment of thepresent disclosure;

FIG. 9D is a perspective view of an exemplary embodiment of a basemember that includes a power system that is configured to transmit powerto at least one device mount like the embodiment depicted in FIG. 9b inaccordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 9E depicts a perspective view of another exemplary embodiment of arack apparatus in accordance with an embodiment of the presentdisclosure;

FIG. 9F is a perspective view of yet another exemplary embodiment of arack apparatus in accordance with an embodiment of the presentdisclosure;

FIG. 9G-H are perspective views of an example collar of a rack apparatusin accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 9l is a perspective view of an example rack apparatus including anumber of mount connectors in accordance with an embodiment of thepresent disclosure;

FIG. 9J is a perspective view of an example rack apparatus in accordancewith an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 9K is an enlarged view of a portion of the support pole of theexample rack apparatus depicted in FIG. 9j in accordance with anembodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 10A is a perspective view of an exemplary embodiment of a racksystem, wherein the embodiment of a rack depicted in FIG. 9A includes asupport pole adapted to couple with the clamp of a medical device inaccordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 10B is a close-up, perspective view of the exemplary embodiment ofa rack system depicted in FIG. 10A, wherein the rack embodiment includesa mount connector that may couple to a device connector when the medicaldevice couples with the support pole in accordance with an embodiment ofthe present disclosure; and

FIG. 10C is another alternate perspective view of the exemplaryembodiment of a rack system depicted in FIG. 10A, wherein an embodimentof a medical device includes an embodiment of a device connector thatmay couple to a mount connector, like the embodiment depicted in FIG.10B, when the medical device couples with the support pole in accordancewith an embodiment of the present disclosure.

FIG. 10D is a perspective view of an exemplary embodiment of a racksystem including the embodiment of a rack depicted in FIG. 9e inaccordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 10E is a close-up perspective view of an example infusion pump witha flange in place in the guide trough of a support plate of the examplerack embodiment depicted in FIG. 9e in accordance with an embodiment ofthe present disclosure;

FIG. 10F is a perspective view of an exemplary embodiment of a racksystem, wherein the embodiment of a rack depicted in FIG. 9f includes asupport pole adapted to couple with the clamp of a medical device inaccordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 10G depicts a perspective view of a support pole of a rack system,wherein the support pole includes a number of mount connectors on amount connector strip in accordance with an embodiment of the presentdisclosure;

FIG. 10H depicts a perspective view of a number of mount connectors on amount connector strip in accordance with an embodiment of the presentdisclosure;

FIG. 10I depicts a view of a part of an example support pole of anexample rack system, wherein the support pole includes a mount connectoron a mount connector strip in accordance with an embodiment of thepresent disclosure;

FIG. 10J shows a side view of an example mount connector coupled to amount connector strip in accordance with an embodiment of the presentdisclosure;

FIG. 10K shows a perspective view of an example gripper of a clampapparatus, wherein the example gripper includes a device connector inaccordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 10L is a close-up perspective view of an exemplary embodiment of arack system, wherein the embodiment of a rack depicted in FIG. 9Fincludes a support pole adapted to couple with the clamp of a medicaldevice in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 10M is a perspective view of an exemplary embodiment of a racksystem, wherein the embodiment of a rack depicted in FIG. 9J includes asupport pole adapted to couple with the clamp of a medical device inaccordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; and

FIG. 10N depicts a close-up perspective view of an exemplary embodimentof a rack system, wherein the embodiment of a rack depicted in FIG. 9Jincludes a support pole adapted to couple with the clamp of a medicaldevice in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.

FIG. 11A depicts an embodiment of a pivotable cover mechanism inaccordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 11B depicts an actuation spring of an example embodiment of thepivotable-cover mechanism depicted in FIG. 11A acting on the slopedportion of an actuation member, wherein the actuation spring is disposedin an actuation spring pocket in accordance with an embodiment of thepresent disclosure;

FIG. 11C depicts an example embodiment of the pivotable-cover mechanismwherein a mount connector is covered by a protective member inaccordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 11D depicts an embodiment of a pivotable cover mechanism whereinthe protective member is in a non-protective position in accordance withan embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIGS. 11E-I depict several cross-sectional views of an embodiment of apivotable cover mechanism in accordance with an embodiment of thepresent disclosure;

FIG. 11J depicts a view of an example embodiment of the pivotable covermechanism, wherein the protective member is shown in a protective and anon-protective position and wherein the mount connector is of a typehaving multiple spring contacts in accordance with an embodiment of thepresent disclosure;

FIG. 11K depicts a cross-sectional view of part of the pivotable covermechanism, wherein the mount connector is of a type having multiplespring contacts in accordance with an embodiment of the presentdisclosure;

FIG. 12A depicts a view of an embodiment of a clamshell mechanismwherein the cover member is in a non-protective position in accordancewith an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 12B depicts a view of an embodiment of a clamshell mechanismwherein the cover member is in a protective position in accordance withan embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 12C depicts a close-up perspective view of a part of an embodimentof a clamshell mechanism in accordance with an embodiment of the presentdisclosure;

FIG. 12D depicts a cross sectional view of a clamshell mechanism whereinthe cover member includes a perimeter rib in accordance with anembodiment of the present disclosure;

FIGS. 12E-H depict a number of cross-sectional views of a clamshellmechanism in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 12I-J depict a number of views an exemplary embodiment of a seriesof the clamshell mechanisms with compliant gasket systems in accordancewith an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 13A depicts an embodiment of an example receivable device inaccordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 13B depicts an example embodiment of a receivable device thatincludes first and second channels and a latch recess in accordance withan embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 13C depicts a cross-section view of the example pivotable covermechanism of FIG. 11a wherein a latch member projection is in engagementwith a latch recess of an example embodiment of a receivable device inaccordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 13D-G depict a number of cross-section views of an examplereceivable device and the example clamshell mechanism of FIG. 12awherein the progression of FIGS. 13d-g demonstrates how receiving areceivable device may cause a clamshell mechanism to automaticallyreveal a mechanism connector in accordance with an embodiment of thepresent disclosure;

FIGS. 14A-14E show several views of a clamp in accordance with anembodiment of the present disclosure;

FIGS. 15A-15D show several views of a clamp in accordance with anembodiment of the present disclosure;

FIGS. 16A-16E show several views of a clamp in accordance with anembodiment of the present disclosure;

FIGS. 17A-17E show several views of a clamp in accordance with anembodiment of the present disclosure;

FIG. 18 depicts a representational, side view of an exemplary embodimentof a support system and its sub-components;

FIG. 19 depicts a portion of an exemplary embodiment of the supportsystem and its sub-components shown in FIG. 18;

FIG. 20A depicts an isometric view of an exemplary embodiment of thesupport system and its sub-components of FIGS. 18-19;

FIG. 20B depicts a portion of an exemplary embodiment of the supportsystem and its sub-components shown in FIG. 20A;

FIG. 21A depicts an exploded, top-left, perspective view of an exemplarysupport system, illustrating the positional relationship between itscomponents;

FIG. 21B depicts a top-down, exploded view of an exemplary supportsystem, illustrating the positional relationship between itssub-components as shown in FIG. 21A;

FIG. 22A depicts an exploded view of exemplary components of a supportsystem, specifically illustrating the positional relationship between abackbone structure, a holding structure and a detachable data and powersupply;

FIG. 22B depicts a front view of the exemplary components depicted inFIG. 22A;

FIG. 22C depicts a front, left, representational view of exemplaryspecific components of a partially assembled support system,illustrating a backbone structure and a holding structure;

FIG. 23A depicts an isometric, back view of an example specificcomponent of the support system, illustrating a backbone structure;

FIG. 23B depicts an isometric, front view of an example specificcomponent of the support system, illustrating a backbone structure, asshown in FIG. 23A;

FIG. 24A depicts a perspective view of an exemplary embodiment of atube-management holder of a support system;

FIG. 24B depicts a perspective view of an exemplary embodiment of atube-management holder of a support system;

FIG. 24C depicts a perspective view of an exemplary embodiment of atube-management holder of a support system;

FIG. 25A depicts an assembled back view of example components of thesupport assembly, specifically illustrating an embodiment of a pairingelement on a device and the positional relationship between the deviceand a detachable data and power supply;

FIG. 25B depicts an assembled isometric view of example components ofthe support assembly, specifically illustrating an embodiment of apairing element on a device and the positional relationship between thedevice and a detachable data and power supply as shown in FIG. 25A;

FIG. 26 depicts a perspective view of a partially-assembled embodimentof a support system, illustrating the positional relationship of abackbone, a holding structure, a clamp assembly and a detachable dataand power supply;

FIG. 27 depicts a perspective view of a partially-assembled embodimentof a support system, illustrating the positional relationship of abackbone structure, a holding structure and a clamp assembly;

FIG. 28A depicts a perspective view of an exemplary clamp assembly in afirst position, specifically illustrating the assembled sub-componentsof the clamp assembly;

FIG. 28B depicts a rear view of an exemplary clamp assembly in the firstposition, illustrating the assembled sub-components of the clampassembly as shown in FIG. 28A;

FIG. 28C depicts a bottom, left-side perspective view of an exemplaryclamp assembly in the first position, illustrating the assembledsub-components of the clamp assembly including a coupling element on abase of the clamp assembly;

FIG. 28D depicts a front view of an exemplary clamp assembly in a secondposition, illustrating the assembled sub-components of the clampassembly;

FIG. 28E depicts a front, left-side perspective view of an exemplaryclamp assembly in the second position, illustrating the assembledsub-components of the clamp assembly as shown in FIG. 28D;

FIG. 28F is an exploded view of an exemplary clamp assembly,illustrating the positional relationship between the sub-components ofthe clamp assembly;

FIG. 29A is a cross-sectional, top view of an example of a clampassembly, illustrating an embodiment of a bias member when the clamp isin the first position;

FIG. 29B is a cross-sectional, isometric view of an exemplary embodimentof a clamp assembly, illustrating an embodiment of a bias member whenthe clamp is in the first position;

FIG. 29C is a cross-sectional, top view of an example of a clampassembly, illustrating an embodiment of a bias member when the clamp isin a second position;

FIG. 29D is a cross-sectional, exploded, isometric view of an example ofa clamp assembly, illustrating an embodiment of a bias member when theclamp is in a second position;

FIG. 30A is a front view of a partially assembled embodiment of a clampassembly, illustrating the positional relationship between a framestructure, a bias member, a hinge pin and a latch;

FIG. 30B is an isometric view of a partially assembled embodiment of aclamp assembly, illustrating the positional relationship between a framestructure, a bias member, a hinge pin and a latch;

FIG. 30C is a rear view of a partially assembled embodiment of a clampassembly, illustrating the positional relationship between a framestructure and a latch;

FIG. 30D is an exploded view of an exemplary specific component of aclamp assembly;

FIG. 31A is a front view of an exemplary frame structure of anembodiment of a clamp assembly;

FIG. 31B is a perspective view of an exemplary frame structure of anembodiment of a clamp assembly;

FIG. 31C is a perspective view of an exemplary frame structure of anembodiment of a clamp assembly;

FIG. 32A is a front view of an exemplary gear plate of an embodiment ofa clamp assembly, illustrating a jaw shaped end and a gear shaped end;

FIG. 32B is a side view of the exemplary gear plate of an embodiment ofa clamp assembly, illustrating a jaw shaped end and a gear shaped end;

FIG. 32C is a back view of the exemplary gear plate of an embodiment ofthe clamp assembly, illustrating a set of attachment points therein;

FIG. 33A is a front view of an example actuator of an embodiment of aclamp assembly, illustrating a paddle member and an inserting membertherein;

FIG. 33B is a back view of an example actuator of an embodiment of aclamp assembly, illustrating a paddle member, an inserting member and aset of attaching points therein;

FIG. 34A is a perspective, back view of an example latch of anembodiment of a clamp assembly, illustrating a lever member and a flapmember of the example latch;

FIG. 34B is a perspective front view of an example latch of anembodiment of a clamp assembly, illustrating a lever member and a flapmember of the example latch as shown in FIG. 34A;

FIG. 35A is a top, back, right-side, perspective view of an example of aholding structure of an embodiment of a support assembly; and

FIG. 35B is a top, front, left-side, perspective view of an example of aholding structure of an embodiment of a support assembly.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION Clamp Mechanisms

In one example embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 1A-1E, a clamp apparatus 10is depicted. The clamp apparatus 10 comprises a housing 12. In the shownembodiment, the housing 12 has a back plate 14, which is generallyplanar. On one portion of the back plate 14 is a raised grip 16extending away from the housing 12. The grip 16 affords the user ease ofmovement along a clamped object 100 generally extending along an axisA1. The grip 16 is also meant to aid in carrying. The grip 16 may bemade of the same material as the rest of the housing 12, may be made ofa different material, or may be made of a combination thereof. Possiblematerials may include, but are not limited to, rubber, polymer,composite, metal, plastic, foam, etc. Additionally, the grip 16 maycomprise ergonomic finger groves, nubs, a ribbed texture, a honeycombedtexture, etc.

The rear of the back plate 14 may also feature any of a variety ofmechanisms 19 (not shown) to attach a load to the clamp apparatus 10.Such mechanisms 19 may include, but are not limited to, brackets,magnets, straps, suction cups, hooks, screws or bolts, a friction fit,etc. This load could be any number of things, especially a medicaldevice (such as an infusion pump, or peristaltic infusion pump), I.V.bag, etc.

On the front portion of the back plate 14, a groove 13 runs verticallydown the centerline (shown as a line of short and long dashes) of theback plate 14. The groove 13 is further described below. Two compressionspring pockets 15 are coupled to the back plate 14 and are raised offthe bottom of the front face of the back plate 14. The compressionspring pockets 15 may be generally cylindrical and hollow much like acup. The compression spring pockets 15 will be elaborated upon later.

Extending off the bottom edge of the back plate 14 toward the bottom ofthe page are two twin catch structures 21 which are symmetrical aroundthe centerline of the back plate 14. The catch structures 21 are formedsuch that a first portion of the structure 21 is a member which extendstoward the bottom of page in a manner substantially perpendicular to thebottom edge of the back plate 14. A second portion of the structure 21is a member extending toward the bottom of the page in the same manneras the first portion. The first and second portions are offset from eachother so as to allow a crosspiece to form a bridge between the first andsecond portion of the catch structure 21. The crosspiece of the catchstructure 21 runs in a direction substantially parallel to the bottomedge of the back plate 14. The catch structure 21 will be furtherelaborated upon later.

In the example embodiment, two blocks 18 are fixedly coupled to thefront of the back plate 14 by any variety of means. This could include,but is not to be limited to, screws 20 (as shown), bolts, welds, etc.The back plate 14 and blocks 18 can also be formed as a continuous partduring manufacture. The blocks 18 are offset by some distance from theback plate 14.

The blocks 18 are generally right triangles with their hypotenusesfacing A1. It should be appreciated, however, that the blocks 18 couldtake any shape so long as the interior face of the blocks 18 extends ina suitable direction. The blocks 18 also display symmetry around A1.

Along the inward facing sides of the blocks 18 there may be tracks 22.The tracks 22 may engage corresponding protrusions 24 on a surface of asliding wedge 26. These components interact in such a way that thesliding wedges 26 are able to traverse the span of the tracks 22. In theexample embodiment, the sliding wedges 26 are approximately “L” shaped,but this should not be construed as limiting the sliding wedges 26 toonly an “L” shape. It should also be noted that in place of theprotrusions 24 on the sliding wedge 26, any other type of suitableengagement surfaces, such as ball bearings or rollers, could beemployed. In other embodiments, the track 22 may be raised off theblocks 18. In such embodiments, the protrusions 24 would be replaced byanother suitable engagement surface such as a recessed groove, rollers,ball bearings, etc. In yet some additional embodiments, a track 22comprises the rack portion of a rack and pinion, be the track 22 in araised or recessed configuration; in place of the protrusions 24, on thesliding wedge 26, one or more pinion gears would extend so as to engagethe rack track 22, in this specific embodiment.

At the top of both the sliding wedges 26, a pawl 28 may be pivotallycoupled. In the embodiment shown in FIGS. 1A-1E this is accomplished bymeans of a pair of pins 30 (though a single pin, hinge, or othersuitable arrangement could also be used) running through openings 32which extend through both the sliding wedge 26 and the pawl 28. One pin30 a pivotally couples the pawl to the sliding wedge 26 through thefront surfaces of the sliding wedge 26 and the pawl 28. Likewise, thesecond 30 b of the pair of pins 30 (best shown in FIG. 1E) pivotallycouples the pawl 28 to the sliding wedge 26 through the rear surfaces ofthe pawl 28 and the sliding wedge 26. Bushings 31 may also be present insome embodiments to provide a bearing surface.

On at least a portion of the pawls 28 there may be a gripping surface 34which engages the clamped object 100. This gripping surface 34 consistsof a material chosen for its gripping ability. The gripping surface 34may be made of a high friction material, a compressible material, amaterial exhibiting both these qualities, or any other suitablematerial. The gripping surface 34 is made of a material which allows afirm grip without the deformation of a clamped object 100. Additionally,the gripping surface 34 may be contoured (as is easily seen in FIG. 1B).

Best shown in the clamp apparatus 10 exploded views in FIGS. 1C-1E, thebottom of the sliding wedge 26 may feature a flange 36. The flange 36extends inward, at an angle substantially perpendicular to the axialdirection A1, from the portion of the sliding wedge 26 which engages thetracks 22. A slot 38 is cut into the flange 36 and will be elaboratedupon later.

Together, the sliding wedge 26, the pawl 28, and the gripping surface 34comprise a sliding wedge-pawl assembly 90. The sliding wedge-pawlassemblies 90 are capable of movement, together as a unit, up and downthe track 22. This allows the clamp apparatus 10 to adjust to and gripclamped objects 100 of a variety of different girths such that thedistance between the gripping surfaces 34 of the sliding wedge-pawlassemblies 90 mimics the diameter of a clamped object 100.

The clamp apparatus 10, in this exemplary embodiment, also comprises asecond assembly, the spring handle assembly 92. At the top of the springhandle assembly 92 is a guided lift bar 50. The rear portion of theguided lift bar 50 has a vertical ridge 52 which engages with thevertical groove 13 in the back plate 14. This constricts the guided liftbar 50 to movement up and down in the axial direction A1.

In the embodiment shown in FIGS. 1A-1E, the center span 54 of the guidedlift bar 50 arcs/curves or bends toward the back plate 14. This allowsthe guided lift bar 50 to better accommodate the clamped object 100.

On each the right and left side of the center span 54, a member 56 maybe attached which fits around the flange 36 of the sliding wedge 26. Themember 56 is formed such that a first portion 900 of the member 56extends off the center span 54 on a plane substantially parallel to theback plate 14. Extending off the bottom of first portion 900 at an anglesubstantially perpendicular to the first portion is a second portion 901of the member 56. This second portion 901 is formed such that the edgeof the second portion 901 distal to A1 is straight and occupies the samevertical plane extended off the distal edge of the first portion 900.The edge of the second portion 901 of the member 56 proximal to A1tapers toward the distal edge of the second portion 901. This taperagain helps to accommodate the clamped object 100. The member 56 has athird portion 902 which is attached to the second portion 901 such thatthe bottom of the third portion 902 is coupled to the front edge of thesecond portion 901 at an angle that is substantially perpendicular. Thethird portion 902 extends on a plane parallel to the first portion 900.The edge of the third portion 902 distal to A1 is straight and occupiesthe same vertical plane extended off the distal edge of the firstportion 900. The proximal edge of the third portion 902 is flush withthe proximal, tapered edge of the second portion 901 and extends upwardsfrom it in a substantially perpendicular manner.

In the example embodiment in FIGS. 1A-1E, the third portion 902 of themember 56 described above has a hole 66 a creating a passage through thethird portion 902. Likewise, the first portion 900 also has a hole 66 bcreating a passage through the first portion 900. The centers of bothholes 66 a, 66 b extend along a common axis which is substantiallyperpendicular to the front face of each the first and third portions900, 902 of the member 56. The locations of the holes 66 a and 66 b areselected such that they are in line with the slots 38 in the slidingwedges 26 when the clamp apparatus 10 is assembled. Placing the holes 66a and 66 b at this location allows the insertion of dowels 68 througheach of the holes 66 a and 66 b and their corresponding slots 38, thuscoupling the sliding wedge-pawl assemblies 90 to the spring handleassembly 92. Though the example embodiments employ the use of a dowel 68to couple the two assemblies together, other means of coupling theassemblies, such as but not limited to, a bar, rollers, ball bearings,etc. could be implemented.

In the example embodiment, when both assemblies 90 and 92 are coupledtogether, the guided lift bar 50 functions as a crossbar which ensuresthat the right and left sliding wedge-pawl assemblies 90 move togetherin unison along the tracks 22. This coupling also allows the springhandle assembly 92 to control whether the clamp apparatus 10 is in theopen or closed position.

Coupled to the bottom of the second portion 901 of the members 56 agenerally cylindrical shape 70 may be extended downward (in additionalembodiments, other shapes may be used). As shown in the exampleembodiments in FIGS. 1A-1E, the generally cylindrical shape 70 may taperslightly in diameter as it extends farther away from the bottom of thesecond portion 901 of the member 56 toward the bottom of the page. Thegenerally cylindrical shape 70 may be solid or hollow. A coil spring 72surrounds the generally cylindrical shape 70. One end of the coil spring72 abuts the bottom of the second portion 901 of the member 56 fromwhich the generally cylindrical shape 70 extends. The other end of thecoil spring 72 seats in the compression spring pocket 15 on the backplate 14 mentioned above. The bottom of the compression spring pocket 15has a hole 17 through which the generally cylindrical shape 70 may passas the clamp apparatus 10 is moved to/in the open position. Though theshown embodiments use a coil spring 72, other embodiments couldconceivably employ any other suitable bias member. A wide variety ofsuitable bias members may be employed. Examples of suitable bias membersinclude, but are not limited to, a gas spring using a bladder, a pistontype arrangement, a compression spring made of a compressible, springymaterial such as rubber, an extension spring, a constant force spring,etc.

In the example embodiment, the coil springs 72 bias the clamp apparatus10 toward the closed position (as shown in FIG. 1B). That is, the coilsprings 72 bias the wedges 26 to slide up the tracks 22 such that thepawls 28 approach each other towards the clamped object 100 (e.g., apole). In the closed position, the sliding wedge-pawl assemblies 90 aresufficiently at the top of the tracks 22 to clamp the pawls 28 onto theclamped object 100 (via attached gripping surfaces 34). The guided liftbar 50 is also at a higher position in the vertical groove 13 in theback plate 14. Also in this position, the coupling dowel 68, in relationto A1, is located in a more distal end of the slot 38 in the flange 36of the sliding wedge 26.

If a clamped object 100 is present in the example embodiment, the coilsprings 72 bias the clamping apparatus 10 to clamp down on the object100. Depending on the size of the clamped object 100, the slidingwedge-pawl assemblies' 90 location on the track 22 will vary so that thedistance between the sliding wedge-pawl assemblies 90 will mimic thediameter of the clamped object 100. The larger the clamped object 100the lower the sliding wedge-pawl assemblies 90 will be on the track 22.Similarly and consequentially, the location of the guided lift bar 50along the groove 13 will be lower with larger clamped objects 100.

The clamping apparatus 10 in the example embodiment is designed in sucha way as to utilize the force of gravity to increase the clamping force.As gravity pulls on the clamp, especially when a load is attached to theback plate 14, a force is exerted on the sliding wedge-pawl assemblies90. This force causes the sliding wedge-pawl assemblies 90 to want toride further up the tracks 22. Since the clamped object 100 is in theway, the sliding wedge-pawl assemblies 90 cinch up on and exert moreclamping force on the clamped object 100. Additionally, because thepawls 28 are pivotally coupled to the sliding wedge 26, the pull ofgravity causes the point of contact on the pawls 28 to want to swing upand into the clamped object 100. Since the clamped object 100 is in theway, the pawls 28 cinch up on and exert more clamping force on theclamped object 100.

In order to move the clamping apparatus 10 to the open position, a pullhandle 74 may be pulled down. In the example embodiment, the pull handle74 comprises a grip 76 and one or more posts 78 extending from the grip76. The grip 76 may be made of the same material as the rest of the pullhandle 74, may be made of a different material, or may be made of acombination thereof. Possible materials may include, but are not limitedto, rubber, polymer, composite, metal, plastic, foam, etc. Additionally,the handle 74 may comprise ergonomic finger groves, nubs, a ribbedtexture, a honeycombed texture, etc.

The one or more posts 78 of the pull handle 74 extend up to acorresponding number of arms 80 on the guided lift bar 50. The posts 78are coupled to the arms 80 on the guided lift bar 50 through any of avariety of means. In the example embodiment, coupling is accomplished bymeans of a pin which runs through both the arm 80 and post 78. In otherembodiments, this coupling may be accomplished in any number of suitableways including, but not limited to, welds, bolts, screws, etc. The pullhandle 74 and guided lift bar 50 could also be made as a singlecontinuous part during manufacture. In some embodiments, the posts 78extend straight down to the grip 76. In other embodiments, the posts 78may be arcuated or have a bend out toward the rear of the page to allowgreater ease in grasping the grip 76. Additionally, in some embodiments,including the example embodiment, the posts 78 have a notch 82 whichruns across the back of the posts 78 in a direction substantiallyparallel to the bottom edge of the back plate 14.

As aforementioned, to move the clamping apparatus 10 from the closedposition to the open position, a pull handle 74 may need to be pulleddown. In the example embodiment, as the pull handle 74 is pulled down,the guided lift bar 50 is also pulled down the groove 13 in the backplate 14. This causes the compression springs 72 to become compressedand causes the generally cylindrical shape 70 to extend through the hole17 in the compression spring pockets 15. Pulling down the pull handle 74also causes the sliding wedge-pawl assemblies 90 to slide down thetracks 22. Due to the slope of the tracks 22, moving the clampingapparatus 10 to the open position also causes the location of thecoupling dowel 68 within the slot 38 to change. When the clamp is in thefully open position, the coupling dowel 68 is at the most proximal endof the slot 38 in relation to A1.

In the example embodiment, to hold the clamping apparatus 10 in thefully open position against the restoring force of the compressionsprings 72, the notch 82 in the pull handle 74 may be engaged with thecatch structure 21 extending off the back plate 14. When the clampingapparatus 10 is locked in the open position, the crosspiece 903 of thecatch structure 21 is caught by the notch 82 of the pull handle 74thereby disallowing the compression springs 72 to return the clampingapparatus 10 to the closed position. Other embodiments may employ othertypes of catch mechanisms in addition to the elbow type catch in theexample embodiment. Other suitable catches may include, but are notlimited to, a magnetic catch, a ball catch, a latch, a roller catch,etc.

In another embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 2A-2E, a clamp apparatus 110 isdepicted. The clamp apparatus 110 comprises a housing 112. The housing112 resembles a frame. The housing 112 comprises an upper handle 114 atthe top of the housing 112. In the example embodiment, the upper handle114 is essentially “U” shaped with the bottom, grip portion 116 of the“U” extended toward the back of the page (directions given in relationto the embodiment depicted in FIG. 2A). In other embodiments, the upperhandle 114 need not take the shape of a “U”, but rather any otherdesirable form. The grip portion 116 of the upper handle 114 may becylindrical, planar, or take any other desired form. The grip portion116 of the upper handle 114 may also have gentle ergonomic fingergrooving, nubs, a ribbed texture, a honeycombed texture, etc. 118 (notshown) to increase ease of use. The grip portion 116 may be made of thesame material as the rest of the upper handle 114, may be made of adifferent material, or may be made of a combination thereof. Possiblematerials may include, but are not limited to, rubber, polymer,composite, metal, plastic, foam, etc.

In the example embodiment, the uprights 113 of the “U” extend from thegrip portion 116 toward the front of the page. The uprights 113 of the“U” each comprise a set of brackets 115 which extend substantiallyperpendicularly from the faces of the uprights 113 most proximal to A2toward A2.

The housing 112 in the example embodiment also comprises one or moremembers 120 extending from the upper handle 114. In the embodiment shownin FIGS. 2A-2E, two substantially planar members 120 extend down inparallel fashion from the upper handle 114 at an angle that is generallyperpendicular to the bottom surface of the upper handle 114. The members120 may be coupled to the upper handle 114 with screws 122 (as shownbest in FIGS. 2C-2E), bolts, welds, or by any other manner. The upperhandle 114 and one or more vertical members 120 may also be formed as asingle part during manufacture. The members 120 may also comprise tracks123 on the faces of the members 120 most proximal to A2. In the exampleembodiment, the tracks 123 run vertically up the face of each member 120though this need not be true of every embodiment. Additionally, in theexample embodiment, the tracks 123 are cut into the members 120. Inother embodiments, the tracks may be raised off the members 120.

The housing 112 may also comprise a lower handle 124. In the exampleembodiment, the lower handle 124 is coupled to the bottom edges of themembers 120. The lower handle 124 may be coupled to the members 120 inany of a variety of ways including screws 126, bolts, welds, etc (asbest shown in FIGS. 2C-2E). The lower handle 124 may also be formed withthe members 120 as a single continuous part during manufacture. In otherembodiments, the upper handle 116, members 120, and lower handle 124 areall formed as a continuous part in manufacture. Spanning the distancebetween the members 120, the lower handle 124 may comprise a crosspiece128. The center span 129 of the crosspiece 128 may arc/curve or bendtoward the back of the page to better accommodate a clamped object 100.The crosspiece 128 also may comprise a pair of compression springpockets 105. The compression spring pockets 105 are generallycylindrical and are hollow much like a cup. In the example embodiment,the bottom of the compression spring pockets 105 have an opening 117. Apair of brackets 130 extend off the bottom of the crosspiece 128 andwill be elaborated upon later. The crosspiece 128 may have recessedportions 131 spanning the distance between the distal sides of thecompression spring pockets 105 (in relation to A2) and the arms 132 ofthe lower handle 124 (elaborated upon in the following paragraph).

The lower handle 124 extends toward the back of the page in a mannersimilar to the upper handle 114. The arms 132 of the lower handle 124may be arcuated or have a bend which arcs/bends the lower handle 124toward the bottom of the page. The arms 132 of the lower handle 124 arejoined by a grip 134 at the part of the handle closest to the bottom ofthe page.

The grip 134 may be made of the same material as the rest of the lowerhandle 124, may be made of a different material, or may be made of acombination thereof. Possible materials may include, but are not limitedto, rubber, polymer, composite, metal, plastic, foam, etc. Additionally,the grip 134 may comprise ergonomic finger groves, nubs, a ribbedtexture, a honeycombed texture, etc.

The housing 112 may also feature any of a variety of mechanisms 119 (notshown) to attach a load to the clamp apparatus 110. Such mechanisms 119may include, but are not limited to, brackets, magnets, straps, suctioncups, hooks, screws or bolts, a friction fit, etc. This load could beany number of things, especially a medical device (such as an infusionpump, or peristaltic infusion pump), I.V. bag, etc.

The clamping apparatus 110 may further comprise a set of pawls 127 whichare pivotally coupled to the brackets 115 of the upper handle 116. Theset of pawls 127 may be coupled to the brackets 115 of the upper handleby any of a variety of ways. Additionally, bushings 133 may be presentto provide a bearing surface. The pawls 127 may have a trough 136 cutinto them essentially along the center plane of the pawls 127 runningparallel to the plane of the grip 116 shown in the example embodiment.The trough 136 will be elaborated upon later.

On at least a portion of the pawls 127 there may be a gripping surface135 which engages the clamped object 100. The gripping surface 135 mayconsist of a material chosen for its gripping ability. The grippingsurface 135 could be made of a high friction material, a compressiblematerial, a material exhibiting both those qualities, or any othersuitable material. The gripping surface 135 is made of a material whichallows a firm grip without the deformation of a clamped object 100.Additionally, the gripping surface 135 may be contoured. Though theexample embodiment includes a single set of pawls 127, in otherembodiments, further sets of pawls 127 may be added to the clampingapparatus 110 to afford the clamping apparatus 110 added stability.

In the example embodiment, the clamping apparatus 110 also comprises alift bar guide 140. The lift bar guide 140 comprises a set ofprotrusions 141 which engage with the tracks 123 in the members 120.This enables the lift bar guide 140 to travel along the track 123 in themembers 120. In place of protrusions 141 some alternate embodimentsemploy a variety of different engagement surfaces. These surfacesinclude, but are not limited to, rollers, ball bearings, etc. In otherembodiments, the track 123 may be raised off the members 120. In suchembodiments, the protrusions 141 would be replaced by another suitableengagement surface such as a recessed groove, rollers, ball bearings,etc. It would also be conceivable for some embodiments to use a track123, be it raised or recessed, comprising the rack portion of a rack andpinion. In place of the protrusions 141, on the lift bar guide 140, oneor more pinion gears would extend so as to engage the rack track 123.

The top portion of the lift bar guide 140 may comprise a set of wings142 which project inward toward A2. The wings 142 are shaped such thatthey are able to fit within the trough 136 in the pawls 127. The wings142 have a slit 144 cut into them (best shown in FIGS. 2C-2E) similar tothe slot 38 depicted in FIGS. 1A-1E. A coupling dowel 168 couples thepawls 127 to the lift bar guide 140 through the slit 144 in the wings142. The lift bar guide 140 has a crossbar 146. This enables the liftbar guide 140 to cause the pawls 127 to move in unison. The center span148 of the crossbar 146 may be arced/bent toward the back of the page tobetter accommodate a clamped object 100.

On each side of the arced center span 148, recessed compression springpockets 150 are recessed into bottom face the lift bar guide 140. Fromthe centers of the recessed compression spring pockets 150 a generallycylindrical shape 170 extends (though the shape need not be cylindricalin all embodiments) toward the bottom of the page. The generallycylindrical shape 170 may be solid or hollow. The generally cylindricalshape 170 may taper slightly in diameter as it extends farther away fromthe bottom face of the lift bar guide 140. The diameter of the generallycylindrical shape 170 is such it occupies much of the center of therecessed compression spring pocket 150, but leaves a ring surroundingthe base of the generally cylindrical shape 170. One end of a coilspring 172 is seated in the ring surrounding the generally cylindricalshape 170 in the recessed compression spring pocket 150. The other endof the coil spring 172 abuts the bottom of the compression spring pocket105 on the lower handle 124 mentioned above. The bottom of thecompression spring pocket 105 has a hole 117 through which the generallycylindrical shape 170 may pass as the clamp apparatus 110 is moved to/inthe open position. Though the shown embodiments use a coil spring 172,other embodiments could conceivably employ any other suitable biasmember configuration. A wide variety of suitable bias members could beemployed. Examples of suitable bias members include, but are not limitedto, a gas spring using a bladder, piston type arrangement, a compressionspring made of a compressible, springy material such as rubber, anextension spring, constant force spring, spring steel, etc.

In the shown embodiment, more distal from A2 than the recessedcompression spring pockets 150, a set of brackets 152 extends downwardon each side of the bottom face of the lift bar guide 140. In someembodiments, the placement of the recessed compression spring pockets150 or other suitable bias structure and the brackets 152 may beswitched. Coupled to the brackets 152 on the lift bar guide 140 theremay be a link structure 154. In the example embodiments, the linkstructure 154 is a generally oblong disc with rounded edges. In otherembodiments, the link structure 154 may take other forms and shapes.Examples of link structures 154 in other possible embodiments mayinclude, but are not limited to, prismatic joints, any of a variety orsprings, etc. It would also be conceivable to forgo the brackets 152while coupling a camming surface to the actuator lever handle 156(introduced in the following paragraph) thus effectively making the liftbar guide 140 a cam follower.

In the example embodiment, the other end of the link structure 154 iscoupled to an actuator lever handle 156. The actuator lever handle 156has a set of members 158. One end of the members 158 may be fitted withbrackets 159 which allows the members 158 to couple to the linkstructure 154 as is shown in the example embodiment. From their couplingpoint to the link structure 154, the members 158 may extend to and arecoupled to the brackets 130 projecting off the bottom face of thecrosspiece 128 of the lower handle 124. In some embodiments, a torsionspring may be employed where the members 158 of the actuator leverhandle 156 couple to the crosspiece 128 brackets 130. The torsion springmay be a substitute for, or used in conjunction with the coil spring 172or other suitable bias structure. From their coupling point on thecrosspiece 128 brackets 130, the members 158 arc/curve or bend steeplydownward. In the example embodiments the members 158 bend at nearly aright angle, though other suitable angles may be used. A grippingportion 160 spans the distance between lowest ends of the members 158.

The gripping portion 160 may be made of the same material as the rest ofthe actuator lever handle 156, may be made of a different material, ormay be made of a combination thereof. Possible materials may include,but are not limited to, rubber, polymer, composite, metal, plastic,foam, etc. Additionally, the gripping portion 160 may comprise ergonomicfinger grooves, nubs, a ribbed texture, a honeycombed texture, etc.

In the example embodiment, the coil springs 172 bias the clampingapparatus 110 toward the closed position. In the closed position thelift bar guide 140 is at its highest point of travel along the tracks123 in the members 120. The pawls 127 are rotated up and inward towardA2. Also in the closed position, the coupling dowel 168 is at the bottomof the slit 144 in the wings 142 of the lift bar guide 140.

If a clamped object 100 is present in the example embodiment, the coilsprings 172 bias the clamp apparatus 110 to clamp down on the object100. Depending on the size of the clamped object 100, the lift barguide's 140 location on the track 123 will vary. The larger the clampedobject 100 the lower the lift bar guide 140 will be on the track 123.Additionally, the pawls 127 will not be fully rotated up and inwardtoward A2. Instead the distance between the gripping surfaces 135 of thepawls 127 will mimic the diameter of the clamped object 100. This alsomeans that the location of the coupling dowel 168 will be somewhatcloser to the top of the slit 144.

The clamp apparatus 110 in the example embodiment is designed in such away as to utilize the force of gravity to increase the clamping force.As gravity pulls on the clamp apparatus 110, especially when a load isattached to the housing 112 the force causes the pawls 127 to want torotate further in towards A2. Since the clamped object 100 is in theway, the pressure of the pawls 127 against the clamped object 100increases and the clamping apparatus 110 grips the clamped object 100more vigorously.

To open the clamp apparatus 110 in the example embodiment, a user's handmay reach around the lower handle 124 and grasp the actuator leverhandle 156 with their fingers. The user may then pull the actuator leverhandle 156 toward the lower handle 124 of the housing 112. This causesthe actuator lever handle 156 to pivot about its coupling to thebrackets 130 on the cross piece 128 of the lower handle 124. This inturn pulls down on the link structure 154 which couples the actuatorlever handle 156 to the lift bar guide 140. As the link structure 154 ispulled downward, the lift bar guide 140 travels down the tracks 123 inthe members 120 of the housing 112. As the lift bar guide 140 travelsdownward, the compression springs 172 are compressed and the generallycylindrical shape 170 extends through the hole 117 in the compressionspring pockets 105 on the crosspiece 128 of the lower handle 124. Thedownward travel of the lift bar guide 140 also causes the pawls 127 torotate downward and away from A2. This is caused by the slit 144 in thewings 142 of the lift bar guide 140 sliding over the coupling dowel 168until the coupling dowel 168 reaches the top of the slit 144. When thecoupling dowel 168 is in this position, the pawls 127 are fully open.The clamp apparatus 110 may then be placed on a clamped object 100. Oncethe actuator lever handle 156 is released, the compression springs 172will bias the clamp apparatus 110 to close and clamp down on the clampedobject 100.

In another embodiment shown in FIGS. 3A-3E, a clamp apparatus 202 isdepicted. The clamp apparatus 202 comprises a housing 204. The housing204 comprises a number of portions. The first portion of the housing 204may include a back plate 206. The back plate 206 may be substantiallyplanar as shown in FIGS. 3A-3E.

The back plate 206 may also include a gripping handle 208 (not shown).The gripping portion 209 of the gripping handle 208 may be made of thesame material as the rest of the handle 208, may be made of a differentmaterial, or may be made of a combination thereof. Possible materialsmay include, but are not limited to, rubber, polymer, composite, metal,plastic, foam, etc. Additionally, the gripping portion 209 of thegripping handle 208 may comprise ergonomic finger groves, nubs, a ribbedtexture, a honeycombed texture, etc.

Additionally, the back plate 206 may also feature any of a variety ofmechanisms or mounts 219 which allow the user to attach a load to theclamp apparatus 202. Such mechanisms 219 may include, but are notlimited to, brackets, magnets, straps, suction cups, hooks, screws orbolts, a friction fit, etc. This load could be any number of things,especially a medical device (such as an infusion pump, or peristalticinfusion pump), I.V. bag, etc.

In the example embodiment shown in FIGS. 3A-3E, on the right side of thefront face of the back plate 206 a rectangular block 212 projects at anangle substantially perpendicular to the front face of the back plate206. The rectangular block 212 need not be rectangular in allembodiments. The rectangular block 212 is coupled to the back plate 206in any of a variety of ways. The example embodiment employs screws 216,but bolts, welds or any other suitable means could also be utilized. Theback plate 206 and rectangular block 212 could also be formed as acontinuous part during manufacture. The rectangular block 212 may begenerally planar. The rectangular block 212 may also be arced/curved tobetter accommodate a clamped object 100.

On at least a part of the inward facing side of the rectangular block212, a gripping surface 214 may be affixed. The gripping surface 214 canengage the clamped object 100. This gripping surface 214 consists of amaterial chosen for its gripping ability. The gripping surface 214 couldbe made of a high friction material, a compressible material, a materialexhibiting both of these qualities, or any other suitable material. Thegripping surface 214 is made of a material which allows a firm gripwithout the deformation of a clamped object 100 Additionally, thegripping surface 214 may be contoured (as shown in FIGS. 3C-3E). Inorder to accommodate the contoured gripping surface 214 the inward faceof the rectangular block 212 may also be contoured. Though the exampleembodiments only have one fixed gripping surface 214, it would beconceivable to add additional fixed gripping surfaces to the clampingapparatus 202.

The housing 204 may also comprise a second portion. The second portionof the housing may include a handle sleeve 218. In the exampleembodiment, the handle sleeve 218 comprises a body which may be entirelyhollow (as shown) or have one or more hollow cavities. In the exampleembodiment shown in FIGS. 3A-3E, the top and a portion of the right sideof the handle sleeve 218 are open to a hollow cavity. In alternateembodiments this need not always be the case. At the top of the handlesleeve 218 two rounded ears 220 project off the front and rear faces ofthe handle sleeve 218 toward the right of the page.

A portion of the handle sleeve 218 may have grip portion 222 to allowfor greater ease of use. The gripping portion 222 may be made of thesame material as the rest of the housing 204, may be made of a differentmaterial, or may be made of a combination thereof. Possible materialsmay include, but are not limited to, rubber, polymer, composite, metal,plastic, foam, etc. Additionally, the gripping portion 222 may compriseergonomic finger groves, nubs, a ribbed texture, a honeycombed texture,etc.

In the example embodiment, on at least one or both the interior of thefront or/and rear faces of the handle sleeve 218 near the left face ofthe handle sleeve 218 are tracks 223 which extend at least some portionof the length of the handle sleeve 218. In the embodiment in FIGS. 3A-3Ethe tracks 223 are raised and run vertical. Other embodiments maydiffer. For example, it would be conceivable to have a track 223recessed into the sleeve handle. The track(s) 223 may also be cut intoor raised out of the interior of the left face of the handle sleeve 218.In some embodiments, the track 223 may be the rack of a rack and pinionarrangement.

On the left face of the interior cavity, one or more compression springpocket(s) 215 may be extended out into a hollow cavity as best shown inFIG. 3B. The compression spring pocket(s) 215 may also be extended outfrom at least one or both the interior of the front or/and rear faces ofthe handle sleeve 218. The compression spring pocket (s) 215 will beelaborated upon later.

At the top of the handle sleeve 218 a pawl 227 may be pivotally coupled.The pawl 227 may be pivotally coupled by any of a variety of means suchas a screw 233 (as shown), pins, etc. Additionally, bushings 231 may bepresent to provide a bearing surface. The pawl 227 is able to swingabout its pivot axis point within the cavity in the handle sleeve 218.The pawl 227 is also able to swing about its pivot out towards the fixedgripping surface 214 on the interior face of the rectangular block 212.

The surface of the pawl 227 facing the fixed gripping surface 214 on theinterior face of the rectangular block 212 may be arced as best shown inFIG. 3C. The surface of the pawl 227 facing the fixed gripping surface214 on the interior face of the rectangular block 212 may furthercomprise a gripping surface 237. The gripping surface 237 could be madeof a high friction material, a compressible material, a materialexhibiting both those qualities, or any other suitable material. Thegripping surface 237 is made of a material which allows a firm gripwithout the deformation of a clamped object 100 Additionally, thegripping surface 237 may be contoured (as shown best in FIGS. 3A-3E).

The pawl 227 may be additionally comprised of a trough 239 cut into thepawl 227 essentially along the center plane of the pawl 227 runningparallel to the plane of the back plate 206. The trough 239 is shapedsuch that it is able to accommodate the shape of a lift bar 241. As bestshown in FIGS. 3C-3E, the lift bar 241 may comprise a first portioncomprising a member 224 which projects into the trough 239 in the pawl227. The member 224 may be shaped such that at the right end of themember 224 there is a wing like projection 243. Within the wing likeprojection 243, there may be a slit 245. It should be noted that theslit 144 in FIGS. 2A-2E is at an angle and the slit 245 in FIGS. 3A-3Eis substantially horizontal. Alternate embodiments may employ slitsoriented at any angle or may employ arced slits. A coupling dowel 268runs through the slit 245 and into the pawl 227 coupling the lift bar241 to the pawl 227.

The lift bar 241 may also comprise a second portion in which a member226 extends toward the bottom of the page at an angle that issubstantially perpendicular to the member 224 of the first portion. Themember 226 of the second portion has an engagement surface 228 whichengages with the track 223 on the interior of the handle sleeve 218. Inthe shown embodiment, the engagement surface 228 is depicted as arecessed groove. The engagement surface 228 may, however, be raised ortake other forms including but not limited to, rollers, ball bearings,etc. In embodiments where the track 223 is the rack of a rack and pinionarrangement, one or more pinion gears capable of engaging the track 223may be present on the member 226 of the second portion.

The member 226 of the second portion of the lift bar 241 may also have abracket 230 extending off the bottom surface of the member 226. Thebracket 230 need not extend as shown at an angle substantiallyperpendicular to the bottom surface of the member 226.

The member 226 of the second portion of the lift bar 241 may also becomprised of a groove or grooves 232 recessed into the face of themember 226 which abuts the interior surface of the handle sleeve 218from which the compression spring pocket(s) 215 extend. The groove 232is of a size and shape sufficient to fit around the compression springpocket 215 which projects off the interior of the handle sleeve 218.Additionally, the groove 232 does not run the entire length of themember 226 stopping at least some distance from the top of the member226. As shown, the diameter of the groove 232 may taper as it extendstoward the top of the member 226.

A coil spring 272 is placed in the groove 232 such that one end of thecoil spring 272 abuts the bottom of the compression spring pocket 215.The other end of the coil spring 272 abuts the top of the groove 232.Though the shown embodiments use a coil spring 272, other embodimentscould conceivably employ any other suitable bias member. A wide varietyof suitable bias members may be employed. Examples of suitable biasmembers include, but are not limited to, a gas spring (using a bladderarrangement, piston type arrangement, etc.), a compression spring madeof a compressible, springy material such as rubber, an extension spring,constant force spring, and so on.

In the example embodiment, the coil spring 272 biases the clampapparatus 202 toward the closed position (FIG. 3A). In the closedposition, the coil spring 272 is not compressed. Additionally, the liftbar 241 is at its highest point of travel along the tracks 223 in thehandle sleeve 218 of the housing 112. Since the lift bar 241 is coupledto the pawl 227 via the coupling dowel 268, this forces the pawl 227 tobe pivoted up and in toward the fixed gripping surface 214. In theclosed position, the coupling dowel 268 abuts the right edge of the slit245.

If a clamped object 100 is present in the example embodiment, the coilspring 272 biases the clamp apparatus 202 to clamp down on the object100. Depending on the size of the clamped object 100, the lift bar's 241location on the track 223 will vary. The larger the clamped object 100the lower the lift bar 241 will be on the track 223. Additionally, thepawl 227 will not be fully rotated up and inward toward fixed grippingsurface 214. Instead the distance between the gripping surface 237 ofthe pawl 227 and the fixed gripping surface 214 will mimic the diameterof the clamped object 100. This also means that the location of thecoupling dowel 268 will be somewhat closer to the left of the slit 245.

The clamp apparatus 202 in the example embodiment is designed in such away as to utilize the force of gravity to increase the clamping force.As gravity pulls on the clamp apparatus 202, especially when a load isattached to the housing 204 the force causes the pawl 227 to want torotate further up and in towards the fixed gripping surface 214. Sincethe clamped object 100 is in the way, the pressure of the pawl 227against the clamped object 100 increases and the clamping apparatus 202grips the clamped object 100 more vigorously. Furthermore, the clampedobject 100 is pushed against the fixed gripping surface 214 with greaterforce again causing the clamping apparatus 202 to clamp more vigorouslyto the clamped object 100.

This more vigorous clamping force is accomplished by ensuring that thepawl 227 is constructed and shaped in order to ensure the clampapparatus 202 will be in static equilibrium with a clamped object 100when the clamp apparatus 202 is clamped onto a clamped object 100. Thismay require ensuring that the coefficient of friction of the pawl 227 isgreater than the ratio of the vertical distance from the contact pointof the pawl 227 on the clamped object 100 to the pivot point of the pawl227 (said distance hereafter referred to as A) to the horizontaldistance from the contact point on the pawl 227 to the pivot point ofthe pawl 227 (said distance hereafter referred to as B). The complianceand shape of the pawl 227 gripping surface 237 of the pawl 227 also issufficiently configured.

As shown, the pawl 227 does not have a constant radius from the grippingsurface 237 to the pivot point of the pawl 227. If the radius isconstant, and the pawl 227, gripping surface 237, or both are relativelycompliant, A:B may become less than zero if the pawl 227, grippingsurface 237, or both become compressed. If the radius of the pawl 227constantly increases as best shown in FIG. 3C, this cannot occur. Therate of increase in the radius of the pawl 227 may be chosen so that theratio A:B does not become too large. This may be done to ensure that thecoefficient of friction is not inordinately large.

In embodiments of the pawl 227 where the radius of the pawl 227 isconstantly increasing and the pawl 227, gripping surface 237, or bothare compliant, as the downward force of gravity acting on the clampapparatus 202 increases the ratio A:B decreases. As a result, the normalforces present at the contact point of the pawl 227 on the clampedobject 100 increase. The vertical reaction force increases as a result.This may create the more vigorous clamping force described above

To move the clamp apparatus 202 to the open position shown in theembodiment in FIG. 3B, the user must actuate a trigger 234. The trigger234 has a button portion 236 which extends at least partially out of theright face of the handle sleeve 218 when the clamp apparatus 202 is inthe closed position. Toward the lower right of the button portion 236,the button portion 236 is pivotally coupled to the handle sleeve 218 byany of a variety of means. The button portion 236 may be hollow orsolid. Projecting toward the left of the page of along the bottom planeof the button portion 236 of the trigger 234 may be one or more arms238. The one or more arms 238 may be capable of coupling to a linkagestructure 240. The linkage structure 240 also extends up to, and iscoupled to, the bracket 230 which extends off the bottom surface of thelift bar 241. As best shown in FIG. 3C-3E, the link structure 240 in theexample embodiment is an oblong with rounded edges. In otherembodiments, the link structure 240 may take other forms and shapes.Examples of link structures 240 in other possible embodiments mayinclude, but are not limited to, prismatic joints, any of a variety orsprings, etc. It would also be conceivable to forgo the brackets 230while coupling a camming surface to the trigger 234 thus effectivelymaking the lift bar 214 a cam follower.

In the example embodiment, when the trigger 234 is actuated, it acts asa lever pulling the linkage structure 240 and the lift bar 241 towardthe bottom of the page. As the lift bar 241 is pulled down the track 223on the handle sleeve 218 the coil spring 272 gets compressed. The slit245 in the wing 243 of the lift bar 241 slides over the coupling dowel268 until the coupling dowel 268 abuts the left most edge of the slit245. As a result, the pawl 227 rotates down and away from the fixedgripping surface 214 and into the open position. Releasing the trigger234 causes the clamping apparatus 202 to return to the closed positionas a result of the restoring force of the coil spring 272. In alternateembodiments, a torsion spring may be employed where the button portion236 of the trigger 234 is pivotally coupled to the handle sleeve 218.The torsion spring may be a substitute for or used in conjunction withthe coil spring 272 or other suitable bias member configuration.

FIG. 4A shows a perspective view of a clamp apparatus 310 in the openposition according to one embodiment of the present disclosure. Aclamped object 100 may be squeezed between a fixed gripper 322 and asliding gripper 302. The fixed gripper 322 and sliding gripper 302 mayconsist of a material chosen for its gripping ability. The fixed gripper322 and sliding gripper 302 may be made of a material which allows for afirm grip without the deformation of a clamped object 100. The fixedgripper 322 and sliding gripper 302 may be made of a high frictionmaterial, a compressible material, a material exhibiting both thesequalities, or any other suitable material. Suitable materials mayinclude any suitable elastomeric or non-deformable substance, includingbut not limited to plastic, rubber, metal, foam, fabric, gel, etc. Atleast a portion of the fixed gripper 322 and sliding gripper 302 maycomprise a roughly semi-circular depression or contour to accommodate around clamped object 100 such as a pole.

In some embodiments, the fixed gripper 322 and sliding gripper 302 areformed from a relatively inelastic material, but have caps 330 (notshown) that fit substantially over the fixed gripper 322 and slidinggripper 302. The cap 330 may be constructed from any suitable material,including but not limited to, elastic materials such as rubber, plastic,gel, foam, fabric, polyurethane, etc. The caps 330 may be replaceableand removably attached to the fixed gripper 322 and sliding gripper 302.

The fixed gripper 322 may be firmly mounted to the fixed gripper mountend 344 of a guide plate 340. In some embodiments, a gripper supportwall 352 is attached to the fixed gripper mount end 344 of the guideplate 340 and provides additional support for the fixed gripper 322. Thegripper support wall 352 may optionally be supported by one or morebuttresses 354 that span from at least a portion of the guide plate 340to the gripper support wall 352. In some embodiments, the buttresses 354may be arched to maximize support.

At least one face of the guide plate 340 may also feature any of avariety of mechanisms 305 (not shown) to attach a load to the clampapparatus 310. Such mechanisms 305 may include, but are not limited to,brackets, magnets, straps, suction cups, hooks, screws or bolts, afriction fit, etc. This load could be any number of things, especially amedical device (such as an infusion pump, or peristaltic infusion pump),I.V. bag, etc.

The sliding gripper 302 is mounted to the sliding gripper mount end 332of a sliding gripper base 320. The position of the sliding gripper base320 is adjustable to accommodate clamped objects 100 of variousdimensions and girths. The sliding gripper base 320 will be elaboratedupon later.

In an embodiment of the present disclosure shown in FIG. 4A, the clampapparatus 310 is depicted in the closed position (though a clampedobject 100 is not present). To move the clamp apparatus 310 to theclosed position, a user must rotate a handle assembly 319, such that thehand grip 321 of the handle assembly 319 is pointed toward the left ofthe page as shown in FIG. 4A. This action propels the sliding gripper302 and all attached structures towards the fixed gripper 322. If aclamped object 100 is present, the sliding gripper 302 will squeeze theclamped object 100 against the fixed gripper 322, thus clamping theclamped object 100.

The handle assembly 319 is rotatably attached to the front face 350 ofthe guide plate 340. In the exemplary embodiment shown in FIGS. 4A-4D,the handle assembly 319 is disposed on a plane approximately parallel tothe plane of the front face 350 of the guide plate 340 regardless ofwhether the clamp apparatus 310 is in the open or closed position or intransit between an open and closed position. The handle assembly 319 iscomprised of a number of portions. At least a one portion of the handleassembly 319 abuts a cam plate 360, which is immovably attached to apressure plate 370 (pressure plate 370 introduced in subsequentparagraphs). In the depicted exemplary embodiment in FIGS. 4A-4D, thehandle assembly 319 comprises a cam 362 positioned to contact the camplate 360. The rounded, contoured surface of the cam 362 grades into aplanate section which spans the length of the hand grip 321.

In some embodiments, hand grip 321 may be made of the same material asthe rest of the handle assembly 319, may be made of a differentmaterial, or may be made of a combination thereof. Possible materialsmay include, but are not limited to, rubber, polymer, composite, metal,plastic, foam, etc. The hand grip 321 may also comprise ergonomic fingergroves, nubs, a ribbed texture, a honeycombed texture, etc. tofacilitate ease of grasping.

Additionally, as shown in the example embodiment in FIGS. 4A-4D the cam362 may include at least one flat segment 363. Clockwise rotation ofhandle assembly 319 causes the cam 362 to rotate into the cam plate 360.This displaces the cam plate 360 towards fixed gripper 322. In theclosed position, the cam 362 is fully rotated into the cam plate 360 andthe flat segment 363 of the cam 362 abuts the right edge (relative toFIG. 4A) of the cam plate 360. Additionally, in the fully closedposition, the planate surface of the hand grip 321 may rest against thebottom edge of the cam plate 360. The flat segment 363 of the cam 362prevents the restoring force from a compressed return spring 346 (whichspring loads the cam plate 360) from pushing cam plate 360 back to theopen position, and thus may effectively lock the clamp apparatus 310 inthe closed position.

To open the clamp apparatus 310, a user rotates the handle assembly 319counter-clockwise. As the cam 362 releases pressure on the cam plate360, the compressed return spring 346 causes the cam plate 360 toautomatically return back to the open position as the return spring 346expands back to a relatively uncompressed state.

In the open position (not shown) the cam plate 360 comes to rest againstthe right edge (in reference to FIG. 4A) of an aperture 342 in the guideplate 340. The aperture 342 is cut through the guide plate 340 at anangle which is substantially perpendicular to the front face 350 of theguide plate 340. On the left vertical edge of the aperture 342 a returnspring peg 343 may project into the aperture 342 in a directionsubstantially parallel to the plane of the front face 350 of the guideplate 340. The return spring peg 343 is slightly smaller in diameterthan the return spring 346. The return spring 346, may be seated aroundthe return spring peg 343 (as shown in FIG. 4A). In the open position,the return spring 346 may be slightly compressed to prevent any “slop”and to keep the cam plate 360 against the right edge of the aperture342.

The cam plate 360 is immovably coupled to a pressure plate 370. In theexample embodiment shown in FIGS. 4A-4E, the cam plate is coupled to thepressure plate 370 via screws 361. In other embodiments, the cam plate360 and pressure plate 370 may be coupled to each other in any number ofways, including, but not limited to welds, bolts, rivets, etc. In someembodiments, they may be formed as a continuous part during manufacture.

Since the cam plate 360 is attached to the pressure plate 370, thepressure plate 370 also moves as the cam 362 of the handle assembly 319displaces the cam plate 360. When the return spring 346 expands as theclamp apparatus 310 is opened, the pressure plate 370 is also springloaded to automatically return toward its open orientation. When theclamp apparatus 310 is fully opened, the pressure plate 370 may beapproximately flush with the right edge of the guide plate 340 (inreference to FIG. 4A). In the example embodiment shown in FIGS. 4A-4E,the pressure plate 370 may not extend out past the right edge of theguide plate 340 because the cam plate 360 to which it is immovablyattached is restricted in movement by the right edge of the aperture 342in the guide plate 340.

Extending perpendicularly from the center of the left edge 372 of thepressure plate 370 (in reference to FIG. 4D) into the pressure plate 370is a return spring trough 335. The return spring trough 335 allows thereturn spring 346 to fit comfortably into the clamp apparatus 310 whenthe clamp apparatus 310 is fully assembled and operated.

In the example embodiment shown in FIGS. 4A-4D, the pressure plate 370is slidingly coupled to the guide plate 340 by a tongue-in-groove typeassociation. The top edge 355 a and bottom edge 355 b (relative to FIGS.4A-4C) of the pressure plate 370 function as the tongues. The top edge355 a and bottom edge 355 b of the guide plate 370 ride along a track328 which comprises a part of the guide plate 340 structure. In theembodiment depicted, the track 328 is a recessed groove which is cut outof flanges 329 extended off the top and bottom edges of the guide plate340. The flanges 329 project toward the back of the page (in relation toFIG. 4A) in a direction substantially perpendicular to the plane of thefront face 350 of the guide plate 340. As shown, the tracks 328 may becut into the flanges 329 such that the tracks 328 run substantiallyparallel to the plane of the front face 350 of the guide plate 340.

The clamp apparatus 310 in the illustrated embodiment in FIGS. 4A-D alsocomprises a gripper sled 390. The gripper sled 390 may also be coupledto the clamp apparatus 310 by one or a number of tongue-in-grooveassociations. As shown, the gripper sled 390 may be slidably coupled tothe pressure plate 370. Additionally, at least one spring 380 may bedisposed between the gripper sled 390 and pressure plate 370 to exertadditional clamping force while the clamp apparatus 310 is in the closedposition and a clamped object 100 is present.

In an example embodiment, the gripper sled 390 is a generally a hollow,mostly rectangular sleeve open on its right end 392 and left end 393(relative to FIG. 4A). The sliding gripper base 320 may fit into, hollowinterior of the sleeve-like gripper sled 390. Other embodiments mayclose the left end 393 of the gripper sled 390 and attach the slidinggripper 302 to it such that the left end 393 of the gripper sled 390performs the function of the sliding gripper base 320.

In the exemplary embodiment shown in FIGS. 4A-4D, the sliding gripperbase 320 is immovably coupled inside the hollow interior of the grippersled 390. This may be accomplished in any number of ways. As shown, thesliding gripper base 320 may be coupled into the gripper sled by a firstdowel 368 and a second dowel 369. Other embodiments which employ dowelsmay use any suitable number of dowels. The first dowel 368 may beinserted through an orifice in the in the back face 364 of the grippersled 390 into a corresponding orifice in the back face of the slidinggripper base 320 (directions refer to orientation of FIG. 4A). Thesecond dowel 369 may be inserted through an orifice in the front face365 of the gripper sled 390 into a corresponding orifice in the frontface of the sliding gripper base 320.

In the example embodiment shown in FIGS. 4A-4D, the second dowel 369 isnot flush with the front face 365 of the gripper sled 390. Instead, atleast a portion of the second dowel 369 projects past the front face 365of the gripper sled 390. At least a part of this portion of second dowel369 rides along a slit 329 which is cut into the edge of the pressureplate 370 opposite the return spring trough 335. As shown, the slit 329may be cut into the said edge of the pressure plate 370 at an anglesubstantially perpendicular to said edge. The interaction of the slit329 and second dowel 369 effectively restricts the movement of thegripper sled 390. When the second dowel 369 abuts the left end of theslit 329, the second dowel 369 and all attached components may travel nofurther toward the left of the page (in relation to FIG. 4A).

The gripper sled 390 may also comprise a set of ears 394. As shown inthe example embodiment in FIGS. 4A-D, one of the ears 394 may projectoff the top face 395 of the gripper sled 390 while the other projectsoff the bottom face 396 of the gripper sled 390. In the embodimentillustrated in FIGS. 4A-4D, each ear 394 comprises a post which supportsa round cylinder whose elongate section runs in a direction parallel tothe plane of the front face 365 of the gripper sled 390. The ears 394project off the top face 395 and bottom face 396 of the gripper sled 390at an angle substantially perpendicular to the top face 395 and bottomface 396 of the gripper sled 390. In alternate embodiments, the shape,thickness, construction, orientation, etc. of the ears 394 may differ.Additionally, some embodiments may comprise a compression spring peg 378which projects off each ear 394. The compression spring pegs 378 aresimilar to the return spring peg 343.

In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the top and bottom edges ofthe front face 365 of the gripper sled 390 may comprise gripper sledtongues 379 which run at least partially along at least one of the topand bottom edges of the front face 365 of the gripper sled 390. In theexample embodiment shown in FIGS. 4A-4D, the gripper sled tongues 379project off the entire length of the top and bottom edges of the frontface 365 of the gripper sled 390 and are extensions of the plane of thefront face 365 of the gripper sled 390.

Extending from the rear face 336 of the pressure plate 370 and orientedapproximately parallel to the return spring trough 335 may be a topspring housing 339, and a bottom spring housing 338. In an exemplaryembodiment shown in FIGS. 4A-4D, the top spring housing 339 and bottomspring housing 338 both comprise a raised ridge 304 and a compressionspring pocket 333. The raised ridge 304 projects off the rear face 336of the pressure plate 370 at an angle substantially perpendicular torear face 336 of the pressure plate 370. The raised ridges 304 runparallel to the top edge 355 a and bottom edge 355 b of the pressureplate 370. As shown, the raised ridges 304 may span the entire length ofthe pressure plate 370. The raised ridges 304 function as a post onwhich the compression spring pockets 333 of the top spring housing 339and bottom spring housing 338 are coupled. As shown in the exampleembodiment in FIGS. 4A-4D the compression spring pockets 333 may beelongated along the entire length of the ridges 304.

The compression spring pockets 333 overhang the ridges 304 forming “T”type shapes. The portions of the “T” type shapes facing the lateralcenter line of the pressure plate 370 form the grooves 306 of atongue-in-groove arrangement in conjunction with the rear face of thepressure plate 370. The gripper sled tongues 379 are slidably coupledinto these grooves 306.

The opposite portions of the “T” type shapes (those distal to thelateral centerline of the pressure plate 370) also form the grooves 308of another tongue-in-groove type arrangement in conjunction with therear face of the pressure plate 370. In the embodiment shown in FIGS.4A-4D, the distal grooves 308 slidably couple around tongues 309 formedby a part of the flanges 329 which are extended off the guide plate 340.

The compression spring pockets 333 may be hollow so as to allowcompression springs 380 to be seated inside the compression springpockets 333. In the embodiment shown in FIGS. 4A-4D, the right end(relative to FIG. 4A) of the compression spring pockets 333 is closed toprovide a surface upon which the compression springs 380 may becompressed against. Additionally, the compression spring pockets 333each feature a slot 397 (best shown in FIG. 4D) which is cut out of theface of the compression spring pockets 333 most proximal to the lateralcenterline of the pressure plate 370.

When assembled, as detailed above, a compression spring 380 may beseated in each of the compression spring pockets 333. One end of thecompression springs 380 abuts the closed ends of the compression springpockets 333. The other ends of the compression springs 380 abut theright faces of the ears 394 which protrude off the top face 395 andbottom face 396 of the gripper sled 390. The compression springs 380 fitaround the compression spring pegs 378 which may extend from the ears394 on the gripper sled 390. This helps to keep the compression springs380 firmly in place during operation and use of the clamp apparatus 310.The compression springs 380 bias the gripper sled 390 and componentsimmovably attached to it (notably sliding gripper 302 and slidinggripper base 320) to the left of the page (relative to FIG. 4A) untilthe second dowel 369 abuts the left end of the slit 329 and thecomponents may move no further to the left of the page. This ensuresthat as the handle assembly 319 is actuated, the cam plate 360, pressureplate 370, gripper sled 390, and attached components move together as aunit until the sliding gripper 302 encounters a clamped object 100.

In the shown embodiment in FIGS. 4A-4D, the diameter of the hollowportions of the compression spring pockets 333 is slightly larger thanthe diameter of the cylinder portion of the ears 394. The slot 397 inthe compression spring pockets 333 creates a path for the post portionof ears 394 to travel. When a force sufficient to overcome the biasforce of the compression springs 380 is applied, the compression springs380 begin to compress.

Such a force may be generated when a user rotates the handle assembly319 and a clamped object 100 is present. As mentioned above, in theembodiment shown in FIGS. 4A-4B, the cam plate 360, pressure plate 370,gripper sled 390 and attached components move together substantially asa unit until the sliding gripper 302 encounters a clamped object 100.When the clamped object 100 comes into contact with the sliding gripper302, the sliding gripper 302 begins to push the clamped object 100against the fixed gripper 322. When the force which the clamped object100 exerts back against the sliding gripper 302 becomes greater than thebias force of the compression springs 380, the sliding gripper 302,sliding gripper base 320, gripper sled 390 and components immovablycoupled to the gripper sled 390 stopping moving. The cam plate 360 andpressure plate 370 continue to move toward their closed orientation asthe handle assembly 319 rotates to its closed orientation. This causesthe compression springs 380 to begin to compress. As the compressionsprings 380 are compressed the ears 394 slide progressively further intothe hollow portions of the compression spring pockets 333 and along theslots 397 of the compression spring pockets 333 until the clampapparatus 310 reaches its fully closed orientation.

The force exerted by the compressed compression springs 380 on theclamped object 100 through the gripper sled 390 and sliding gripper 302helps to create a more vigorous gripping force than could otherwise beachieved. Additionally, the restoring force of the compression springs380 is complimentary to that provided by the return spring 346 when theclamp apparatus 310 is moved to the open position. The compressionspring 380 restoring force causes the gripper sled 390 and immovablyattached components to return back to their default orientation alongslit 329 in the pressure plate 370. The force exerted by the compressedcompression springs 380 additionally facilitates opening of the clampapparatus 310.

In an embodiment of the present disclosure shown in FIGS. 5A-5D, therestoring force from a pair of tensioned springs 409 acts to clamp aclamped object 100 between a fixed gripper 401 and a sliding gripper403. The sliding gripper 403 can then be locked in place by a ratchetingpawl 476, thus securing clamp apparatus 410 in the clamped positionabout a clamped object 100.

In an exemplary embodiment, a fixed gripper 401 may be firmly attachedto the front face 404 of an approximately rectangular back plate 402.The gripping surface of the fixed gripper 401 is orientedperpendicularly to the front face 404 of the back plate 402. In theembodiment shown in FIGS. 5A-5D, a fixed gripper support wall 452 may beattached to the front face 404 of the back plate 402. As shown, thefixed gripper support wall 452 may project from the left edge (inrelation to FIG. 5A) of the back plate 402 in a direction perpendicularto the front face 404 of the back plate 402. Instead of attaching thefixed gripper 401 to front face 404 of the back plate 402, the fixedgripper 401 may be fixedly coupled to the right face (in relation toFIG. 5A) of the fixed gripper support wall 452. This is desirablebecause the fixed gripper support wall 452 is able to provide additionalsupport for the fixed gripper 401. The fixed gripper support wall 452may optionally be supported by one or more buttresses 454 that span fromat least a portion of the back plate 402 to the fixed gripper supportwall 452. In some embodiments, the buttresses 454 may be arched tomaximize support.

The fixed gripper 401 may consist of a material chosen for its grippingability. The fixed gripper 401 may be made of a high friction material,a compressible material, a material exhibiting both these qualities, orany other suitable material. The fixed gripper 401 may be made of amaterial which allows a firm grip without the deformation of a clampedobject 100. Suitable materials may include any suitable elastomeric ornon-deformable substance, including but not limited to plastic, rubber,metal, foam, fabric, gel, etc. At least a portion of the fixed gripper401 may comprise a roughly semi-circular depression or contour toaccommodate a round clamped object 100 such as a pole.

In some embodiments, the fixed gripper 401 is formed from a relativelyinelastic material, but has a cap 458 (not shown) that fitssubstantially over the fixed gripper 401. The cap 458 may be constructedfrom any suitably material, including but not limited to, elasticmaterials such as rubber, plastic, gel, foam, fabric, polyurethane, etc.The cap 458 may be replaceable and removably attached to the fixedgripper 401.

In some embodiments, in addition to comprising the mounting site for thefixed gripper 401, the support plate 402 also includes an attachmentsite 418 for a gear assembly and a track-way 412 for a rack plate 420.The gear assembly attachment site 418, track-way 412, and rack plate 420will be elaborated on in subsequent paragraphs.

In an example embodiment, the sliding gripper 403 is firmly attached tothe front face 422 of a rack plate 420 such that the gripping surface ofthe sliding gripper 403 faces the gripping surface of the fixed gripper401. As shown in FIGS. 5A-5D, the sliding gripper 403 is coupled to thefront face 422 of the rack plate 420 near the edge of the rack plate 420most proximal to the fixed gripper 401. In some embodiments, the rackplate 420 may have the shape of a quadrilateral, specifically arectangle. Some embodiments include a sliding gripper support base 421which may be similar in varying degrees to the fixed gripper supportwall 452. The sliding gripper support base 421 may optionally have oneor more buttresses 456 that span from at least a portion of the rackplate 420 to the sliding gripper support base 421. In some embodiments,the buttresses 456 may be arched to maximize support.

The sliding gripper 403 may consist of a material chosen for itsgripping ability. The sliding gripper 403 may be made of a high frictionmaterial, a compressible material, a material exhibiting both thesequalities, or any other suitable material. The sliding gripper 403 maybe made of a material which allows a firm grip without the deformationof a clamped object 100. Suitable materials may include any suitableelastomeric or non-deformable substance, including but not limited toplastic, rubber, metal, foam, fabric, gel, etc. At least a portion ofthe sliding gripper 403 may comprise a roughly semi-circular depressionor contour to accommodate a round clamped object 100 such as a pole.

In some embodiments, the sliding gripper 403 is formed from a relativelyinelastic material, but has a cap 458 (not shown) that fitssubstantially over the sliding gripper 403. The cap 458 may beconstructed from any suitably material, including but not limited to,elastic materials such as rubber, plastic, gel, foam, fabric,polyurethane, etc. The cap 458 may be replaceable and removably attachedto the fixed gripper 403.

In the example embodiment shown in FIGS. 5A-5D, the rack plate 420 isroughly rectangular. A handle 430 may project off the edge of the of therack plate 420 most distal to the fixed gripper 401. The handle 430 maybe a part of a “U” shaped member. As shown, the bottom of the “U” shapeand at least a portion of each upright of the “U” shape protrude fromrack plate 420 forming a void 432. The void 432 is defined by the edgeof the rack plate 420 and the protruding sections of the “U” shapedhandle 430. A user's finger(s) may easily grip around the bottom of the“U” shape of the handle 430 via this void 432 when a user desires tomanipulate the position of the rack plate 420.

In the example embodiment shown in FIGS. 5A-5D, at least a section ofthe uprights of the “U” shape of the handle 430 couple the handle 430 tothe rack plate 420. The uprights of the “U” shape of the handle 430 mayproject off the top and bottom spans (directions relative to orientationin FIG. 5A) of the perimeter of the front face 422 of the rack plate 420toward the front of the page at an angle substantially perpendicular tothe front face 422 of the rack plate 420. The rack plate 420 and handle430 may be formed as a continuous part during manufacture. Additionally,the top sections of the uprights of the “U” shape of the handle 430 maycomprise the buttresses 456 that span from at least a portion of therack plate 420 to the sliding gripper support base 421. In alternateembodiments, the handle 430 may be coupled to the rack plate 420 in anyof a variety of ways and may take any suitable shape or size.

At least a portion of the handle 430 may be made of a material such as,but not limited to, rubber, polymer, composite, metal, plastic, foam,etc. Additionally, the handle 430 may comprise ergonomic finger groves,nubs, a ribbed texture, a honeycombed texture, etc.

The front face 404 of the back plate 402 may comprise at least onetrack-way 412 that runs substantially the full length of the width ofthe back plate 402. In the embodiment shown in FIGS. 5A-5B, twintrack-ways 412 on the front face 404 of the back plate 402 run inparallel fashion from the edge of the back plate 402 on which the fixedgripper 401 is affixed to the opposite edge of the back plate 402. Thetwin track-ways 412 run along planes parallel to the top and bottomedges (in reference to FIG. 5A) of the back plate 402. The track-ways412 may support and guide the rack plate 420 as the clamp apparatus 410is moved between its clamped and unclamped orientations.

In the exemplary embodiment shown in FIGS. 5A-5D, each of the track-ways412 comprise a groove 414 which is recessed into each track-way 412. Thegroove 414 is recessed into the side of each track-way 412 which facesthe other track-way 412. This causes the track-ways 412 to have an “L”shape. The rear face 415 of the rack plate 420 comprises projections 440which are dimensioned such that they may be received by the groove 414in the track-ways 412 on the back plate 402. This tongue-in-groove typearrangement slidingly and securely couples the back plate 402 and rackplate 420 together.

The clamp apparatus 410 is biased toward the closed position by at leastone extension spring 409. In the embodiment shown in FIGS. 5A-5D, theclamp apparatus 410 comprises two extension springs 409. One end of eachextension spring 409 is hooked around an extension spring peg 411 a.Each extension spring peg 411 a projects toward the front of the page(relative to FIG. 5A) from the back plate 402 at an angle perpendicularto the front face 404 of the back plate 402. The other end of eachextension spring 409 is hooked to another extension spring peg 411 b.Each extension spring peg 411 b projects toward the rear of the page(relative to FIG. 5A) from the rear face 415 of the rack plate 420 andan angle substantially perpendicular to the rear face 415 of the rackplate 420.

The extension spring pegs 411 a and 411 b may comprise a feature such asa notch to help ensure the extension springs 409 do not come off theextension spring pegs 411 a and 411 b. In some embodiments, theextension spring pegs 411 a and 411 b may be substituted for by avariety of different attachment means. In some embodiments, hooks,rings, eye bolts, U bolts, or any other arrangement obvious to oneskilled in the art may be used. In other embodiments, the clampapparatus 410 may not use extension springs 409 and instead use anyother type of spring such as, but not limited to, a gas spring using abladder, piston type arrangement, a compression spring, a compressionspring made of a compressible, springy material such as rubber, anextension spring, a constant force spring, etc.

In an example embodiment, the non-tensioned length of the extensionsprings 409 is somewhat smaller than the distance between a set ofextension spring pegs 411 a and 411 b. This is desirable because itensures that the rack plate 420 and attached sliding gripper 403 arealways biased against the fixed gripper 401 and that there is no “slop”in the clamp apparatus 410. Pulling the rack plate 420 and attachedsliding gripper 403 away from the fixed gripper 401 (i.e. toward theopen position) thus may tension the extension springs 409, and furtherspring load the clamp apparatus 410 toward the closed position. When therack plate 420 is released, the clamp apparatus 410 will automaticallydefault back toward its closed orientation due to the restoring force ofthe extension springs 409.

In the exemplary embodiment depicted in FIGS. 5A-5D, a user may open theclamp apparatus 410 by pulling the handle 430 as well as the attachedrack plate 420 and sliding gripper 403 away from the fixed gripper 401.While the clamp apparatus 410 is held in the open position, a clampedobject 100 may be placed in the space between the fixed gripper 401 andthe sliding gripper 403. The clamp apparatus 410 may then be allowed toautomatically return to the closed position by a user's release of thehandle 430.

Other embodiments, including the embodiment shown in FIGS. 5A-5D, maycomprise additional features which provide additional clamping force,make the clamp easier to operate, etc. In addition to thetongue-in-groove type arrangement mentioned above, an embodiment of thepresent disclosure comprises a lockable ratcheting rack and pinion typeconnection which may additionally be utilized to inform the movement ofthe rack plate 420.

In some embodiments, a gear assembly attachment site 418 may comprise aprojection jutting from the front face 404 of the back plate 402. Thegear assembly attachment site 418 is adapted to receive a gear shaft416. In an example embodiment, the gear shaft 416 is a rod or dowel madeof metal, plastic, or other suitably durable material. The gear shaft416 may allow a pinion gear 450 to freely rotate about the axis of thegear shaft 416. In some embodiments, the gear assembly attachment site418 may take the shape of a raised ring. In embodiments where the gearassembly attachment site 418 is shaped like a raised ring, the center,open section of the ring may have an internal diameter slightly, thoughnot substantially larger than the diameter of gear shaft 416. The gearshaft 416 may fit securely and non-rotatably within the internaldiameter raised ring of the gear assembly attachment site 418. A piniongear 450 may be placed on the gear shaft 416.

The rack plate 420 may comprise a slot that defines a pinion aperture436 sized to allow the pinion gear 450 to protrude through the aperture436 toward the front of the page (relative to FIG. 5A). As shown in theembodiment in FIGS. 5A-5D, a rack 427 is positioned adjacent theaperture 436 such that the teeth of the rack 427 interdigitate with theteeth of the pinion gear 450. Since the teeth of the rack 427 and teethof the pinion gear 450 interdigitate, the pinion gear 450 rotates aboutthe axis of the gear shaft 416 when the rack plate 420 is moved towardor away from the fixed gripper 401.

The interaction of the teeth of the rack 427 and the teeth of the piniongear 450 may be exploited via a ratcheting assembly 470 to ratchet therack plate 420 and attached sliding gripper 403 against a clamped object100. This is desirable because it allows a user to generate moreclamping force than the extension springs 409 alone are capable ofgenerating. The ratcheting assembly 470 may also enable a user to lockthe clamp apparatus 410 against a clamped object 100.

As shown in the exemplary embodiment illustrated in FIGS. 5A-5D, theratcheting assembly 470 comprises a ratcheting lever 471. The ratchetinglever 471 comprises a ratcheting lever hub 472. The ratcheting lever hub472 may be shaped like a cup which fits over the section of the piniongear 450 protruding past the rack 427 of the rack plate 420. The frontface (relative to FIG. 5A) of the pinion gear 450 may abut the bottom ofthe cup formed by the ratcheting lever hub 472. The ratcheting lever hub472 comprises an orifice which may allow the ratcheting lever hub 472 tobe slid onto the gear shaft 416. In such embodiments, the gear shaft 416becomes a fulcrum for the ratcheting lever 471. The ratcheting lever hub472 may also comprise an opening 479 in the wall of the ratcheting leverhub 472 cup which exposes a number of teeth of the pinion gear 450.

The ratcheting lever 471 may further comprise a ratcheting lever handle473. In the example embodiment in FIGS. 5A-5D, the ratcheting leverhandle 473 acts as the input side of the ratcheting lever 471. Theratcheting lever handle 473 may be grasped by a user and rotated aboutthe axis of the gear shaft 416 to provide an input.

The ratcheting lever handle 473 may be made of the same material as therest of the ratcheting lever 471, may be made of a different material,or may be made of a combination thereof. Possible materials may include,but are not limited to, rubber, polymer, composite, metal, plastic,foam, etc. Additionally, the ratcheting lever handle 473 may compriseergonomic finger groves, nubs, a ribbed texture, a honeycombed texture,etc.

The ratcheting lever 471 may further comprise at least two ratchetinglever posts 474 opposite the ratcheting lever handle 473 which functionas the output side of the ratcheting lever 471. The ratcheting leverposts 474 extend parallel to each other. One ratcheting lever post 474is extended from the bottom section of the cup of the ratcheting leverhub 472. The other ratcheting lever post 474 may be extended off the rimsection of the cup of the ratcheting lever hub 472. A ratcheting leverdowel 475 may span the distance between the ratcheting lever posts 474.A ratcheting pawl 476 and torsion spring 477 may be positioned on theratcheting lever dowel 475 between the two ratcheting lever posts 474.

In the exemplary embodiment shown in FIGS. 5A-5D a user provides aninput to the ratcheting lever lock 471 by rotating the ratcheting leverhandle 473 substantially 90° counter-clockwise (relative to FIG. 5A)from the unlocked position to the locked position. In the unlockedposition, the ratcheting lever handle 473 is oriented perpendicular tothe top edge (relative to FIG. 5A) of the back plate 402 and theratcheting pawl 476 is retracted away from the teeth of the pinion gear450.

As the ratcheting lever handle 473 is rotated to the locked position,the ratcheting pawl 476 rotates into and engages the teeth of the piniongear 450 through the opening 479 in the ratcheting lever hub 472. Thetorsion spring 477 applies a force against the ratcheting pawl 476 whichkeeps it in engagement with the teeth of the pinion gear 450. As a usercontinues to rotate the ratcheting lever handle 473 the ratcheting pawl476 catches a tooth of the pinion gear 450 and forces the pinion gear450 to rotate with the ratcheting lever 471. This rotation of the piniongear 450 is transmitted to the rack 427 causing the rack 427 and theattached rack plate 420 and sliding gripper 403 to move toward the fixedgripper 401. If a clamped object 100 is present, this movement squeezesthe clamped object 100 against the fixed gripper 401 with more clampingforce than the tensioned extension springs 409 alone can generate. Theratcheting pawl 476 additionally locks the clamp apparatus 410 into theratcheted and closed position because the ratcheting pawl 476 obstructsany rotation of the pinion gear 450 in a direction which would result inmovement of the rack 427, rack plate 420 and attached sliding gripper403 toward the open position.

In some embodiments, including the embodiment depicted in FIGS. 5A-5D,the clamp apparatus 410 may comprise a cover 490. In the embodimentshown in FIGS. 5A-5D, the cover 490 has a front plate 491. Extendingperpendicularly off the top and bottom of the rear face (directionsrefer to orientation in FIG. 5A) of the front plate 491 are a top plate492 and a bottom plate 493. The rear edges of the top plate 492 and thebottom plate 493, which run parallel to the plane of the front plate491, may be immovably coupled to the cover 490 to the front face 404 ofthe back plate 403 via screws, or any other suitable fastening method.The right edge (relative to FIG. 5A) of the bottom plate 493 has acutout 498. A dowel 497 may run from the front plate 491 through thecutout 498.

The front plate 491 of the cover 490 may comprise a second gear assemblyattachment site 494. The second gear assembly attachment site 494 maycomprise an orifice which has a diameter slightly, though notsubstantially larger than the diameter of the gear shaft 416. The gearshaft may fit securely and non-rotatably into the orifice of the secondgear assembly attachment site 494.

In some embodiments, the front plate 491 may comprise a ratcheting leverhandle slot 495 through which the ratcheting lever arm 473 may extend.The ratcheting lever handle slot 495 may arc so as to allow uninhibitedtravel of the lever handle 473 from the unlocked position to the lockedposition.

In one embodiment, the cover 490 has a palm support 496. The palmsupport 496 may be formed as a U-shaped member projecting from the cover490 in a manner and direction similar to that of the handle 430 of therack plate 420. The palm support 496 is adapted for use as a carryinghandle. The palm support 496 may also be utilized to aid in easy,one-handed opening of the clamp apparatus 410. A user may place the palmsupport 496 in their palm and grasp the handle 430 by placing theirfinger(s) in the void 432. By clenching their fist, a user may thentransition the clamp apparatus 410 to the open position.

The palm support 496 may be made of the same material as the rest of thecover 490, may be made of a different material, or may be made of acombination thereof. Possible materials may include, but are not limitedto, rubber, polymer, composite, metal, plastic, foam, etc. Additionally,the palm support 496 may comprise ergonomic finger groves, nubs, aribbed texture, a honeycombed texture, etc. to aid in carrying orgrasping.

In some embodiments, the clamp apparatus 410 may comprise an over-centerlinkage 480 to help ensure the ratcheting lever lock 471 stays in adesired position. As shown in the embodiment in FIGS. 5A-5D, theover-center linkage 480 is attached at one end to the dowel 497 runningthrough the cutout 498 in the cover 490. The other end of theover-center linkage 480 is attached to the ratcheting lever dowel 475adjacent the ratcheting pawl 476 and torsion spring 477. The over-centerlinkage 480 may bias the ratcheting lever lock 471 to stay in either theunlocked position or locked position. When the over-center linkage 480is in the over center position the clamp apparatus 410 is kept in thelocked position. Before the over-center linkage 480 reaches anover-center position, the clamp apparatus 410 is kept in the unlockedposition.

In another example embodiment of the present disclosure shown in FIG.6A-6G, a sliding gripper 503 is coupled to a sliding gripper base 504and may be capable of movement towards a fixed gripper 501 mounted on afixed gripper base 524. As the sliding gripper 503 is displaced towardsthe fixed gripper 501, a clamped object 100 placed between the fixedgripper 501 and sliding gripper 503 may be clamped between the fixedgripper 501 and sliding gripper 503. As a clamped object 100 is clamped,at least one compression spring 550 compresses. The restoring force ofthe compressed compression spring 550 supplies additional clamping forceas it pushes the sliding gripper 503 against the clamped object 100. Anactuator handle latch 584 locks the clamp apparatus 510 in the closedposition, safely securing the clamp apparatus 510 and its attached load(for example, a medical device) to a clamped object 100.

The fixed gripper 501 and sliding gripper 503 may be comprised of amaterial chosen for its gripping ability. The fixed gripper 501 andsliding gripper 503 may be made of high friction materials, compressiblematerials, materials exhibiting both these qualities, or any othersuitable material. The fixed gripper 501 and sliding gripper 503 aremade of materials which allow for a firm grip without the deformation ofa clamped object 100. Suitable materials may include any suitableelastomeric or non-deformable substance, including but not limited toplastic, rubber, metal, foam, fabric, gel, etc. At least a portion ofthe fixed gripper 501 and sliding gripper 503 may comprise roughlysemi-circular depressions or contours to accommodate a round clampedobject 100 such as a pole.

In the example embodiment shown in FIGS. 6A-6G, the fixed gripper 501 ismounted to a fixed gripper base 524. The fixed gripper base 524comprises a fixed gripper attachment site 506. The fixed gripperattachment site 506, faces the sliding gripper 503. As best shown inFIG. 6E, the fixed gripper attachment site 506 may be a depressiondimensioned to fit the contour of the fixed gripper 501. In someembodiments, the fixed gripper attachment site 506 may frictionallyretain the fixed gripper 501 by means of a friction fit. In alternateembodiments, the fixed gripper 501 may be coupled to the fixed gripperattachment site 506 by any of a variety of means including, but notlimited to, screws, bolts, ultrasonic welds, magnets, adhesive, hook andloop tape, or any other suitable coupling means.

The fixed gripper base 524 may be a substantially rectangular blockwhich fits into a cavity of the housing 580 of the clamp apparatus 510.One side of the fixed gripper base 524 may be fixedly coupled to theright face 581 (relative to FIG. 6A) of the housing 580. The fixedgripper base 524 may be coupled to the right face 581 of the housing 580by any of a number of means, such as screws, bolts, ultrasonic welds,magnets, adhesive, or any other suitable coupling means. The fixedgripper base 524 may also comprise a strike plate spring bay 511. Thestrike plate spring bay 511 will be elaborated upon later.

As best shown in FIG. 6F, the sliding gripper base 504 may comprise botha sliding gripper attachment site 507 and a guide rail 508 to guidemovement of the sliding gripper 503. The sliding gripper attachment site507 is located on the face of the sliding gripper base 504 which facesthe left of the page (relative to FIG. 6F). As shown in FIG. 6F, thesliding gripper attachment site 507 may be depression dimensioned to fitthe contour of sliding gripper 503. In some embodiments, including theembodiment in FIGS. 6A-6G, gripper attachment site 507 may frictionallyretain the sliding gripper 503 by means of a friction fit. In alternateembodiments, the sliding gripper 503 may be coupled to the slidinggripper attachment site 507 by screws, bolts, ultrasonic welds, magnets,adhesive, or any other suitable coupling means.

Offset from the sliding gripper attachment site 507 may be at least oneguide rail 508. In the example embodiment in FIG. 6A-6G, there are twoguide rails 508. The guide rails 508 are offset from the sliding gripperattachment site 507 toward the front of the page (relative to FIG. 6F)and run perpendicular to the face of the sliding gripper base 504 onwhich the sliding gripper attachment site 507 is disposed. In someembodiments, a guide recess 510 may be defined along/into at least onesurface of the guide rail(s) 508. The at least one guide rail 508 andguide recess 510 will be elaborated upon later.

Some embodiments may also include a slider sled 551. In someembodiments, the slider sled 551 is involved in four interrelatedfunctions. First, the slider sled 551 provides a pre-defined track-wayfor the guide rails 508 of the sliding gripper base 504. Second, theslider sled 551 may support at least one compression spring 550. Thecompression spring(s) 550 may ensure that the slider sled 551, slidinggripper base 504 and attached components move together as a unit untilthe sliding gripper 503 abuts a clamped object 100. When the clampapparatus 510 is locked in the closed position and the compressionspring(s) 550 are compressed, the restoring force exerted by thecompressed compression springs 550 provides additional clamping forceagainst a clamped object 100. Third, the slider sled 551 may comprise atleast one return spring pocket 555. A return spring 553 may be placed ineach of the return spring pocket(s) 555. The return springs 553 may biasthe clamp apparatus 510 toward the open position and automaticallyreturn the slider sled 551 to the open position when the user actuatesthe clamp apparatus 510 into the open position. Fourth, the slider sled551 may comprise a catch 571 which may act as a stop during useractuation of the clamp apparatus 510.

In relation to the first function, the guide recess 510 is sized to fita complimentary guide projection 554 located on at least one face of theslider sled 551. In the embodiment shown in FIGS. 6A-6G, the guideprojections 554 run the length of the top face 558 and bottom face 556of the slider sled 551. The guide projections 554 may serve as atrack-way to direct the slider gripper base 504 as it moves between anopen and closed position. In one embodiment, the guide projection(s) 554are raised ridges running the length of the top face 558 and bottom face556 and fit into the guide recesses 510 on slider gripper base 504.Alternatively, the guide projection 554 may be located on slider gripperbase 504 or the guide rail(s) 508 of the slider gripper base 504 formovement along a guide groove 510 located on slider sled 551. Otherembodiments may use other guide configurations.

In some embodiments, the guide rail 508 may be hollow and the guiderecess 510 may be a slot which is cut through the guide rail 508 andinto the hollow portion of the guide rail 508. The guide rail 508 may beopen on one end and a compression spring 550 may be placed into thehollow portion of the guide rail 508 through this opening.

In relation to the second function, at least one of the guideprojection(s) 554 on the slider sled 551 may feature a compressionspring peg 552 on which one side of a compression spring 550 is seated.In one embodiment, the compression spring peg 552 is an essentiallycylindrical structure with an end piece 575 that has a diameter greaterthan the diameter of its associated compression spring 550. Movement ofslider sled 551 relative to the sliding gripper base 504 compresses thecompression spring 550 between the end piece 575 and the end wall of thehollow guide rail 508. As the compression spring 550 is compressed, thecompression spring peg 552 moves into the hollow of the guide rail(s)508. Such movement may occur when the clamp apparatus 510 is moved fromthe open position to the closed position and a clamped object 100 ispresent. Selection of a compression spring 550 of appropriate elasticityallows the restoring force generated during compression to be sufficientto return the sliding gripper 503 and sliding gripper base 504 to theopen position, while at the same time not unduly opposing user actuationof the clamp apparatus 510.

Relative to the third function, in some embodiments, the slider sled 551may include at least one return spring 553 (best shown in FIG. 6B) whichhelps to bias the clamp apparatus 510 toward the open position. In theembodiment shown in FIGS. 6A-6G, there are two return springs 553. Eachreturn spring 553 is seated in a return spring pocket 555 which has adiameter slightly larger than that of the return spring 553. Each returnspring pocket 555 is recessed into the left face (relative to FIG. 6B)of the slider sled 551. One end of each return spring 553 abuts thebottom of its respective return spring pocket 555. The opposite end ofeach return spring 533 abuts the inside of the right face 581 (relativeto FIG. 6A) of the housing 580 of the clamp apparatus 510. As the slidersled 551 is moved toward the right face 581 of the housing 580 when auser actuates the clamp apparatus 510 toward the closed position, thereturn springs 553 compress between the bottom of the return springpockets 555 and the inside of the right face 581 of the housing 580.When a user actuates the clamp apparatus 510 toward the open position,the restoring force exerted by the return springs 553 automaticallyreturns the slider sled 551 to its open orientation.

In the embodiment illustrated in FIGS. 6A-6G, there are three returnspring pockets 555 yet only two return springs 553. In some embodiments,including the illustrated embodiment, a user may add additional returnsprings 553 to the clamp apparatus 510 if such action is deemeddesirable.

The fourth, catch function of the slider sled 551 requires a broaderdescription of how a user may actuate the clamp apparatus 510. As shownin FIGS. 6A-6G, the clamp apparatus 510 may comprise an actuator handle502. User rotation of the actuator handle 502 may generate the forcesufficient to actuate the clamp apparatus 510 toward the closedposition. The actuator handle 502 is a roughly L-shaped structurecomprised of a vertical arm 573 and a horizontal arm 574; both armsmerge at a substantially right angle. The actuator handle 502 comprisesat least one means for a rotatably attaching the actuator handle 502 tothe clamp apparatus 510. In the example embodiment depicted in FIGS.6A-6G, the actuator handle 502 is coupled to a gear shaft 520 with ascrew 576. When the actuator handle 502 is rotated, the gear shaft 520rotates about its axis.

At rest, the clamp apparatus 510 is biased to the open position. In theopen position, the vertical arm 573 of the actuator handle 502 may pointtoward the bottom of the page as shown in FIG. 6A. The horizontal arm574 may project toward the left of the page in a manner perpendicular tothe vertical arm 573 of the actuator handle 502 as shown in FIG. 6A. Toactuate the clamp apparatus 510 to the closed orientation, the actuatorhandle 502 must be rotated clockwise (in relation to FIG. 6A)substantially a full 180°.

In some embodiments, rotation of actuator handle 502 is converted to thelinear motion propelling the sliding gripper 503 towards the fixedgripper 501. Thus, rotation of the actuator handle 502 closes the clampapparatus 510. As mentioned above, rotation of the actuator handle 502causes the rotation of a gear shaft 520. In some embodiments, at leastone cam gear 590 is driven by the rotation of the gear shaft 520.Optionally, two or more cam gears 590 may be used to best accommodatethe specific space and size needs of a particular embodiment of theclamp apparatus 510.

In the embodiment shown in FIGS. 6A-6G, the cam gear 590 iseccentrically attached to the gear shaft 520 at a distance “r” from thecam gear 590 center. In some embodiments an extension linkage 505 mayproject toward the center of the cam gear 590 from the gear shaft 520.The extension linkage 505 may be coupled into the center of the cam gear590 to help support rotation of the cam gear 590 as the actuator handle502 is rotated. Over the approximately 180° of rotation of the actuatorhandle 502, the cam gear 590 may displace a linear distance ofapproximately 2″r″.

In the exemplary embodiment depicted in FIGS. 6A-6G, linear movement ofthe cam gear 590 is multiplied and imparted to the sliding gripper 503through a linkage cam gear 597. The teeth of the linkage cam gear 597and the teeth of the cam gear 590 interdigitate thus operativelycoupling the cam gear 590 to the slider sled 551. In some embodiments,the linkage cam gear 597 is eccentrically coupled to the slider sled 551at distance “r” from the center of the linkage cam gear 597. In theembodiment shown in FIGS. 6A-6G the linkage cam gear 597 issubstantially a mirror image of the cam gear 590. Additionally, themovement of the linkage cam gear 597 mirrors the movement of the camgear 590. Consequentially, a 180° rotation of the actuator handle 502creates a linear displacement of 4″r″ in the slider sled 551. Thiscauses the sliding gripper base 504 and sliding gripper 503 to displacetoward the fixed gripper 501. If a clamped object 100 is present, theslider sled 551 and sliding gripper base 504 move as a unit only untilthe sliding gripper 503 contacts the clamped object 100. When thesliding gripper 503 contacts the clamped object 100. The compressionsprings 550 begin to compress per the above description.

In embodiments where a smaller degree of linear displacement may bedesirable, either the cam gear 590 or linkage cam gear 597 may not beeccentrically coupled into the clamp apparatus. This would halve thelinear displace of slider sled 551. Alternatively, the distance “r”could be increased or decreased to achieve a greater or lesser degree ofdisplacement of the slider sled 551.

The fourth, stop function of the slider sled 551 may prevent theactuator handle 502 from being rotated past the fully open orientation.As best shown in FIG. 6B the slider sled 551 features a catch 571. Thecatch 571 may be a nub which projects into a claw shaped cutout 576 inthe slider sled 551. Other suitable shaped cutouts may alternatively beused. The catch 571 catches a claw shaped prong 572 which extends off athin disc 594 which is coupled to the center of the cam gear 590. Thethin disc 594 may be coupled to the center of the linkage cam gear 597.The thin disc 594 may feature a semi-circle track 598 which the gearshaft 520 may extend through. As the actuator handle 502 is rotated thethin disc 594 and attached prong 572 follow the eccentric motion of thecam gear 590. The position of the gear shaft 520 along the semi-circletrack 598 also changes. In the closed position, the gear shaft 520 maybe located at the right end of the semi-circle track 598 (relative toFIG. 6B). Also in the closed position, the prong 572 may not intrudeinto the catch 571 cutout. After 90° of actuator handle 502 rotationtoward the open position, the gear shaft 520 is located at the lowestpoint in the arc of the semi-circle track 598. Consequently, the thindisc 594 and attached prong 572 are at the highest point in their traveland the prong 572 has entered the claw shaped cutout 576 above the nubcatch 571. In the fully open position, the gear shaft 520 may be locatedat the left end of the semi-circle track 598. The prong 572 may fullyprotrude into the claw shaped cutout 576 and hook around the nub catch571. In this position, the actuator handle 502 may not be furtherrotated toward the open direction because the catch 571 blocks anyfurther movement of the prong 572. Additionally, further rotation of theactuator handle 502 is prohibited because the gear shaft 520 is at theend of the semi-circle track 598 and the thin disc 594 blocks anyfurther travel.

In some embodiments, an actuator handle latch 584 functions tooperatively prevent the actuator handle 502 from being rotated out ofthe locked position. The actuator handle latch 584 (best shown in FIG.6G) may be a roughly rectangular, planar structure. There may be a holethrough roughly the center of the actuator handle latch 584. The holemay be large enough to comfortably accommodate a user's finger. Relativeto FIG. 6G, the top edge of the actuator handle latch 584 may comprise alatch compression spring peg 583 on which an actuator handle spring 592may be seated. The bottom edge may comprise projections 585.

In some embodiments, the vertical arm 573 of the actuator handle 502comprises a latch housing 586. As shown best in FIG. 6G, the latchhousing 586 extends perpendicularly from the vertical arm 573 and overthe top face 513 of the clamp apparatus 510. The latch housing 586 maycomprise a channel 587 sized to fit the actuator handle latch 584, latchcompression spring peg 583 actuator handle spring 592 and theprojections 585. The channel 587 may be cut along the central plane ofthe latch housing 586 running perpendicular to the vertical arm 573. Thechannel 587 guides movement of the actuator handle latch 584. There maybe a hole through roughly the center of the actuator latch housing 586which is large enough to accommodate a user's finger.

The actuator handle latch 584 projects out of the actuator latch housing586 and against the top face 513 of the housing 580. A dowel 588 may runthrough the channel 587 above the actuator handle spring 592. The dowel588 is disposed such that the actuator handle spring 592 may bias theactuator handle latch 584 against the top face of the housing 580.

In the path of the actuator handle latch 584 a ramp 516 is disposed. Asthe actuator handle 502 is rotated toward the closed position, theactuator handle latch 584 abuts the ramp 516. As the actuator handle 502continues to rotate toward the closed position, the actuator handlelatch 584 rides up the ramp 516. This causes the actuator handle latch584 to be pushed up the channel 587 and into the actuator latch housing586 which in turn compresses the actuator handle spring 592 between thedowel 588 and the latch compression spring peg 583. When the actuatorhandle 502 is in the fully closed position, the actuator handle latch584 clears the ramp 516 and the restoring force of the spring causes theactuator handle latch 584 to spring back against the top face 513 of thehousing 580. This locks the clamp apparatus 510 in the closed positionas any movement toward the open position is prevented by the actuatorhandle latch 584 catching on the lip of the ramp 516. To release theclamp apparatus 510 from the locked position, a user may insert a fingerinto the hole in the actuator handle latch 584 and latch housing 586 andpull the actuator handle latch 584 back inside the actuator latchhousing 586. This allows the actuator handle latch 584 to clear the lipof the ramp 516 thus allowing rotation of the actuator handle 502 towardthe open position.

In some embodiments, the horizontal arm 574 of the actuator handle 502,may also comprise a lock/latch feature 531. This lock/latch feature 531may be present in conjunction with or as a substitute for the actuatorlatch 584. In embodiments where the horizontal arm 574 comprises alock/latch feature 531, the front face 532 of the clamp apparatus 510housing 580 may comprise a slot 534 through which a spring loaded strikeplate 533 protrudes. The strike plate 533 (best shown in FIG. 6E) may beroughly planar. The bottom of the strike plate 533 (relative to FIG. 6E)may comprise at least one strike plate spring peg 535 on which a strikeplate spring 536 is seated. In the embodiment depicted in FIGS. 6A-6G,there are two strike plate spring pegs 535 and two accompanying strikeplate springs 536. The strike plate springs 536 fit inside the strikeplate spring bay 511 recessed into the fixed gripper base 524. In someembodiments, the top edge of the strike plate 533 (relative to FIG. 6E)may comprise a ramp portion 537, a trough portion 538, and a postportion 539. The strike plate 533 protrudes from the slot 534. Thestrike plate 533 may be pushed into the slot 534, in the front face 532of the housing 580 such that it does not protrude past the surface ofthe front face 532 of the housing 580. In this position, the strikeplate springs 536 are compressed between a portion of the strike platespring bay 511 and the strike plate spring pegs 535. This spring loadsthe strike plate 533 to automatically return to its protrudingorientation.

As the actuator handle 502 is rotated to the closed position, thehorizontal arm 574 of the actuator handle 502 contacts the ramp portion537 of the strike plate 533. As the horizontal arm 574 is furtherrotated, it moves to a more elevated section of the ramp portion 537.Since the strike plate springs 536 are not strong enough to cause thehorizontal arm 574 to deflect, the strike plate springs 536 compress andthe strike plate 533 is pushed into the slot 534 to its non-protrudingposition. When the horizontal arm 574 passes the top of the ramp portion537, the restoring force of the strike plate springs 536, causes thestrike plate 533 to be pushed back toward its protruding position withthe trough portion 538 abutting the horizontal arm 574. This locks theclamp apparatus 510 in the closed position. In this locked position, thehorizontal arm 574 cannot be further rotated toward the closed positionbecause the post portion 539 of the strike plate 533 blocks suchmovement. Additionally, the horizontal arm may not progress toward theopen position because it will abut and be restricted in movement by thelip of the ramp portion 537. To unlock the clamp apparatus 510, a usermust depress the post portion of the strike plate 533 into the slot 534and compress the strike plate springs 536. This allows the horizontalarm 574 to clear the lip of the ramp 537 as a user rotates the actuatorhandle 502 toward the open position.

In some embodiments of the present disclosure, a quick release clip 519may be used to secure a medical device or other object to the clampapparatus 510. The quick release clip 519 may comprise a torsion clip522 and a latch hook 523. In some embodiments of the present disclosure,at least one torsion spring 521 may be used to clip a load for the clampapparatus 510 between the torsion clip 522 and the latch hook 523. Inthe example embodiment shown in FIGS. 6A-6G, two latch hooks 523 arefirmly attached to the top face 513 of the housing 580. The latch hooks523 are offset from each other. The hook portions of the latch hooks 523project toward the back of the page (relative to FIG. 6A). The torsionclip 522 is pivotally attached to the latch hook 523 by a fasteningmeans 525, which may for example be a pin, dowel, cotter pin, bolt, hexbolt, screw, or other means known to one skilled in the art. As shown inFIGS. 6A-6G, the torsion clip 522 may be a relatively planar memberwhich spans the distance between the two latch hooks 523. In someembodiments, at least one surface of torsion clip 522 may comprise acatch 526. The catch 526 may act as a stop for a receiving structure ona medical device or other object. The torsion spring(s) 521 maysupplement the catch 526 by biasing the receiving structure into contactwith the latch hooks 523. The latch hooks 523 may also couple to areceiving structure on a medical device or other object. Rotation of thetorsion clip 522 downwards spring loads each torsion spring 521 so thatthe torsion clip 522 will automatic pivot to the closed position whenreleased. This is desirable because it causes the quick release clip 519to automatically adjust to a load, such as medical device or otherobject, regardless of the size of the receiving structure.

As best shown in FIG. 6D, some embodiments may comprise a rest 540 for amedical device or other object which may be coupled to the clampapparatus via the quick release clip 519. As shown, the rest 540 mayproject at an angle from the top face 513 of the housing 580. Extendingperpendicularly from the bottom edge of the back face 512 of the housing580 may be a rest support 541 for the rest 540. The rest support 541couples the back face 512 of the housing 580 to the rest 540.Additionally, the rest 540 may have various features which help to holdthe medical device or other object in place on the rest 540.

The housing 580 or rest 540 may also feature any of a variety ofmechanisms 515 (not shown) to attach a load to the clamp apparatus 510.Such mechanisms 515 may include, but are not limited to, brackets,magnets, straps, suction cups, hooks, screws or bolts, a friction fit,etc. This load could be any number of things, especially a medicaldevice (such as an infusion pump, or peristaltic infusion pump), I.V.bag, etc.

FIGS. 7A-7D show another embodiment of a clamp apparatus 610. The clampapparatus 610 comprises a first moving jaw 630 and a second moving jaw632, coupled to move in unison. A clamped object 100 may be clampedbetween the first moving jaw 630 and the second moving jaw 632 andclamped by the clamp apparatus 610.

In some embodiments, the clamp apparatus 610 includes a housing 612. Asshown in FIGS. 7A-7D, the housing 612 may be shaped like a rectangulartray. The bottom face 614 of the housing 612, may be substantiallyplanar. In some embodiments, the bottom face 614 of the housing 612 mayhave one or more gear attachment sites 616. The bottom face may alsohave one or more raised posts 618. The raised posts may comprise a holesunk substantially into the center of the posts 618. The hole mayadditionally be tapped to receive the thread of a screw. As shown inFIG. 7A, the gear attachment sites 616 and the raised posts 618 may allbe in line with each other. Also as shown, the gear attachment sites 616and the raised posts 618, may run along the center line of the bottomface 614 running parallel to the front wall 622 and back wall 624 of thehousing 612. The gear attachment sites 616 and raised posts 618 will befurther elaborated upon later.

At least a portion of the housing 612 may also feature any of a varietyof mechanisms 619 (not shown) to attach a load to the clamp apparatus610. Such mechanisms 619 may include, but are not limited to, brackets,magnets, straps, suction cups, hooks, screws or bolts, a friction fit,etc. This load could be any number of things, especially a medicaldevice (such as an infusion pump, or peristaltic infusion pump), I.V.bag, etc.

As mentioned above, the housing 612 may comprise a front wall 622 and aback wall 624. Relative to FIG. 7D, the front wall 622 projects towardthe top of the page from the edge of the bottom face 614 which faces thefront of the page. The front wall 622 projects substantiallyperpendicularly to the plane of the bottom face 614 of the housing 612.The interior face of the front wall 622 may comprise a projecting tracksection 628 which runs parallel to the top and bottom edges of the frontwall 622. The back wall 624 projects toward the top of the page from theedge of the bottom face 614 of the housing 612 which faces the back ofthe page. The back wall 624 projects perpendicularly to the bottom face614 of the housing 612. The interior face of the back wall 624 maycomprise a projecting track section 629 which runs parallel to the topand bottom edges of the back wall 624.

In the embodiment shown in FIGS. 7A-7D, the right side 620 and left side626 of the housing 612 are detachable end caps. The right side 620 andleft side 626 of the housing 612 may be coupled to the bottom face 614of the housing 612 via screws, bolts, welds, or any other suitablemeans. In other embodiments, the right side 620 and left side 626 may beformed as a continuous part of the housing 612 during manufacture. Theright side 620 of the housing 612 may have an overhanging flange 621which overhangs a portion of the bottom face 614 of the housing 612.Similarly, the left side 626 of the housing 612 may have an overhangingflange 627 which overhangs a portion of the bottom face 614 of thehousing 612.

In some embodiments, a first gripper 601 and a second gripper 602 arefirmly attached to a first bracket 604 and a second bracket 606respectively. The first bracket 604 and second bracket 606 respectivelycomprise a part of the first moving jaw 630 and second moving jaw 632.In the example embodiment depicted in FIG. 7A-7D, each of the firstbracket 604 and second bracket 606 comprise friction fit features 607.The friction fit features 607 allow the respective grippers 601 and 602to be coupled to the first bracket 604 and second bracket 606. In otherembodiments, the grippers 601 and 602 may be coupled to the firstbracket 604 and second bracket 606 by any number of coupling meansincluding, but not limited to, screws, bolts, ultrasonic welds, magnets,adhesive, etc.

The first gripper 601 and second gripper 602 consists of a materialchosen for its gripping ability. The first gripper 601 and secondgripper 602 may be made of a high friction material, a compressiblematerial, a material exhibiting both these qualities, or any othersuitable material. The first gripper 601 and second gripper 602 are madeof a material which allows a firm grip without the deformation of aclamped object 100. Suitable materials may include any suitableelastomeric or non-deformable substance, including but not limited toplastic, rubber, metal, foam, fabric, gel, polyurethane, etc. At least aportion of the first gripper 601 and second gripper 602 may compriseroughly semi-circular depressions or contours to accommodate a roundclamped object 100 such as a pole. The first gripper 601 and secondgripper 602 may be replaceable.

In some embodiments, the first gripper 601 and second gripper 602 maycomprise gripper teeth 613 which project from the top and bottom edgesof the first gripper 601 and second gripper 602. The gripper teeth 613may be disposed about the first gripper 601 and second gripper 602 suchthat they may interdigitate with each other when the clamp apparatus 610is in the closed position. The gripper teeth 613 allow the first gripper601 and second gripper 602 to better encompass and hold a clamped object100 when the clamp apparatus 610 in the closed position. The firstbracket 604 and second bracket 606 may comprise bracket teeth 615 whichsupport the gripper teeth 613 on the first gripper 601 and secondgripper 602. The bracket teeth 615 may be disposed about the firstbracket 604 and second bracket 606 such that they interdigitate witheach other similarly to the gripper teeth 613.

The first bracket 604 may have a flange 634 which extendsperpendicularly off the face of the first bracket 604 opposite the faceto which the first gripper 601 is attached. The flange 634 is shaped anddisposed such that it may slide under the overhanging flange 621 of theright side 620 of the housing 612. A polygonal block 636 may be fixedlycoupled to the bottom face of the first bracket 604 (relative to FIG.7D). In the example embodiment depicted in FIGS. 7A-7D, the polygonalblock 636 is specifically a long, rectangular block. The short, rightand left ends of the long, rectangular block run parallel to the rightedge of the flange 634 of the first bracket 604. The long sides of therectangular block in the example embodiment shown in FIGS. 7A-7D, extendfor roughly seventy-five percent of the length of the front wall 622 ofthe housing 612. This may differ in alternate embodiments. The firstbracket 604, first gripper 601, flange 634, and polygonal block 636collectively may comprise the first moving jaw 630.

One side of the polygonal block 636 may abut the interior face of thefront wall 622. The side of the polygonal block 636 which abuts theinterior face of the front wall 622 may include a recessed groove 638which accepts the projecting track section 628 on the interior face ofthe front wall 622. The projecting track section 628 operativelyfunctions as a guide to inform the movement of the first moving jaw 630.

The side of the polygonal block 636 opposite the recessed groove 638 mayinclude a projecting jaw track section 640. The projecting jaw tracksection 640 runs substantially parallel to the recessed groove 638. Thebottom of the polygonal block 636 may comprise an extension springtrough 642 which is sunk into the bottom face of the polygonal block636. The extension spring trough 642 also runs parallel to both therecessed groove 638 and projecting jaw track section 640. The bottom ofthe polygonal block 636 may abut the bottom face 614 of the housing 612.

A first extension spring 644 may be placed in the extension springtrough 642. As shown in the embodiment in FIGS. 7A-7D, the right end(relative to FIG. 7D) of the extension spring 644 may be coupled intothe extension spring trough 642 by a first extension spring peg 646. Theleft end of the extension spring 644 may be coupled to the bottom face614 of the housing 612 by a second extension spring peg 648. The firstextension spring 644 biases the first moving jaw 630 toward the closedposition. Moving the first moving jaw 630 from the closed position tothe open position extends the first extension spring 644. The restoringforce from the first extension spring 644 will automatically cause thefirst moving jaw 630 to return to the closed position. When a clampedobject 100 is present, the restoring force of the first extension spring644 will cause the first moving jaw 630 to press the first gripper 601into the clamped object 100, automatically adjusting to the size orgirth of the clamped object 100.

In some embodiments, including the embodiment shown in FIGS. 7A-7D, afirst rack 650 may additionally be coupled to the bottom of the firstmoving jaw 630. As shown, the first rack 650 is coupled to the firstmoving jaw 630 via two screws 652. One screw 652 couples the first rack650 to the first moving jaw 630 via a screw hole in the flange 634. Asshown, the first moving jaw 630 may further comprise a coupling ledge654 which projects along the plane of the bottom of the first bracket604. The coupling ledge 654 projects toward the left of the pagerelative to FIG. 7D. The second screw 652 couples the first rack 650 tothe first moving jaw 630 through a screw hole in the coupling ledge 654.

As shown in FIGS. 7A-7D, the first rack 650 has a rack groove 656recessed into the face of the first rack 650 which faces the back of thepage relative to FIG. 7D. The face opposite the rack groove 656comprises a number of rack teeth 658.

The second moving jaw 632 may be generally similar to the first movingjaw 630. In the embodiment shown in FIGS. 7A-7D, the second moving jaw632 is similar to the first moving jaw 630 although it comprises someadditional or different components. The second bracket 606 may comprisea second flange 660 which extends perpendicularly off the face of thesecond bracket 606 opposite the face to which the second gripper 603 isattached. As shown in FIGS. 7A-7D, the second flange 660 may bedetachable. In embodiments where the second flange 660 may bedetachable, the second flange 660 may be coupled to the second bracket606 via screws, bolts, magnets, adhesive, etc.

The second flange 660 may comprise a handle mechanism cover 662. Thehandle mechanism cover 662 may be raised off the second flange 660toward the top of the page. At least one section of the handle mechanismcover 662 may comprise an arcuated segment 664 which faces a pivotinghandle 666. The arcuated segment 664 allows the pivoting handle 666 torotate. The handle mechanism cover 662 helps to keep foreign materialand debris from getting inside the clamp apparatus 610. The handlemechanism cover 662 does not abut the second bracket 606. The handlemechanism cover 662 is offset from the second bracket 606 toward theleft of the page relative to FIG. 7D. The void created between thesecond bracket 606 and the handle mechanism cover 662 allows variouslinkages to couple the pivoting handle 666 to the inner workings of theclamp apparatus 610.

The second bracket 606 may additionally comprise wings 668 which projectoff the front and back edges of the second bracket 606 toward the handlemechanism cover 662. In the embodiment shown in FIGS. 7A-7D, the wings668 are not coupled to the handle mechanism cover 662. A handle springpeg 670 extends through the bottom of each wing 668. The handle springpegs 670 protrude into the void between the second bracket 606 and thehandle mechanism cover 662. One end of a handle extension spring 672 maybe placed around each handle spring peg 670.

As shown in the embodiment depicted in FIGS. 7A-7D a slit 674 isrecessed into the each wing 668 on a plane parallel to the front wall622 and back wall 624 of the housing 612. The slit 672 may effectivelymake the top portion of each wing 668 into a coupling bracket to whichfins 676 projecting off the pivoting handle 666 may be inserted. A dowel678 may run through each wing 668 into the slits 674 and through thefins 676 of the pivoting handle 666. The dowels 678 pivotally couple thepivoting handle 666 to the wings 668 of the second bracket 606. Thedowels 678 act as the pivot axis for the pivoting handle 666.

The fins 676 of the pivoting handle 666 may also comprise a hole throughwhich a second set of handle spring pegs 671 may extend. The second setof handle spring pegs 671 may protrude into the void between the secondbracket 606 and the handle mechanism cover 662. The end of each handleextension spring 672 not connected to the first set of handle springpegs 670 is connected to the second set of handle spring pegs 671. Thehandle extension spring 672 thus acts as an over-center linkage andhelps keep the pivoting handle 666 in the closed position if thepivoting handle 666 is in the closed position and helps keep thepivoting handle 666 in the open position if the pivoting handle 666 isin the open position.

In the example embodiments shown in FIGS. 7A-7D, the pivoting handle 666extends toward the right of the page. In some embodiments, includingthose displayed in FIGS. 7A-7D, the pivoting handle 666 comprises anopen section 680 through which a user may place their fingers. The opensection 680 of the pivoting handle may be included to allow a user tograsp the pivoting handle 666 more easily. The pivoting handle may alsocomprise a bent or arced section 681. Again, the bent or arced sectionof the pivoting handle 666 may make it easier for a user to grasp thepivoting handle 666.

A portion of the bent or arced section 681 of the pivoting handle 666may be made of the same material as the rest of the pivoting handle 666,may be made of a different material, or may be made of a combinationthereof. Possible materials may include, but are not limited to, rubber,polymer, composite, metal, plastic, foam, etc. Additionally, the bent orarced section 681 may comprise ergonomic finger groves, nubs, a ribbedtexture, a honeycombed texture, etc. to afford a user greater ease ofuse.

The second moving jaw 632 may additionally comprise a second polygonalblock 682. The second polygonal block 682 may be fixedly coupled to thebottom face of the second bracket 606 (relative to FIG. 7D). In theexample embodiment depicted in FIGS. 7A-7D, the second polygonal block682 is specifically a long, rectangular block. The short, right and leftends of the long, rectangular block run perpendicular to the planes ofthe front wall 622 and back wall 624 of the housing 612. The long sidesof the rectangular block in the example embodiment shown in FIGS. 7A-7D,extend for roughly seventy-five percent of the length of the back wall624 of the housing 612. This may differ in alternate embodiments.

One side of the second polygonal block 682 may abut the interior face ofthe back wall 624. The side of the second polygonal block 682 whichabuts the interior face of the back wall 624 may include a recessedgroove 684 which accepts the projecting track section 629 on theinterior face of the back wall 624. The projecting track section 629operatively functions as a guide to inform the movement of the secondmoving jaw 632.

The side of the second polygonal block 682 opposite the recessed groove684 may include a projecting second jaw track section 686. Theprojecting second jaw track section 686 runs substantially parallel tothe recessed groove 684. The bottom of the second polygonal block 682may comprise a second extension spring trough 688 which is sunk into thebottom face of the second polygonal block 682. The extension springtrough 688 also runs parallel to both the recessed groove 684 andprojecting second jaw track section 686. The bottom of the secondpolygonal block 682 may abut the bottom face 614 of the housing 612.

A second extension spring 689 may be placed in the extension springtrough 688. As shown in the embodiment in FIGS. 7A-7D, the left end(relative to FIG. 7D) of the second extension spring 689 may be coupledinto the extension spring trough 688 by a third extension spring peg683. The right end of the extension spring 689 may be coupled to thebottom face 614 of the housing 612 by a fourth extension spring peg 685.The second extension spring 689 biases the second moving jaw 632 towardthe closed position. Moving the second moving jaw 632 from the closedposition to the open position extends the second extension spring 689.The restoring force from the second extension spring 689 willautomatically cause the second moving jaw 632 to return to the closedposition. When a clamped object 100 is present, the restoring force ofthe second extension spring 689 will cause the second moving jaw 632 topress the second gripper 603 into the clamped object 100, automaticallyadjusting to the size or girth of the clamped object 100.

In some embodiments, including the embodiment shown in FIGS. 7A-7D, asecond rack 690 may additionally be coupled to the bottom of the secondmoving jaw 632. As shown, the second rack 690 is coupled to the secondmoving jaw 632 via two screws 691. One screw 691 couples the second rack690 to the second moving jaw 632 via a screw hole in a ledge 692 whichprojects under the second flange 660. As shown, the second moving jaw630 may further comprise an additional ledge 693 which projects alongthe plane of the bottom of the second bracket 606. The additional ledge693 projects toward the right of the page relative to FIG. 7D. Thesecond screw 691 couples the second rack 690 to the second moving jaw632 through a screw hole in the additional ledge 693.

As shown in FIGS. 7A-7D, the second rack 690 has a second rack groove694 recessed into the face of the second rack 690 which faces the frontof the page relative to FIG. 7D. The face opposite the second rackgroove 694 comprises a number of second rack teeth 695.

When the clamp apparatus 610 is assembled, the second rack groove 694fits around and is guided by the projecting jaw track section 640coupled to the first moving jaw 630. Similarly the rack groove 656 fitsaround and is guided by the projecting second jaw track section 686. Thefirst rack teeth 658 and the second rack teeth 695 face each other. Thefirst rack 650 and second rack 690 run substantially parallel to eachother. The first rack teeth 568 and second rack teeth 695 mesh withteeth on opposite sides of at least one pinion gear 696. The at leastone pinion gear 696 may be placed on a gear shaft 697 which runs intothe at least one gear attachment site 616 described earlier in thespecification. In the embodiment depicted in FIGS. 7A-7D, two piniongears 696 are present. Each pinion gear 696 is placed on its own gearshaft 697 which in turn runs into its own gear attachment site 616located on the bottom face 614 of the housing 612. To ensure the piniongears 696 do not stray off their associated gear shafts 697, the piniongears 696 may be sandwiched against the back face 614 of the housing 612by a bar-like plate 698. The bar-like plate 698 is coupled to the raisedposts 618 which project off the back face 614 of the housing 612 viascrews 699.

Since both the first rack 650 and the second rack 690 mesh with the samepinion gear(s) 696 on opposite sides of said pinion gear(s) 696, anymovement of either the first moving jaw 630 or the second moving jaw 632necessitates movement of the other moving jaw in the opposite direction.If one moving jaw is pulled to the open position, the other moving jawmust then also move to the open position. If one moving jaw retractstoward the closed position, the other moving jaw must then also retracttoward the closed position.

The clamp apparatus 610 additionally comprises a tightening/lockingmechanism 631. The tightening/locking mechanism 631 may comprise anumber of components. In the embodiment depicted in FIGS. 7A-7D, thetightening/locking mechanism 631 comprises a linkage 633, a cam 635, anda cincher 637. The cincher 637 may comprise a post 639 and a flat plate641. The tightening/locking mechanism 631 may be disposed in the voidbetween the handle mechanism cover 662 and the gripper bracket 605. Thelinkage 633 is pivotally coupled on one end to the pivoting handle 666.The linkage 633 may be pivotally coupled to the pivoting handle 666 byany means known to one skilled in the art. The other end of the linkage633 is pivotally coupled to an end of the cam 635. The other end of thecam 635 may comprise a slot which accepts the post 639 of the cincher637. The cam 635 may be pivotally coupled to the post 639 of the cincher637 by any means known to one skilled in the art. In the exampleembodiment, the post 639 of the cincher 637 projects perpendicularlyfrom the flat plate 641 of the cincher 637.

The flat plate 641 of the cincher 637 is disposed under the rack 650 ofthe first moving gripper 630 when the clamp apparatus 610 is fullyassembled. The post 639 of the cincher 637 projects up through a channel643 which is cut out of the rack 650. The channel 643 may not run theentire length of the rack 650.

In the embodiment shown in FIGS. 7A-7D, as the pivoting handle 666 ispivoted from the open position to the closed position, the linkage 633also moves. Movement of the linkage 633 causes the cam 635 to rotate.Rotation of the cam 635 causes the cincher 637 to experience lineardisplacement along the channel 643 of the rack 650. Since the channel643 does not run the entire length of the rack 650, the post 639 of thecincher 637 abuts the end of the channel 643 and begins to cause lineardisplacement of the rack 650. Linear displacement of the rack 650 causesboth the first moving jaw 630 and second moving jaw 632 to move, cinchdown on, and clamp harder on a clamped object 100. In the embodimentshown in FIGS. 7A-7D, the linkage 633 is also an over-center linkage.When the pivoting handle 666 moves all the way to the closed position,the linkage 633 assumes an over-center position. When the linkage 633assumes this over-center position, the clamp apparatus 610 iseffectively locked.

FIGS. 8A-8D show another example embodiment of a clamp apparatus 710. Inthe clamp apparatus 710 shown in FIGS. 8A-8D, a user rotates a togglehandle 750 to provide the force needed to propel a movable gripperassembly 704 towards a fixed gripper assembly 703 via at least onelinkage 770 which may be an over-center linkage.

In some embodiments, such as the embodiment shown in FIGS. 8A-8D, thefixed gripper assembly 703 comprises a fixed gripper cradle 711, a fixedgripper 713, and a fixed gripper base 717. The fixed gripper cradle 711extends off the top face of the fixed gripper base 717. Morespecifically, the fixed gripper cradle 711 extends from the right edge(relative to FIG. 8D) of the fixed gripper base 717 at an angle roughlyperpendicular to the top face of the fixed gripper base 717 and isfixedly coupled to the fixed gripper base 717.

A fixed gripper 713 is coupled to the face of the fixed gripper cradle711 which faces the movable gripper assembly 704. The fixed gripper 713may be coupled to the fixed gripper cradle 711 by any of a variety ofcoupling means including, but not limited to, screws, bolts, magnets,adhesive, ultrasonic welds, snap fit, friction fit. In some embodimentsthe fixed gripper 713 may be overmolded onto the fixed gripper cradle711.

The fixed gripper base 717 may be a roughly rectangular block as shownin FIGS. 8A-8D. The fixed gripper base 717 may comprise a cavity 719which is dimensioned to fit and surround the gripper sled 705 when theclamp apparatus 710 is in the closed orientation. The fixed gripper base717 may also comprise at least one buttress 715 which helps to supportthe fixed gripper cradle 711. The fixed gripper base 717 may compriseone or a number of threaded holes 791. In the embodiment depicted inFIGS. 8A-8D, four screws 714 run through the housing 712 of the clampapparatus 710 and into corresponding threaded holes 791 in bottom of thefixed gripper base 717. The four screws 714 couple the fixed gripperbase 717 to the housing 712. In alternate embodiments, differentcoupling methods may be employed including, bolts, welds, magnets,adhesive, and any other coupling method known to one skilled in the art.The fixed gripper base 717 may alternatively be a continuous part of thehousing 712.

In some embodiments, including the embodiment shown in FIGS. 8A-8D, themovable gripper assembly 704 comprises a movable gripper cradle 706,movable gripper 701, and a gripper sled 705. As shown in FIGS. 8A-8D,the movable gripper cradle 706 extends off the top face of a grippersled 705. More specifically, the movable gripper cradle 706 extends fromthe right edge (relative to FIG. 8D) of the gripper sled 705 at an angleroughly perpendicular to the top face of the gripper sled 705 and isfixedly coupled to the gripper sled 705. This may differ in alternateembodiments.

A movable gripper 701 is coupled to the face of the movable grippercradle 706 which faces the fixed gripper assembly 703. The movablegripper 701 may be coupled to the movable gripper cradle 706 by any of avariety of coupling means including, but not limited to, screws, bolts,magnets, adhesive, ultrasonic welds, snap fit, friction fit.

The movable gripper 701 and fixed gripper 713 may consist of a materialchosen for its gripping ability. The movable gripper 701 and fixedgripper 713 may be made of a high friction material, a compressiblematerial, a material exhibiting both these qualities, or any othersuitable material. The movable gripper 701 and fixed gripper 713 aremade of a material which allows for a firm grip without the deformationof a clamped object 100. Suitable materials may include any suitableelastomeric or non-deformable substance, including but not limited toplastic, rubber, metal, foam, fabric, gel, etc. At least a portion ofthe movable gripper 701 and fixed gripper 713 may comprise roughlysemi-circular depressions or contours to accommodate a round clampedobject 100 such as a pole. The movable gripper 701 and fixed gripper 713may be replaceable.

In some embodiments, the movable gripper 701 and fixed gripper 713 maycomprise gripper teeth 792 (As shown in FIG. 8A) which project from thetop and bottom edges of the movable gripper 701 and fixed gripper 713.The gripper teeth 792 may be disposed about the movable gripper 701 andfixed gripper 713 such that they may interdigitate with each other whenthe clamp apparatus 710 is in the closed position. The gripper teeth 792allow the movable gripper 701 and fixed gripper 713 to hold an increasedrange of clamped object 100 when the clamp apparatus 710 is in theclosed position. By disposing the gripper teeth 794 such that they mayinterdigitate, the movable gripper 701 may move further toward theclosed position. The movable gripper cradle 706 and the fixed grippercradle 711 may comprise cradle teeth 794 which support the gripper teeth792 on the movable gripper 701 and fixed gripper 713. The cradle teeth794 may be disposed about the movable gripper cradle 706 and the fixedgripper cradle 711 such that they interdigitate with each othersimilarly to the gripper teeth 792.

As illustrated in the example embodiment in FIGS. 8A-8D, the grippersled 705 may be roughly rectangular. The gripper sled 705 may besubstantially hollow and open to the hollow on one end. In FIGS. 8A-8D,the gripper sled 705 is hollow, except for a dividing wall 707 (relativeto FIG. 8D) which extends from the interior bottom face of the hollow tothe interior top face of the hollow. The dividing wall 707 divides thehollow portion of the gripper sled 705 into two spring bays 709 whichare roughly equally dimensioned. The gripper sled 705 in FIGS. 8A-8D isopen to the hollow on its right end (relative to FIG. 8D). In theembodiment shown in FIGS. 8A-8D a spring 730 is seated in each of thespring bays 709. The spring 730 is a compression spring 730. In apreferred embodiment, the clamp apparatus 710 may be adapted to fit atleast one constant force spring 4012 instead of or in addition to thecompression spring 730. Constant force springs 4012 may be used in otherembodiments such as but not limited to those detailed above. Using aconstant force spring 4012 is preferable because it may make the clampapparatus 710 easier to operate, especially when it is being used toclamp a large/thick object. It may also allow the clamp apparatus 710 tobe made more compactly. An alternative embodiment comprising a constantforce spring 4012 is shown in FIGS. 8E-8F.

The gripper sled 705 may also comprise sled projecting tracks 708 on itsfront and back faces (relative to orientation in FIG. 8D). The sledprojecting tracks 708 fit into guide grooves 721 on a driven member 720.In the example embodiment shown in FIGS. 8A-8D, the driven member 720 isroughly “U” shaped. The bottom face 722 of the driven member 720comprises the bottom span of the “U” shape. Projecting perpendicularlyfrom front and back edges (relative to FIG. 8D) of the bottom face 722of the driven member 720 toward the top of the page are a front uprightwall 723 and a back upright wall 724. The front upright wall 723 andback upright wall 724 comprise the upright spans of the “U” shape. Theguide grooves 721 run along the surfaces of the front upright wall 723and back upright wall 724 which face each other.

In some embodiments, the driven member 720 may comprise at least oneappendage 725 which extends from either the front upright wall 723 orback upright wall 724. In the exemplary embodiment illustrated in FIGS.8A-8D, the driven member 720, includes two appendages 725. One appendage725 extends from the face of the front upright wall 723 opposite theface on which the guide groove 721 of the front upright wall 723 isdisposed. The other appendage extends from the face of the back uprightwall 724 opposite the face on which the guide groove 721 of the backupright wall 724 is disposed.

The appendages 725 are roughly “L” shaped. One portion of each appendage725 projects from its corresponding front upright wall 723 or backupright wall 724 at an angle substantially perpendicular to the frontupright wall 723 and back upright wall 724. This portion of eachappendage 725 comprises the horizontal span of the “L” shape. Thevertical span of the “L” shape is formed by a second portion of theappendage 725 which projects toward the top of the page from the distalend of the first portion of the appendage 725 at an angle substantiallyperpendicular to the first portion of the appendage 725. As shown inFIGS. 8A-8D the one or more appendages may be buttressed by at least onesupport piece 726. In some embodiments, including the embodiment shownin FIGS. 8A-8D, the one or more appendages may not span the entirelength of the front upright wall 723 and back upright wall 724 of thedriven member 720. In the shown embodiment, the appendages stop short ofthe left edge (relative to FIG. 8D) of the driven member 720.

The appendages 725 or a portion of the appendages 725 may fit into andslide along a grooved track 740 on front wall 741 and back wall 742 thehousing 712. The bottom of the driven member 720 may ride along thebottom face 743 of the housing 712.

When the clamp apparatus 710 is assembled, the gripper sled 705 fits inthe driven member 720 between the front upright wall 723 and backupright wall 724. When the clamp apparatus 710 is not clamped around aclamped object 100 the gripper sled 705 fits in the driven member 720such that the right and left faces (relative to FIG. 8D) of the grippersled 705 are flush with the right and left edges of the driven member720. One end of each compression spring 730 abuts the interior left face(relative to FIG. 8D) of the hollow portion of the gripper sled 705. Theother end of each compression spring 730 abuts a compression spring disc731 which projects toward the top of the page from the right edge(relative to FIG. 8D) of the driven member 720. The compression springs730 bias the gripper sled 705 to the unclamped position where thegripper sled 705 is flush with the right and left edges (relative toFIG. 8D) of the driven member 720.

When the clamp apparatus 710 is actuated from the open position to aclamped position the driven member 720 moves toward the fixed gripperassembly 703 and the appendages 725 of the driven member 720 slide alongthe grooved tracks 740 on the housing 712. In turn, this displaces themovable gripper assembly 704 toward the fixed gripper 703 assembly.Until the movable gripper 701 contacts a clamped object 100, the drivenmember 720 and movable gripper assembly 703 move as a unit. When themovable gripper 701 comes into contact with a clamped object 100, themovable gripper assembly 704 can make no further progress toward thefixed gripper assembly 703 because the clamped object 100 is in the way.The driven member 720 continues to move toward the fixed gripperassembly 703 compressing the compression springs 730 between theinterior left wall (relative to FIG. 8D) of the hollow portion of thegripper sled 705 and the compression spring discs 731. The restoringforce of the compression springs 730 causes the movable gripper assembly704 to exert a more vigorous clamping force on the clamped object 100.

When the clamp apparatus 710 is moved from a clamped position toward anopen position, the restoring force of the compression springs 730 mayautomatically spring the clamp apparatus 710 back to the unclamped andopen position.

The clamp apparatus 710 may be moved from the open position to theclosed position by user actuation of a toggle handle 750. One end of thetoggle handle 750 may be pivotally coupled to the housing 712 of theclamp apparatus 710. In the embodiment shown in FIGS. 8A-8D, the togglehandle 750 attaches to the right (relative to FIG. 8D) end cap 745 ofthe housing 712. As shown, the right end cap 745 projectsperpendicularly from the bottom face 743 of the housing 712 toward thetop of the page. The right end cap 745 may be fixedly coupled to thehousing 712 via screws, bolts, welds, etc. or may be molded as acontinuous part of the housing 712.

The right end cap 745 may comprise a number of other features. As shownin FIGS. 8A-8D, the right end cap 745 may comprise a pair of projections746 which project toward the fixed gripper assembly 703. The projection746 may extend parallel to the front wall 741 and back wall 742 of thehousing 712. Extension spring pegs 760 may protrude from each of thepair of projections 746. In the embodiment depicted in FIGS. 8A-8D, eachof the extension spring pegs 760 project substantially perpendicularlyfrom one of the pair of projections 746. One end of an extension spring762 is placed around each extension spring peg 760. The extensionsprings 762 will be elaborated upon later.

Extending from the top edge of the right end cap 745 toward the fixedgripper assembly 703 may be a guide piece 748. The guide piece 748 mayextend parallel to the plane of the bottom face 743 of the housing 712.The guide piece 748 may overhang the bottom face 743 of the housing 712.As shown, the guide piece 748 in FIGS. 8A-8D, may only extend from themedial section of the top edge of the right end cap 745.

The right end cap 745 may also comprise a pair of U-brackets 747. In theembodiment shown, the U-brackets 747 are disposed on the right end cap745 such that the uprights of each U-bracket 747 project in the samedirection and plane as the pair of projections 746. One of the uprightsections of one U-bracket 747 may be flush with the front edge of theright end cap 745 and abut the interior face of the front wall when theclamp apparatus 710 is assembled. One of the upright sections of theother U-bracket 747 may be flush with the back edge of the right end cap745 and abut the interior face of the back wall 742 of the housing 712when the clamp apparatus 710 is assembled. The other upright of eachU-bracket 747 may be offset from the first upright of each U-bracket 747such that it nearly abuts the extension spring pegs 760. The bottom spanof the U-bracket 747 may be formed by a face of the right end cap 745.In alternate embodiments, the number, location, and orientation ofprojections 746, U-brackets 747, extension spring pegs 760, andextension springs 762 may differ.

In the embodiment shown in FIGS. 8A-8D, the toggle handle 750 ispivotally coupled into the U-brackets 747. As shown, this isaccomplished by means of dowel pins 749 which run through the U-brackets747 and into the coupling spans 752 of the toggle handle 750. The togglehandle 750 in the exemplary embodiment may be divided up into a numberof sections. As indicated above, the toggle clamp may have one or morecoupling spans 752 to which other components of the clamp apparatus 710may be coupled. Relative to FIG. 8D, the coupling spans 752 are twovertical spans. As shown, the coupling spans 752 are offset from eachother. Extending toward the right of the page from the each couplingspan 752 at an angle roughly perpendicular to each coupling span 752 maybe a horizontal span 753. The horizontal spans 753 may be joined by astrut 754. In some embodiments, the strut 754 may complete the togglehandle 750. In the illustrated embodiment in FIGS. 8A-8D, the togglehandle 750 comprises additional sections. Projecting off the strut 754vertically toward the top of the page (relative to FIG. 8D) are twoextension spans 757. The extension spans 757 may be connected togetherby a handle grip 758 which a user may grasp when actuating the togglehandle 750.

At least a portion of the handle grip 758 may be made of the samematerial as the rest of the toggle handle 750, may be made of adifferent material, or may be made of a combination thereof. Possiblematerials may include, but are not limited to, rubber, polymer,composite, metal, plastic, foam, fabric, etc. Additionally, the handlegrip 758 may comprise ergonomic finger groves, nubs, a ribbed texture, ahoneycombed texture, etc. to facilitate ease of grasping and gripping.

In addition to the coupling spans 752 coupling the toggle handle 750 tothe clamp apparatus 710, the coupling spans 752 may also comprise a pairof handle extension spring pegs 763. In the example embodiment shown inFIGS. 8A-8D, one of the pair of handle extension spring pegs 763projects perpendicularly from each coupling span 752 of the togglehandle 750. In the example embodiment in FIGS. 8A-8D, the handleextension spring pegs 763 project from the surface of each coupling span752 which faces the opposite coupling span 752. The end of the eachextension spring 762 not seated on the first pair of extension springpegs 760 is seated around one of the pair of handle extension springpegs 763. In the example embodiment in FIGS. 8A-8D, the extensionsprings 762 act as over-center springs. When the toggle handle 750 is inthe open position, the extension springs 762 bias the toggle handle 750to stay in the open position. When the toggle handle 750 is in theclosed position, the extension springs 762 move to an over-centerposition and bias the toggle handle 750 to stay in the closed position.

The coupling spans 752 of the toggle handle 750 may additionally coupleto linkages 770. In the example embodiment in FIG. 8A-8D, one end ofeach linkage 770 is pivotally coupled to the driven member 720. Asshown, one linkage 770 is pivotally coupled between the front uprightwall 723 of the driven member 720 and the vertical span of the appendage725 which extends off the front upright wall 723 of the driven member720. Also as shown in FIGS. 8A-8D, the other linkage 770 is pivotallycoupled between the back upright wall 724 of the driven member 720 andthe vertical span of the appendage 725 which extends off the backupright wall 724 of the driven member 720. In the example embodiment inFIGS. 8A-8D, a dowel 771 is used to pivotally couple the linkages 770 tothe driven member 720.

The other end of each linkage 770 pivotally couples to the top of one ofthe coupling spans 752 of the toggle handle 750. The linkage 770 andcoupling spans 752 may be pivotally coupled by means of a coupling dowelpin 772. Any other suitable coupling means may also be used.

When the clamp apparatus 710 is actuated, the coupling span 752 of thetoggle handle 750 and the linkages 770 collectively may act as anover-center linkage. To actuate the toggle handle 750 a user may graspthe handle grip 758 of toggle handle 750. The user may then rotate thetoggle handle 750 substantially a full 90° counter-clockwise from theorientation of the handle toggle handle 750 shown in FIG. 8A. In someembodiments, the sufficient degree of rotation may be larger or smaller(e.g. 95°). As the toggle handle 750 is rotated, the linkage 770 andcoupling span 752 which comprise the over-center linkage move toward thecenter position. This pushes the driven member 720 and movable gripperassembly 704 as detailed above. Slightly before the toggle handle 750has been rotated a full 90° counter-clockwise, the linkage 770 andcoupling span 752 comprising the over-center linkage reach the centerposition. When the linkage and coupling span 752 comprising theover-center linkage reach the center position a large force is generatedon the moveable gripper assembly 704 by applying only a small force tothe toggle handle 750. When the toggle handle 750 is rotated the full90° counter-clockwise, the linkage 770 and the coupling span 752comprising the over-center linkage reach an over-center position whichkeeps the toggle handle 750 and clamp apparatus 710 in the closed andclamped position and acts as a passive latch. This clamping action makesactuation of the clamp apparatus 710 easy for the user while alsoproviding a sufficiently strong clamping force.

In some embodiments, the toggle handle 750 comprises a toggle handlelatch 780 that operatively secures the toggle handle 750 and clampapparatus 710 in the closed and clamped position. The toggle handlelatch 780 may be disposed on the handle grip 758 of the toggle handle750 such that it fits in a concavity 759 in the handle grip 758. Thetoggle handle latch 780 may be pivotally coupled to the handle grip 758and may be pivotable between an advanced and a retracted position. Insome embodiments a pivot pin bearing 781 runs the length of the togglehandle latch 780. In the embodiment shown in FIGS. 8A-8D, the pivot pinbearing 781 runs along the bottom edge of the toggle handle latch 780. Apivot pin 782 may pivotally couple the toggle handle latch 780 to thehandle grip 758 by running through the pivot pin bearing 781 and into atleast part of the handle grip 758.

In some embodiments, including the embodiment illustrated in FIGS.8A-8D, the toggle handle latch 780 may be adapted such that a torsionspring 783 may be slid over at least a portion of the pivot pin bearing781. The torsion spring 783 may bias the toggle handle latch 780 to theadvanced position. When the toggle handle latch 780 is pivoted towardthe retracted position, the torsion spring 783 is spring loaded suchthat the restoring force of the torsion spring 783 causes the togglehandle latch 780 to automatically pivot back to the advanced position.In the advanced position, the toggle handle latch 780 is in its mostprotruding position. In the retracted position, the toggle handle latch780 is pushed into the concavity 759 such that it protrudes minimallyfrom the handle grip 758.

In some embodiments, the toggle handle latch 780 may comprise a stopsurface 784 along at a part of at least one face of the toggle handlelatch 780. The stop surface 784 catches on a part of the concavity 759in the handle grip 758 and ensures the torsion spring 783 cannot ejectthe toggle handle latch 780 out of the concavity 759.

The toggle handle latch 780 may also comprise a latch projection 785.The latch projection 785 in the example embodiment depicted in FIGS.8A-8D runs substantially the full length of the toggle handle latch 780and projects off the toggle handle latch 780 toward the bottom of thepage (relative to FIG. 8D). This may differ in alternative embodiments.

In some embodiments, the left face (relative to FIG. 8D) of the fixedgripper cradle 711 comprises a ramp catch 786 for the latch projection785 of the toggle handle latch 780. The catch 786 in alternativeembodiments need not comprise a ramp. The catch 786 may take any othersuitable form.

In the example embodiment in FIGS. 8A-8D, as the toggle handle 750 andtoggle handle latch 780 are rotated toward the closed position, thelatch projection 785 of the toggle handle latch 780 abuts the catch 786ramp. As the toggle handle 750 continues to rotate toward the closedposition, the latch projection 785 of the toggle handle latch 780 ridesup the catch 786 ramp. This causes the toggle handle latch 780 to bepivoted into the retracted position, i.e. into the concavity 759 of thehandle grip 758. In turn, this twists the torsion spring 783 and storesmechanical energy in the torsion spring 783. When the toggle handle 750is in the fully closed position, the latch projection 785 of the togglehandle latch 780 clears the catch 786 ramp and the restoring force ofthe torsion spring 783 causes the toggle handle latch 780 to spring backto the advanced position. This locks the clamp apparatus 710 in theclosed position as any movement toward the open position is prevented bythe latch projection 785 of the toggle handle latch 780 catching on thelip of the catch 786 ramp.

To rotate the toggle handle 750 back toward the open position and/orunclamp the clamp apparatus 710, a user must manually push in the togglehandle latch 780 to the retracted position. This allows the latchprojection 785 of the toggle handle latch 780 to clear the lip of thecatch 786 ramp, thus allowing rotation of the toggle handle 750 towardthe open position.

In some embodiments, the toggle handle latch 780 may have variouscontours which provide an ergonomic benefit to the user as a user triesto depress the toggle handle latch 780 to the retracted position whenopening the clamp apparatus 710. In the embodiment shown in FIGS. 8A-8D,the toggle handle latch 780 comprises a valley 788 which may betteraccommodate a user's fingertips as they pivot the toggle handle latch780 into the retracted position. In other embodiments there may beadditional ergonomic contours which supplement or replace the valley788.

In some embodiments including a toggle handle 750 or actuator similar tothe toggle handle 750, the toggle handle 750 or toggle handle latch 780may include an anti-pinch feature (not shown) to preclude a user frompinching a finger when rotating the toggle handle 750 to the closedposition. In some embodiments, the anti-pinch feature may be a guardprotrusion. In other embodiments, the anti-pinch feature may be anextended gripping portion on the toggle handle 750 which distances ausers fingers from the latch projection 785 and the catch 786.

In some embodiments, the housing 712 of the clamp apparatus 710 may alsofeature any of a variety of mechanisms 790 (not shown) to attach a loadto the clamp apparatus 710. Such mechanisms may include, but are notlimited to, brackets, magnets, straps, suction cups, hooks, screws,bolts, a friction fit, etc. This load could be any number of things,especially a medical device (such as an infusion pump, or peristalticinfusion pump), I.V. bag, etc.

In some embodiments, the clamp apparatus 710 may be adapted such thatthe fixed gripper assembly and 703 movable gripper assembly 704 may beoriented obliquely to the right and left ends (relative to FIG. 8D) ofthe housing 712. In embodiments where the gripper assemblies 703 and 704are oriented obliquely, any load attached to the clamp apparatus 710 byany of the variety of mechanisms 790 detailed above would be at an angleoblique to a clamped object 100 clamped in the clamp apparatus 710. Suchan orientation may be helpful in accommodating the needs of a loadattached to the clamp apparatus 710 through any of the variety ofmechanisms 790 described in the preceding paragraph.

FIGS. 8E-8F show an alternative embodiment of the example clampapparatus 710 shown in FIGS. 8A-8D. As shown, the alternative embodimentof the clamp apparatus 710 shown in FIG. 8E comprises a fixed gripperassembly 703 similar to the fixed gripper assembly 703 shown in FIGS.8A-8D. The fixed gripper assembly 703 in FIG. 8E is somewhat simplifiedand allows the clamp apparatus 710 to have a more open concept whichfacilitates ease of cleaning. The fixed gripper assembly 703 in FIG. 8Edoes not include a fixed gripper base 717 as it does in FIGS. 8A-8D. Thefixed gripper assembly in FIG. 8E features two support legs 4000. Eachsupport leg 4000 may be coupled to the left (relative to FIG. 8E) faceof the fixed gripper cradle 711. The support legs 4000 may be coupled tothe fixed gripper cradle 711 at an angle which is substantiallyperpendicular to the left face of the fixed gripper cradle 711. In someembodiments, including the embodiment shown in FIG. 8E, the support legs4000 may be formed as a continuous part of the fixed gripper cradle 711b.

One support leg 4000 may coupled to the fixed gripper cradle 711 nearthe front edge of the fixed gripper cradle 711. The second support leg4000 may be coupled to the fixed gripper cradle 711 near the back edgeof the fixed gripper cradle 711. The support legs 4000 are slightlyarched in the example embodiment shown in FIG. 8E. As shown, the widthof the support legs 4000 may gradually decrease as the support legs 4000extend toward the bottom of the page. The bottom of the support legs4000 may be substantially parallel to the direction of elongation of thehousing 712.

As shown in the example embodiment in FIG. 8E, the threaded holes 791which are located in the fixed gripper base 717 in FIGS. 8A-8D may bedisposed at the bottom of the support legs 4000. The threaded holes 791may extend through the bottom of the support legs 4000 in a directionsubstantially perpendicular to the front and back faces of each supportleg 4000. As shown, four screws 714 may run through the housing 712 ofthe clamp apparatus 710 and into the corresponding threaded holes 791 inthe bottom of the support legs 4000 thereby coupling the fixed gripperassembly 703 to the housing 712.

As shown, the alternative embodiment of the clamp apparatus 710 shown inFIGS. 8E-8F comprises a movable gripper assembly 704 similar to themovable gripper assembly 704 shown in FIGS. 8A-8D. As shown, the movablegripper assembly 704 comprises a gripper sled 705. The gripper sled 705may be roughly planate and rectangular. The gripper sled 705 in FIGS.8E-8F is roughly planate and rectangular though one end of therectangular gripper sled 705 is rounded. The gripper sled 705 maycomprise a dovetail cutout 4002 as shown in FIG. 8E. The gripper sled705 may be extruded.

The dovetail cutout 4002 of the gripper sled 705 may be sized toaccommodate and slide along a dovetail projection 4004 on the housing712 of the clamp apparatus 710. As shown in the example embodiment inFIG. 8E, the dovetail projection 4004 in the housing 712 may run roughlyparallel with the front wall 741 and back wall 742 of the housing 712.The dovetail projection 4004 on the housing 712 may run along the medialportion of the bottom face 743 of the housing 712.

As shown in FIG. 8E, the housing 712 may include roller tracks 4006. Asshown, the roller tracks 4006 are similar to the grooved tracks 740shown in FIGS. 8A-8D. The roller tracks of the housing 712 will befurther elaborated on later. The housing 712 may also include any numberof housing voids 4008. The housing voids 4008 may be cut into thehousing 712 or may be created during manufacture of the housing 712. Thehousing voids 4008 help to keep debris and unwanted matter fromaccumulating in and on the clamp apparatus 710. The housing voids 4008may also aid in making the clamp apparatus 710 easier to clean. In someembodiments, the housing 712 may be extruded. In such embodiments, theclamp 710 may be extruded from any suitable material.

The movable gripper assembly 704 may comprise a number of additionalcomponents in addition to the gripper sled 705. Projectingperpendicularly from the top face of the gripper sled 705 on the right(relative to FIG. 8E) of the gripper sled 705 there may be a springhousing 4010. The spring housing 4010 may project in a direction that issubstantially perpendicular to the top face of the gripper sled 705. Thespring housing 4010 may be dimensioned such that the sides of the springhousing 4010 are flush with the edges of the gripper sled 705. Thespring housing 4010 may be coupled to the gripper sled 705 by any of avariety of fastening means.

In some embodiments, the movable gripper cradle 706 may be coupled tothe left side (relative to FIG. 8E) of the spring housing 4010. In suchembodiments, the movable gripper cradle 706 may be coupled to the springhousing 4010 by any suitable fastener. In the example embodiment, themovable gripper cradle 706 is made as a continuous part of the springhousing 4010. As shown, the movable gripper cradle 706 is disposed onthe spring housing 4010 such that it is at substantially the same heightas the fixed gripper cradle 703.

As shown in the cross section of the clamp apparatus 710 in FIG. 8F, thespring housing 4010 is substantially hollow. Within the hollow portionof the spring housing 4010 a constant force spring 4012 is housed. Insome embodiments, there may be more than one constant force spring 4012housed in the spring housing 4010. The constant force spring 4012 insome example embodiments may be a rolled ribbon of spring steel. Theconstant force spring 4012 may be a laminar spring. In some embodiments,the constant force spring 4012 may be a triple laminar spring. In someembodiments, the constant force spring 4012 may be an approximately 191bconstant force spring 4012. Use of a constant force spring 4012 providesmany benefits over other varieties of bias members as detailed above.

As shown, the constant force spring 4012 may be disposed about a mandrel4014 which is capable of rotating about the axis of an axle 4016. In theexample embodiment, the mandrel 4014 is a solid spindle. In otherembodiments, the mandrel 4014 may not be solid. In some embodiments, themandrel 4014 may be a hollow cylinder. In some embodiments, the mandrel4014 may be mostly hollow and comprise a number of supporting spokes.The axle 4016 may span across the hollow section of the spring housing4010. The axle 4016 may extend in a direction substantiallyperpendicular to the front wall 741 and back wall 742 of the housing 712shown in FIG. 8E.

In the example embodiment in FIG. 8F, the gripper sled 705 features araised section 705 a. The raised section 705 a of the gripper sled 705projects off the gripper sled 705 toward the top of the page in mannersubstantially perpendicular to the rest of the gripper sled 705. Asshown, a small gap 4018 may be left between the top of the raisedportion 705 a of the gripper sled 705 and the bottom of the left side ofthe spring housing 4010. The constant force spring 4012 may extend outof the spring housing 4010 through the small gap 4018.

To help keep debris and other matter from entering the spring housing4010, spring housing sealing member 4020 may be placed at the bottom ofthe left side of the spring housing 4010. As shown in the exampleembodiment in FIG. 8F, a part of the spring housing sealing member 4020may be seated in a cavity recessed into the bottom face of the left sideof the spring housing 4010. The spring housing sealing member 4020 maybe made of a deformable material. As the constant force spring 4012 isadvanced and retracted out of and back into the spring housing 4010during operation of the clamp apparatus 710, the spring housing sealingmember 4020 blocks any debris or other matter on the constant forcespring 4012 from being pulled into the spring housing 4010 as theconstant force spring 4012 retracts back into the spring housing 4010.

One end of the constant force spring 4012 may be located exterior to thespring housing 4010 at all times. The end of the constant force spring4012 located exterior to the spring housing 4010 may be fixedly coupledto a roller axle 4022. By pulling the roller axle 4022 toward the leftof the page (relative to FIG. 8F) the constant force spring 4012 isunwound and spooled out of the spring housing 4010. If the roller axle4022 is released, the restoring force of the constant force spring 4012will cause the roller axle 4022 to be biased back to the position shownin FIG. 8F. The constant force spring 4012 will also retract back intothe spring housing 4010.

A roller 4024 may be seated on each end of the roller axle 4022. One ofthe rollers 4024 is visible in FIG. 8F. The rollers 4024 are capable ofrotation about the axis of the roller axle 4022. As shown in FIGS.8E-8F, the rollers 4024 may ride and roll along the roller tracks 4006on the front wall 741 and back wall 742 of the housing 712.

Referring back to FIG. 8E, the linkages 770 extending from the togglehandle 750 may be coupled onto the roller axle 4022. As such, the rolleraxle 4022 functions similarly to the driven member 720 in FIGS. 8A-8Dand may be referred to as an alternative driven member. When the clampapparatus 710 is actuated from the open position to a clamped positionvia rotation of the toggle handle 750, the roller axle 4022 moves towardthe fixed gripper assembly 703 and the rollers 4024 on the roller axle4022 slide along the roller tracks 4006 on the housing 712. In turn,this displaces the movable gripper assembly 704 toward the fixed gripper703 assembly. Until the movable gripper 701 contacts a clamped object100, the roller axle 4022 and movable gripper assembly 703 move as aunit. When the movable gripper 701 comes into contact with a clampedobject 100, the movable gripper assembly 704 can make no furtherprogress toward the fixed gripper assembly 703 because the clampedobject 100 is in the way. The roller axle 4022 continues to move towardthe fixed gripper assembly 703. This causes the constant force spring4012 to be pulled out of the spring housing 4010. The restoring force ofthe constant force spring 4012 causes the movable gripper assembly 704to exert a more vigorous clamping force on the clamped object 100.

When the clamp apparatus 710 is moved from a clamped position toward anopen position by rotation of the toggle handle 750, the restoring forceof the constant force spring 4012 may automatically spring the clampapparatus 710 back to the unclamped and open position.

FIG. 8G shows an alternate embodiment of a moveable gripper assembly7000 with a housing 7005 in accordance with an embodiment of the presentdisclosure. The moveable gripper assembly 7000 may be similar to themoveable gripper assembly shown in FIG. 8F. The moveable gripperassembly 7000 includes a moveable gripper 7001, a driven member 7002,and a gripper sled 7003 with a housing 7005. The driven member 7002 isguided via guide members 7008 along a track 7006. Note that the contactforce spring 7010 (e.g., spring 4012 as shown in FIG. 8F) is secured tothe driven member 7002 by fasteners 7004.

A Rack Apparatus

FIG. 9a depicts one exemplary embodiment of a rack 1810. The rack 1810includes a cylindrically-shaped support pole 1812. A clamp assembly 1814may be attached to a first end portion of the support pole 1812. Theclamp assembly 1814 may further include a clamp mechanism 1818 and anelongated, U-shaped handle 1820 that may be oriented perpendicularly tothe longitudinal axis of the support pole 1812. The clamp assembly 1814and the clamp mechanism 1818 may be configured to removably couple witha support structure such as an IV pole. As should be appreciated bythose having ordinary skill in the art, any number of clamp mechanismsmay be used to accomplish this objective, including the clamp mechanismsdescribed below and above. The handle 1820 enables the rack 1810 and anyreceived medical devices to be carried as unit from one location toanother. In certain embodiments, the handle 1820 may serve as a means toactuate the clamp mechanism 1818. One such embodiment could include ahandle 1820 that shares an axis of rotation with a clamp mechanism 1818,wherein the clamp mechanism 1818 includes at least one fixed gripper andat least one mobile gripper that may be coupled to the handle 1820.Actuation of the clamp mechanism 1818 may be achieved by rotating thehandle 1820 in a first direction such that the at least one mobilegripper rotates towards the at least one fixed gripper and a supportstructure therebetween. The at least one mobile gripper and the at leastone fixed gripper may be secured in a clamped position by a latch or anyother means known in the relevant art when the aforementioned grippersexert a sufficient clamping force on the support structure. Rotating thehandle 1820 in a second, opposite direction may rotate the at least onemobile gripper away from the at least one fixed gripper, and the clampmechanism 1818 may be decoupled from the support structure when the atleast one mobile gripper is sufficiently far from the support structure.

A variety of medical device mounts may be disposed between the first endand a second end of the support pole 1812. FIGS. 9a and 9b depict anexemplary embodiment where the mounts may be elongated support platesthat extend perpendicularly to the support pole 1812. FIG. 9a depicts arack 1810 having a first support plate 1822, a second support plate1824, and a third support plate 1826. FIG. 9b depicts an embodiment ofan individual support plate 1856. The support plate 1856 may be sized toreceive and support a medical device. Examples of medical devices thatmay be received by the support plate 1856 include syringe pumps,infusion pumps, dialysis machines, pill dispensers, and chemotherapydevices. A first end portion of the support plate 1856 may be coupled tothe support pole 1812 using a joint member 1830. The support plate 1856may include a first support plate projection 1834 and a second supportplate projection 1836 that may interface with the joint member 1830 (seeFIG. 9C) to facilitate coupling. To more securely receive and retain amedical device, the support plate 1856 may include a flange 1828 thatextends upwardly from a second end portion of the support plate 1856.

To reduce the need to run power cables from electrical outlets to eachindividual medical device, each support plate 1856 may include a mountconnector 1838 that may be adapted to transmit electrical power to areceived medical device. In certain embodiments, the mount connector1838 may also be adapted to enable signals to be communicated betweentwo or more medical devices and thus provide each medical device with anetwork connection.

In the embodiment depicted in FIG. 9a , a corresponding number of jointmembers 1830 couple each of the support plates 1822, 1824, 1826 to thesupport pole 1812. Each joint member 1830 may be configured to receive asupport plate 1856 such that the joint member 1830 enables the receivedsupport plate 1856 to rotate around a longitudinal axis of the supportpole 1812. FIG. 9c depicts an exemplary joint member 1830 that permitsrotation around a longitudinal axis of the support pole 1812. The jointmember 1830 may include a joint member aperture 1862 that is sized toreceive the support pole 1812. The joint member 1830 may be rotated andre-secured to the support pole 1812 by loosening a threaded screw 1844,rotating the exemplary joint member 1830 and a received support plate1856 to the desired position, and retightening the threaded screw 1844.

As depicted in FIG. 9c , the exemplary joint member 1830 may include afirst clamping arm 1846 and a second clamping arm 1848, each having aninner surface that forms a portion of the joint member aperture 1862.The first and the second clamping arms 1846, 1848 may further include afirst threaded aperture 1850 and a second threaded aperture 1852respectively. The first threaded aperture 1850 and the second threadedaperture 1852 may be aligned along a line A-A and each may be sized toreceive the threaded screw 1844. As will be understood by persons havingordinary skill in the art, rotating the threaded screw 1844 in a firstdirection, generally clockwise, may pull the first and the secondclamping arms 1846, 1848 towards one another and enable the joint memberaperture 1862 to exert a predominantly horizontal force against areceived support pole 1812 such that the received support pole 1812 maysupport, against the force of gravity, the weight of the joint member1830, the received support plate 1856, and any received medical devices.Turning the threaded screw 1844 in a second, opposite, and generallycounter-clockwise direction may push the first and the second clampingarms 1846, 1848 apart and may reduce the force applied to the supportpole 1812 by the joint member aperture 1862 and may enable the jointmember 1830 to be rotated about the support pole 1812.

In addition, the joint member 1830 may be hingably coupled with areceived support plate 1856, and the joint member 1830 may be placed inone of a vertical or a horizontal orientation such that the receivedsupport plate 1856 (eg. 1822, 1824, 1826 in FIG. 9a ) can rotate in atransverse plane or a longitudinal plane of the support pole 1812. FIGS.9b and 9c respectively depict an embodiment of the present disclosurewherein a support plate 1856 and a joint member 1830 are configured tobe hingably coupled, and wherein the resulting hinged joint may beplaced in a substantially horizontal orientation such that the supportplate 1856 may rotate in a longitudinal plane of the support pole 1812.FIG. 9a depicts an embodiment wherein the rack 1810 includes three ofthis type of coupling mechanism. Alternatively, a support plate 1856 orother type of medical device mount may be fixedly and rigidly coupled tothe support pole 1812 in different embodiments.

In the embodiment depicted in FIG. 9b , the support plate 1856 mayinclude a first support plate projection 1834 and a second support plateprojection 1836 that extend in substantially parallel directions from afirst end portion of the support plate 1856. The first support plateprojection 1834 and the second support plate projection 1836respectively include a first support plate aperture 1858 and a secondsupport plate aperture 1862 that may be aligned along a line B-B, andwherein each is sized to receive a pin 1842.

In the embodiment depicted in FIG. 9c , the joint member 1830 mayinclude a first joint member projection 1832 and a second joint memberprojection 1856 that extend in substantially parallel directions. Thefirst joint member projection 1832 and the second joint memberprojection 1856 may respectively include a first joint member aperture1864 and a second joint member aperture 1866 that may be aligned along aline B-B, and wherein each is sized to receive a pin 1842.

To hingably couple the support plate 1856 to the joint member 1830 asdepicted in FIG. 9a , the first and the second support plate projections1834, 1836 and the first and the second joint member projections 1832,1856 (referring now also to FIGS. 9b-c ) may be respectively sized anddisposed on the support plate 1856 and joint member 1830 such that therespective projections 1832, 1834, 1836, 1856 are capable ofinterleaving. The apertures 1864, 1866 of the joint member 1830 areconfigured to align with the apertures 1860, 1858 of the support plate1856 such that all four apertures 1858, 1862, 1864, 1866 will alignalong the line B-B when the four projections 1832, 1834, 1836, 1856 areinterleaved. When properly aligned, a pin 1842 may be inserted throughand retained in the four apertures 1858, 1862, 1864, 1866 such that thejoint member 1830 retains the support plate 1856. As will be understoodby persons having ordinary skill in the art, a number of methods areavailable to maintain the position of the support plate 1856 about thepin 1842. In certain embodiments, the friction between the interleavedprojections 1832, 1834, 1836, 1856 and/or the friction between the pin1842 and the four apertures 1858, 1862, 1864, 1866 in which the pin 1842is disposed may be sufficient to maintain the position of the supportplate 1856 about the pin 1842. Any other structure may secure the jointmember 1830 to the support plate 1856 known to one of ordinary skill inthe relevant art.

In other embodiments, the position of the support plate 1856 about thepin 1842 may be maintained at one of several predefined positions by adetent pin (not shown) that is capable of engaging one of severaldetents (not shown) in an inner joint member projection. The detents maybe annularly inscribed at several positions about the pin 1842. Inembodiments having such detents, a detent pin aperture may retain thedetent pin and be disposed in an outer support plate projection so as toenable the detent pin to selectively engage any one of the detents inthe inner joint member projection. Once a healthcare provider engagesthe detent pin with the appropriate detent, the detent and the detentpin can prevent the support plate 1856 from rotating out of the selectedposition.

In particular embodiments, like the embodiment depicted in FIG. 9a , theweight of multiple received medical devices may cause the rack 1810 tobecome unbalanced and begin to rotate about the point where the clampmechanism 1818 couples with a support structure like an IV pole. Tomitigate this type of rotation, a base member 1816 may be employed thatexerts a stabilizing force on the support structure. As depicted in FIG.9a , the base member 1816 may comprise an elongated housing 1868 that iscoupled to a second end portion of the support pole 1812 and thatextends perpendicularly to the support pole 1812. The base member 1816may include a rounded notch 1840 that is configured to abut asubstantially cylindrical support structure. The notch 1840 may bedisposed on the elongated housing 1868 such that the base member 1816and the clamp mechanism 1818 position the support pole 1812 in spacedrelation to and substantially parallel to an elongated, cylindricalsupport structure like an IV pole. In other embodiments, the base membermay comprise a second clamp assembly like the clamp assembly 1814 thatmay be coupled to the first end of the support pole 1812.

An advantage of the exemplary embodiment depicted in FIG. 9a , is thatthe base member 1816 and the elongated housing 1868 can serve otherfunctions in addition to providing a counterbalancing force to the rack1810. For example, the elongated housing 1868 may serve as a bedsidesurface on which a healthcare provider may temporarily store items thatare needed to care for a patient. In another embodiment, the elongatedhousing 1868 could also be configured to receive a medical device andinclude the same features as a support plate 1856, such as a mountconnector 1838 that is configured to provide one or both of electricalpower and a network connection to a received medical device. Inembodiments where the base member 1816 does not include an elongatedhousing 1868, the base member 1816 may nevertheless be configured toreceive, power, and provide a network connection to an additionalmedical device.

Another advantage of the exemplary embodiment depicted in FIG. 9a andthe exemplary base member 1816 depicted in FIG. 9d is that the elongatedhousing 1868 may provide space to contain certain elements of a powersystem. FIG. 9d depicts an exemplary power system that includes a powersupply 1870, a power connector 1872, power transmission cables 1874, anda main power cable 1876. As discussed above, embodiments that include apower system may have the advantage of reducing the number of cablesthat are needed to power the received medical devices. Rather thanhaving to run a separate power cable from an electrical outlet to eachmedical device, a single power cable may be connected from an electricaloutlet to a power connector 1872 that is preferably located on theelongated housing 1868 of the base member 1816. A main power cable 1876may then deliver power to a power supply 1870. The power supply 1870 maybe configured to convert balanced or unbalanced AC current to directcurrent and provide the desired voltage and amperage for any receivedmedical devices. A respective power transmission cable 1874 may be usedto transmit electrical power from the power supply 1870 to a respectivemount connector 1838 and a received medical device. The powertransmission cables 1874 may provide one more DC voltages for use by anyreceived medical devices. In certain embodiments, the respective powertransmission cable 1874 may operatively run from a power supply 1870, upthrough a hollow support pole 1812, and may be operatively distributedto the respective mount connector 1838. Each of the support plates 1856may include a mount connector 1838 and receive a respective powertransmission cable 1874 that enables the mount connector 1838 to supplyelectrical power to a received medical device. In some embodiments, acommon power bus may be positioned within a hollow support pole 1812that receives power from the power transmission cables 1874; each mountconnector 1838 may be electrically coupled to the power bus.

In addition to supplying power to a received medical device, theexemplary mount connector 1838 depicted in FIG. 9b may be configured toprovide a network connection to a received medical device. Inembodiments that are capable of receiving two or more medical devices,it may be advantageous to enable the received medical devices tocommunicate with one another. For example, a patient may require aregime of several different drugs that are administered by respectivesyringe pumps. In other instances, it may be desirable to arrange arerelay infusion of the same drug using two or more pumps. Enabling therack 1810 to transmit signals between network-capable syringe pumps mayallow for each syringe pump to know how much of which drugs weredelivered by the other syringe pumps in the rack 1810 network. Toachieve this objective, exemplary embodiments like the embodimentdepicted in FIG. 9a may include a central bus 1878 that is operativelycoupled to the support pole 1812. Each of the support plates 1856 mayinclude a support-plate bus 1880 that operatively interfaces with thecentral bus 1878 and that is coupled to a mount connector 1838.

In some embodiments, each received medical device may broadcast its dataover the central bus 1878. In other embodiments a turn-basedcommunication scheme may be used by the received medical devices tocommunicate with each other using the central bus 1878. In yetadditional embodiments, a carrier-sense, multiple-access with optionalcollision avoidance communication scheme may be used by the medicaldevices when communicating via the central bus 1878.

Yet another advantage of the exemplary embodiment of the rack 1810depicted in FIG. 9a and the exemplary base member 1816 depicted in FIG.9d is that the elongated housing 1868 may optionally include provisions,such as casters and the like, for coupling with two or more wheels. Inaddition to the handle 1820, wheels may allow the rack 1810 to be moreeasily moved from one location to another, particularly whentransporting multiple received medical devices. As should be understoodby persons having ordinary skill in the art, wheels may be coupled tothe elongated housing 1868 by any number of well-known means. Inaddition, two or more wheels may be coupled to a wheel assemblystructure that enables the wheels to be coupled to or decoupled from theelongated housing 1868 as a group. In other exemplary embodiments, thesupport pole 1812 may include provisions for mounting two or more wheelsor a wheel assembly.

FIG. 9e depicts one exemplary embodiment of a rack 6010. The rack 6010includes a cylindrically-shaped support pole 6012. A clamp mechanism6018 and a U-shaped handle 6020 on a handle plate 6021 may be orientedperpendicularly to the longitudinal axis of the support pole 6012. Theclamp mechanism 6018 may be configured to removably couple with asupport structure 6014 such as an IV pole. As should be appreciated bythose having ordinary skill in the art, any number of clamp mechanisms6018 may be used to accomplish this objective, including the clampmechanisms described below and above. The handle 6020 enables the rack6010 and any received medical devices to be carried as unit from onelocation to another. In certain embodiments, the handle 6020 may serveas a means to actuate the clamp mechanism 6018. One such embodimentcould include a handle 6020 that shares an axis of rotation with a clampmechanism 6018, wherein the clamp mechanism 6018 includes at least onefixed gripper and at least one mobile gripper that may be coupled to thehandle 6020. Actuation of the clamp mechanism 6018 may be achieved byrotating the handle 6020 in a first direction such that the at least onemobile gripper rotates towards the at least one fixed gripper and asupport structure 6014 therebetween. The at least one mobile gripper andthe at least one fixed gripper may be secured in a clamped position by alatch or any other means known in the relevant art when theaforementioned grippers exert a sufficient clamping force on the supportstructure 6014. Rotating the handle 6020 in a second, opposite directionmay rotate the at least one mobile gripper away from the at least onefixed gripper, and the clamp mechanism 6018 may be decoupled from thesupport structure 6014 when the at least one mobile gripper issufficiently far from the support structure 6014.

A variety of medical device mounts may be disposed between the first endand a second end of the support pole 6012. FIG. 9e depicts an exemplaryembodiment where the mounts may be elongated support plates that extendperpendicularly to the support pole 6012. FIG. 9e depicts a rack 6010having a first support plate 6022, a second support plate 6024, and athird support plate 6026. The first support plate 6022, second supportplate 6024, and third support plate 6026 may be sized to receive andsupport a medical device such as any of those described above. One endportion of each of the first support plate 6022, a second support plate6024, and a third support plate 6026 may be coupled to the support pole6012 via a joint member 6016. The joint member 6016 may be similar tothe joint member 1830 described above.

The third support plate 6026 may perform the same function as the basemember 1816 and elongate housing 1868 in FIGS. 9a-d . In someembodiments, the third support plate 6026 may also house elements of apower system like the power system described above and may include amount connector 6038 (best shown in FIG. 10E) that is configured toprovide one or both of electrical power and a network connection to areceived medical device. As described above in relation to FIGS. 9a-dthe first support plate 6022, second support plate 6024, and thirdsupport plate 6026 may each include a mount connector 6038.

As shown in FIG. 9e , the first support plate 6022, a second supportplate 6024, and a third support plate 6026 each may include a firstguide trough 6034 and a second guide trough 6028. As shown, the thirdsupport plate 6026 only includes a first guide trough 6034. As shown,the handle plate 6021 also includes a handle plate guide trough 6029.The guide troughs 6026, 6034, 6029 may also include guide rails 6033.The guide rails 6033 may be the sides of the guide troughs 6026, 6034,6029, or may be projections which project off the first support plate6022, second support plate 6024, and third support plate 6026 or handleplate 6021. In embodiments where the guide rails 6033 are projections,the guide rails 6033 may define the sides of the guide troughs 6026,6034, 6029. As in the exemplary embodiment in FIG. 9e , the ends of theguide rails 6033 may bow out or angle out away from the longitudinalaxis of the guide troughs 6026, 6034, 6029. This may allow a medicaldevice to be easily and sightlessly slid into the guide troughs 6026,6034, 6029 and docked on the supports plates 6022, 6024, 6026. In someembodiments, the medical device may include a feature or features suchas a flanges 6062 (see FIG. 10d ) which may be sized to fit within theguide troughs 6026, 6034, 6029.

FIG. 9f depicts one exemplary embodiment of a rack 7010. The rack 7010includes a support pole 7012. A clamp mechanism or assembly (not shown)may be attached to a first end portion of the support pole 7012. Therack 7010 may include handle 7020 that may be oriented perpendicularlyto the longitudinal axis of the support pole 7012. The clamp mechanismor assembly may be configured to removably couple with a supportstructure such as an IV pole. As should be appreciated by those havingordinary skill in the art, any number of clamp mechanisms or assembliesmay be used to accomplish this objective, including the clamp mechanismsand assemblies described herein. The handle 7020 enables the rack 7010and any received medical devices to be carried as unit from one locationto another. In certain embodiments, the handle 7020 may serve to actuatethe clamp mechanism the clamp mechanism or assembly. The example rack7010 shown in FIG. 9f also includes a hanger feature 7014 which may forexample be used to hang IV bags, IV lines, etc.

The rack 7010 may include a base member 7016 similar to that describedin FIG. 9d . In such embodiments, the base member 7016 may include, forexample, certain elements of a power system. The base member 7016 mayalso include certain components of a communication system. The basemember 7016 may include wheels to aid in transporting the rack 7010 andany attached medical devices.

The rack 7010 depicted in FIG. 9f may optionally include, in yetadditional embodiments, support plates like those embodiments depictedin FIGS. 9a-e . The rack 7010 includes a number of collars 7022 whichhelp to assure that a medical device coupled to the rack 7010 iscorrectly and securely coupled to the rack 7010. The collars 7022 may becoupled to the support pole 7012 at suitable locations. In someembodiments, the collars 7022 may be spaced apart from one another atequal intervals. The example embodiment depicted in FIG. 9f includesfour collars 7022.

Referring now also to FIGS. 9g-h , the collars 7022 may include a numberof alignment features 7024. FIG. 9g depicts a front perspective view ofan example collar 7022 and FIG. 9f depicts a back perspective view ofthe same example collar 7022. The alignment features 7024 may be one ofor any combination of protuberances, recesses, steps, cutouts, pegs,posts, or any other suitable feature in various embodiments. Thealignment features 7024 may be dimensioned such that any medical devicewhich is to be attached to the rack 7010 can only be attached in acorrect orientation. In some embodiments, the alignment features 7024may not be included on a collar 7022 but rather on the support pole 7012itself. Such embodiments may not include collars 7022.

In the example embodiment in FIGS. 9f-h , the alignment features 7024include a number of protuberances and cutouts. The alignment features7024 are dimensioned such that a clamp apparatus (for example, the clampapparatus 710 in FIGS. 8a-f ) is prevented from clamping closed on thesupport pole 7012 in all but a correct orientation. In turn, this causesa medical device which is attached to the clamp apparatus to becorrectly oriented on the rack 7010.

FIG. 9i shows a view of the back of the example rack 7010 in FIG. 9f .As shown, the base member 7016 includes an opening 7017 to allow for apower cable, communications cable, etc. to enter the interior of thebase member 7016. The base member 7016 may also includes a number ofprojections 7019 which may be used to wrap a power cable, communicationscable, etc. around when the entire length of the cable is not needed orthe cable is not in use. In some embodiments, the rack 7010 may includeat least one plug or receptacle which may be configured to receive apower cable, communications cable, etc.

As shown in FIG. 9i the rack 7010 may include one or a number of mountconnectors 7038. The mount connectors 7038 may be configured to provideone or both of electrical power and a network connection to a receivedmedical device. In some embodiments, the mount connectors 7038 may beconfigured to allow a received medical device to communicate over aCANbus and/or over USB. In other embodiments, the mount connectors 7038may allow for communication using other communication schemes, such as,for example, any of those described above in relation to FIGS. 9a-d .The rack 7010 may include a mount connector 7038 for each attachedmedical device. In the example embodiment, the rack 7010 includes threemount connectors 7038. As shown, the mount connectors 7038 are includedas a part of the support pole 7012 and are located on the back of thesupport pole 7012. In other embodiments, the mount connectors 7038 maybe located elsewhere on the rack 7010. In embodiments which includemount connectors 7038, the collars 7022 may assure that a medical devicecan only be received by the support pole 7012 in a manner in which itoperatively engages a respective mount connector 7038. Referring now toFIG. 9j , another example embodiment of a rack 7200 is shown. The rack7200 may be an IV pole, as shown. The rack 7200 may include a supportpole 7212 to which a number of medical devices may be coupled. In someembodiments of the rack 7200, the rack 7200 may include collars and/oralignment features similar to those described in reference to FIGS. 9f-i. The collars and/or alignment features may help to ensure that medicaldevices are attached to the rack 7200 in a correct and secure manner. Inother embodiments, the rack 7200 may include one or more support platessuch as any of those described in reference to FIGS. 9a-e . In someembodiments, the rack 7200 may include a combination of collarsalignment features and support plates.

A hanger feature 7214 may also be included on the rack 7200. In theexample embodiment, a hanger feature 7214 is attached to the top end ofthe support pole 7212. In alternate embodiments, the hanger feature 7214may be located elsewhere on the rack 7200. The hanger feature 7214 maybe used to hang IV bags, IV lines, etc.

The bottom of the support pole 7212 of the rack 7200 may couple into abase member 7216 as it does in FIG. 9j . The base member 7216 mayinclude a number of wheels or casters 7215 which may allow the rack 7200and any attached devices to be easily moved around a care facility. Thebase member 7216 may be similar to that described in FIG. 9d . Forexample, the base member 7216 may include certain elements of a powersystem as described in relation to FIG. 9d . In other embodiments, thebase member 7216 may also include certain elements of a communicationsystem.

Referring now also to FIG. 9k , the support pole 7212 may be similar tothat depicted in FIGS. 9f-i . The support pole 7212 may include a numberof mount connectors 7238. The mount connectors 7238 may be configured toprovide one or both of electrical power and a network connection to areceived medical device. In some embodiments, the mount connectors 7238may allow a received medical device to communicate over a CANbus and/orover USB. In other embodiments, the mount connectors 7238 may allow forcommunication using other communication schemes, such as, for example,any of those described above in relation to FIGS. 9a-d . The rack 7200may include a mount connector 7238 for each attached medical device. Inthe example embodiment, the rack 7200 may, for example, include up tonine mount connectors 7238 and be capable of receiving nine medicaldevices. In other embodiments, the number of mount connectors 7238 andnumber of medical devices which can be received may differ. Inembodiments which include mount connectors 7038, collars and/oralignment features (such as the collars 7022 and alignment features 7024shown in FIG. 9i ) may be included. The collars and/or alignmentfeatures may assure that a medical device can only be received by thesupport pole 7212 in a manner in which it operatively engages arespective mount connector 7238.

As will be understood by persons having ordinary skill in the art, theracks 1810, 6010, 7010, 7200 and their components can be made from avariety of rigid, engineering materials. Possible materials includealuminum alloys, stainless steel alloys, steel alloys, and engineeringpolymers. In addition, a variety of coatings may be applied to the racks1810, 6010, 7010, 7200 and their components. Many of the possiblecoatings may provide a means of reducing the likelihood ofcross-contamination. Cross-contamination may pose a serious health riskto young and old patients and patients with weakened immune systems.Optionally, an antibacterial, an antiviral, or an antimicrobial coatingmay be applied to the structural components of the racks 1810, 6010,7010, 7200 to kill or inhibit the growth bacteria, viruses, fungi, andvarious other microorganisms. Exemplary coatings may include copper,copper particles, silver, silver particles, or other materials that haveantibacterial, antiviral, or antimicrobial properties.

Rack Systems

FIG. 10a shows an exemplary rack system 1900. The exemplary embodimentof a rack 1810 depicted in FIG. 9a may be one element of a rack system1900 shown in FIG. 10a . Another element of the rack system 1900 may bea device that includes a mounting mechanism that is configured to couplewith the rack, such as a clamp mechanism like any one of those describedabove. It should be understood that the exemplary embodiment depicted inFIG. 9a is but one embodiment of a rack that may be used in a racksystem, and alternative embodiments of the rack and mounting mechanismmay depart, perhaps substantially, from the exemplary embodimentsdescribed herein.

FIG. 10a depicts an embodiment of a rack system 1900 comprising a rack1910 that is substantially the same as the rack 1810 embodimentdescribed above and depicted in FIGS. 9a-d , a medical device 1920 thatmay be received by a support plate 1950 of the rack 1910, and a clampmechanism 1940 that is coupled to a first side of a medical device 1920and that is adapted to securely couple the medical device 1920 to therack 1910. FIG. 10b depicts the same embodiment as FIG. 10a but from adifferent perspective. FIG. 10b includes a view of the clamp mechanism1940, described in detail below, and a mount connector 1960 that isdisposed on the support plate 1950. FIG. 10c is yet another perspectiveof the embodiment depicted in FIGS. 10a and 10b and includes a view of adevice connector 1970 that is disposed on the medical device 1920. Themount connector 1960 and the device connector 1970 are preferablydisposed on the support plate 1950 and the medical device 1920respectively so that they are operatively aligned and capable of cominginto contact when the clamp mechanism 1940 couples the medical device1920 to the rack 1910.

In a preferred embodiment of the rack system 1900, the clamp mechanism1940 may be a mechanism like the embodiment depicted in FIGS. 8a-8d ordescribed in relevant portions of the specification above. The clampmechanism 1940 may latch onto the support pole 1980 depicted in FIGS.10a -10 c.

As should be evident from the description of the above embodiments of aclamp mechanism 1940, actuating the clamp mechanism 1940 to couple anattached medical device 1920 to a support pole 1980 may have a firstphase and a second phase. Refer now to FIGS. 8a-8d and FIGS. 10a -10C.In the first phase, user rotation of the handle 702 may move the drivenmember 710 and the slidably attached mobile gripper 704 towards thefixed gripper 703 until the girth of the support pole 1980 arrests themovement of the mobile gripper 704. Thus, the first phase ends when thefixed gripper 703 and the mobile gripper 704 contact the support pole1980. In the second phase, continued rotation of the handle 702 maycontinue to drive the driven member 710 towards the fixed gripper 703and bias the compression spring 730 (or other bias member) because thedriven member 710 may continue to move independently of the mobilegripper 704. Therefore, the second phase enables the user to increasethe clamping force and ensure that the medical device 1920 is securelycoupled to the rack 1910.

In some embodiments, the medical device may be a monitoring client(e.g., a tablet computer) to monitor the operation of the other medicaldevices (e.g., via wireless communications such as WiFi or Bluetooth,for example). The monitoring client may have a serial interface toconnect to the mount connector 1960 (see FIG. 10B). Additionally, asmentioned above, the monitoring client may couple to a clamp such as anyof those described herein. The clamp may then be used to secure themonitoring client to a rack 1910.

Referring now to FIGS. 10a-10c , the rack system 1900 may be bestemployed where a patient requires treatment with a coordinated regime ofdrugs, particularly where the drugs are to be administered by syringepumps. Because syringe pumps are capable of continuously or discretelydelivering precise quantities of fluid over a period of time, syringepumps are well-suited to administering a regime of different drugs atpredefined times. Computerized and networked syringe pumps may allowsuch a regime to be administered automatically. Embodiments of thepresent disclosure, like the embodiment of a rack system 1900 depictedin FIGS. 10a-c , may enable a healthcare provider to quickly setup agroup of networked syringe pumps to administer such a regime of drugs.Additionally, embodiments of the present disclosure, like the embodimentof a rack system 1900 depicted in FIGS. 10a-c , may help to minimize thenumber of cords and cables which would otherwise be present when a groupof pumps is setup.

For example, a healthcare provider may quickly couple the clamp assembly1990 to a support structure 1930, such as an IV pole, and connect therack 1910 to a source of electrical power. If no syringe pumps or otherdevices are already coupled to the rack 1910, the healthcare providermay proceed to couple the required syringe pumps to the rack 1910 one ata time. The healthcare provider may couple each syringe pump to the rack1910 by placing a portion of each syringe pump on one of the supportplates 1950 such that the support plate 1950 bares at least a portion ofthe weight of the syringe pump, allowing the healthcare provider to moreeasily maneuver the syringe pump into position. Once the support pole1980 is positioned between the fixed gripper 703 (see FIGS. 8a-8d ) andthe mobile gripper 702 (see FIGS. 8a-8d ) and once the mount connector1960 and the device connector 1970 are in general alignment, thehealthcare provider may rotate the handle 702 through the first phase ofoperation. During the first phase of operation, the deviceclamp-mechanism 1940 may automatically adjust to the size of the supportpole 1980 and the mount connector 1960 and the device connector 1970 maybe brought into contact with one another. The healthcare provider maysecure the syringe pump to the rack 1910 by continuing to rotate thehandle 702 through the second phase of operation, and the healthcareprovider may repeat the procedure for as many syringe pumps as may bedesired. Thus, the healthcare provider may provide each syringe pumpwith electrical power and a network connection to other syringe pumpsvia the mount connector 1960 and device connector 1970 without having torun multiple power and network cables that may complicate the setupprocedure and clutter the environment around the patient. Moreover, anyone of the syringe pumps may be decoupled from the rack 1910, or anothersyringe pump may be coupled to the rack 1910, without having to detachor attach any additional cables. When treatment is complete, certainsyringe pumps may remain coupled to the rack and continue to treat thepatient while others may be decoupled, again without having to detachany additional cables, and used to treat a different patient.Alternatively, a healthcare provider could transport the entire racksystem 1900 and any syringe pumps coupled thereto by decoupling the rack1910 from the support structure 1930. A rack 1910 that includes a handle1820 and/or wheels may make transporting the rack system 1900 andmedical devices 1920 easier in this scenario.

FIG. 10d shows a view of another embodiment of a rack system 6100including the rack 6010 embodiment shown in FIG. 9e . A medical device,which for exemplary purposes is shown as an infusion pump 6060, is inplace on the rack 6010. A medical device may also, for example, be amonitoring client, PCA, physiological monitor, etc. As shown, theflanges 6062 of the infusion pump 6060 are disposed within the guidetroughs 6028, 6034 of the first support plate 6022 and second supportplate 6024, respectively. A clamp mechanism 1940 is included on theinfusion pump 6060 and is shown clamped around the support pole 6012.Additionally, as shown in FIG. 10d , the joint members 6030 of thesupport plates 6022, 6024, 6026 may include functional protrusions 6031.In the example embodiment, the functional protrusions 6031 are hooks orhangers. The functional protrusions 6031 may, for example, be used tohang various cabling, lines, or IV bags.

FIG. 10e depicts an infusion pump 6060 with a flange 6062 which is inplace within a guide trough 6034 of the second support plate 6024. Asshown, the infusion pump 6060 includes a device connector 1970 and thesecond support plate 6024 includes a mount connector 6038. The mountconnector 6038 may be included in the side wall of the guide trough6034. The device connector 1970 and the mount connector 6038 are not incontact with one another in FIG. 10e . Additionally, the flange 6062 ofthe infusion pump 6060 is relatively loose within the guide trough 6034.As mentioned above, any or all of the support plates 6022, 6024, 6026may include mount connectors 6038 which may or may not be similarlydisposed.

Referring now back to FIG. 10d , the device connector 1970 and the mountconnector 6038 are shown in contact with one another. Additionally, theflanges 6062 of the infusion pump 6060 are well retained within theguide troughs 6034, 6028 of the support plates 6022, 6024. In order tobring the device connector 1970 and the mount connector 6038 intocontact and firmly retain the flanges 6062 within the guide troughs6034, 6028 it may be needed, in some specific embodiments, to actuatethe clamp mechanism 1940 to the clamped position.

In FIG. 10e , the clamp mechanism 1940 (not shown) is not in the clampedposition. When the clamp mechanism 1940 is not in the clamped position,the flanges 6062 of the infusion pump 6060 may be easily moved aroundwithin the guide troughs 6034, 6028. This may be helpful in insertingthe infusion pump 6060 and in aligning the device connector 1970 andmount connector 6038. The clamp mechanism 1940 may then be actuated asdescribed above into the clamped position. This action may drive thedevice connector 1970 and the mount connector 6038 into contact andcause the flanges 6062 to cinch up against a side wall of the guidetroughs 6028, 6034 thus retaining the infusion pump 6060 on the rack6010.

The healthcare provider may repeat the procedure for as many infusionpumps 6060 or medical devices as may be desired. Thus, the healthcareprovider may provide each infusion pump 6060 or medical device withelectrical power and a network connection to other infusion pumps 6060or medical devices via the mount connector 6038 and the device connector1970 without having to run multiple power and network cables that maycomplicate the setup procedure and clutter the environment around thepatient. Moreover, any one of the infusion pumps 6060 or medical devicesmay be decoupled from the rack 6010, or another infusion pump 6060 ormedical device may be coupled to the rack 6010, without having to detachor attach any additional cables. When treatment is complete, certaininfusion pumps 6060 or medical devices may remain coupled to the rack6010 and continue to treat the patient while others may be decoupled,again without having to detach any additional cables, and used to treata different patient. Alternatively, a healthcare provider couldtransport the entire rack 6010 and any infusion pump 6060 or medicaldevices coupled thereto by decoupling the rack 6010 from a supportstructure 6014 (see FIG. 9e ). A rack 6010 that includes a handle 6020and/or wheels may make transporting the rack 6010 and infusion pumps6060 or medical devices easier in this scenario.

FIG. 10f shows yet another embodiment of a rack system 7100 whichincludes the example rack 7010 shown in FIGS. 9f-i . The rack system7100 may allow for a number of medical devices to be coupled onto therack 7010. The rack system 7100 may also be configured to provide powerand/or a network connection to any medical devices coupled to the rack7010. Some embodiments of the rack system 7100 may differ, perhapssubstantially, from the embodiment shown herein.

A number medical devices, which for exemplary purposes, are shown as aninfusion pumps 7060, are in place on the rack 7010 in FIG. 10f . Amedical device may also, for example, be a monitoring client, a PCA,physiological monitor, etc. As shown, a clamp apparatus 7110 is coupledto each of the infusion pumps 7060. The clamp apparatuses 7110 shown aresimilar to those in the embodiments depicted above in FIGS. 8a-8g . Inother embodiments, the clamp apparatuses 7110 may be any suitable clampdescribed herein. The clamp apparatuses 7110 are shown in the openposition in FIG. 10f . The infusion pumps 7060 may be securely coupledto the rack 7010 by actuating the example clamp apparatuses 7110 to theclosed position as described above in reference to FIGS. 8a-8f . Thecollars 7022 ensure that as the clamp apparatuses 7110 are closed, theinfusion pumps 7060 are in the proper orientation on the support pole7012 of the rack 7010.

Referring now also to FIG. 10g , a view of the support pole 7012 of therack system 7100 is shown. The collars 7022 have been removed from thesupport pole 7012 in FIG. 10g . As depicted also in FIG. 9i , thesupport pole 7012 includes a number of mount connectors 7038. At least apart of the mount connectors 7038 project through openings in and areproud of the tube which forms the support pole 7012 in the exampleembodiment. As mentioned above, the mount connectors 7038 may providepower to received medical devices. As also mentioned above, the mountconnectors 7038 may be configured to enable a received medical device tocommunicate over CANbus and/or over a USB.

Referring now also to FIG. 10h the mount connectors 7038 may be includedon a mount connector strip 7140. The mount connector strip 7140 may helpto facilitate assembly. When assembled, the mount connectors 7038 may besnap fit onto the mount connector strip 7140. The mount connector strip7140 may then be placed into the tube which forms the support pole 7012.This ensures that the mount connectors 7038 are easily lined up with theopenings in the tube of the support pole 7012. Fasteners may then beused to fixedly couple the mount connectors 7038 on the mount connectorstrip 7140 to the support pole 7012.

FIG. 10i depicts a close up view of a portion of the support pole 7012for the rack system 7100. As shown, an example mount connector 7038 isdisposed in its assembled location. Holes 7142 are included in thesupport pole 7012. Fasteners (not shown) may be inserted into the holes7142 to fixedly couple the mount connectors 7038 on the mount connectorstrip 7140 to the support pole 7012. An end of the mount connector strip7140 is also shown protruding from the end of the support pole 7012.

As shown, in some embodiments, the end of the mount connector strip 7140may include a coupling feature 7144. The coupling feature 7144 may beconfigured to receive a coupling feature 7144 on another mount connectorstrip 7140. This may be useful in assembly of alternative embodiments ofrack systems which are designed to receive a large number of pumps. Insuch embodiments, multiple mount connector strips 7140 may, for example,be coupled together and fed into a longer tube of a longer support pole7012. In embodiments a coupling feature 7144 on a mount connector strip7140 may couple into the end cap of a support pole 7012.

FIG. 10j depicts a side view of an example mount connector 7038 whichhas been snap fit into place on an example mount connector strip 7140.The example mount connector 7038 includes a bottom portion 7148, a topportion 7154, connector pins 7150, and sockets 7152. Two snap fitfeatures 7146 are visible and are holding the bottom portion 7148 inplace on the mount connector strip 7140. The top portion may also beheld in place on the mount connector strip 7140 by snap fit features7146. In the embodiment depicted in FIG. 10j , the snap fit features7146 holding the top portion 7154 in place are not visible.

The connector pins 7150 may be biased to project off the top portion7154 of the mount connector 7038. In such embodiments, compressionsprings (not shown) may provide the biasing force. Also as shown, thetwo outside connector pins 7150 are prouder of the top portion 7154 thanall other connector pins 7150. These two connector pins 7150 may beconnected to ground in order to ensure a ground connection is madebefore other connections. As shown, the connector pins 7150 may alwaysbe engaged in the sockets 7152. This may be done to ensure that areceived medical device will always be provided with electrical powerand/or a network connection via the mount connector 7038. In someembodiments, a different number of connector pins 7150 and sockets 7152may be included.

The example mount connector 7038 also includes a hall sensor 7151. Thehall sensor 7151 may be tripped by a magnet on a received medical deviceor a clamp on a medical device, for example. When tripped, the hallsensor 7151 may create a delay of predetermined duration before power issupplied to the received medical device.

In the example embodiment, the bottom portion 7148 of the mountconnector 7140 is a PCB. The PCB may be configured and populated suchthat it may allow a received medical device to communicate over a CANbusand over USB. In such embodiments, and referring now also to FIG. 10f ,the base member 7016 of the example rack 7010 may include a USB port(not shown) to allow for connection to a computer. Such a computer maybe used, for example, by trained personnel to update, access data orlogs from, perform diagnostics on, etc. an attached medical device.

In order to reduce cost, in some embodiments, the PCB making up thebottom portion 7148 may not be entirely populated. For example, somePCBs may not include the components which would enable USBcommunication. A care facility, such as a hospital, thus may only have afew rack systems 7100 which are CANbus and USB configured. These may beused, for example, as special diagnostic rack systems 7100 when neededwhile less expensive, non-USB capable rack systems 7100, may be used toprovide everyday patient care.

Referring now FIG. 10k , an example embodiment of a gripper 7112 of aclamp apparatus 7110 is shown. The gripper 7112 is similar to the fixedgripper assembly 703 shown in FIG. 8e . The gripper 7112 includes adevice connector 7114. As shown, the device connector 7114 includes anumber of connector pins 7116 attached to a PCB 7118. A high friction,compliant gripper material (not shown) may be attached to the grippingface of the gripper 7112. In such embodiments, the gripper material maybe overmolded onto the gripper 7112. The gripper material, may includeholes through which the connector pins 7116 may interface with a mountconnector 7038 on a support pole 7012. In some embodiments the grippermaterial may have a thickness such that the connector pins 7116 do notprotrude out of the gripper material.

As shown, the gripper 7112 may also include a magnet 7111. In suchembodiments, the magnet may or may not be covered by the overmoldedgripper material. The magnet 7111 may trip a hall sensor 7151 on a mountconnector 7038 (see FIG. 10j ) as the gripper 7112 comes into closeproximity of the mount connector 7038. Tripping the hall sensor 7151 maycause a delay of predetermined duration before power is supplied fromthe mount connector 7038 to the device connector 7114 in the gripper7112.

Referring now also to FIG. 10I, a clamp apparatus 7110 attached to aninfusion pump 7060 is depicted as it is being attached to the supportpole 7012 of a rack 7010. The gripper 7112 is in contact with thesupport pole 7012. The device connector 7114 on the gripper 7112 is incontact with a mount connector 7038 (see, for example, FIG. 10g ) on thesupport pole 7012. The clamp apparatus 7110 may be actuated to theclamped position to couple the infusion pump 7060 onto the rack 7010 andkeep the device connector 7114 in contact with the mount connector 7038.A connection from the device connector 7114 to the infusion pump 7060(not shown) may be included to provide power and/or a network connectionto the infusion pump 7060. In some embodiments, a connector on the oninfusion pump 7060 may be disposed such that the infusion pump 7060 maybe provided power and/or a network connection via another connector onthe clamp apparatus 7110 when the clamp apparatus 7110 and infusion pump7060 are coupled together.

Once an infusion pump 7060 is attached, the healthcare provider mayrepeat the procedure for as many infusion pumps 7060 or medical devicesas may be desired. Thus, the healthcare provider may provide eachinfusion pump 7060 or medical device with electrical power and a networkconnection to other infusion pumps 7060 or medical devices via the mountconnector 7038 and the device connector 7114 without having to runmultiple power and network cables that may complicate the setupprocedure and clutter the environment around the patient. Moreover, anyone of the infusion pumps 7060 or medical devices may be decoupled fromthe rack 7010, or another infusion pump 7060 or medical device may becoupled to the rack 7010, without having to detach or attach anyadditional cables. When treatment is complete, certain infusion pumps7060 or medical devices may remain coupled to the rack 7010 and continueto treat the patient while others may be decoupled, again without havingto detach any additional cables, and used to treat a different patient.Alternatively, a healthcare provider could transport the entire rack7010 and any infusion pump 7060 or medical devices coupled thereto bydecoupling the rack 7010 from a support structure such as an IV pole. Arack 7010 that includes a handle 7020 (best shown in FIG. 9f ) and/orwheels may make transporting the rack 7010 and infusion pumps 7060 ormedical devices easier in this scenario.

FIG. 10m depicts yet another embodiment of an example rack system 7300including the example rack 7200 shown in FIGS. 9j-k . The rack system7300 may allow for a number of medical devices to be coupled onto therack 7200. The rack system 7300 may also be configured to provide powerand/or a network connection to any medical devices coupled to the rack7200. Some embodiments of the rack system 7300 may differ from theembodiment shown herein.

As shown, the example rack system 7300 also comprises a number ofmedical devices 7360 and a number of clamps 7310 which are coupling themedicals devices 7360 to the rack 7200. In the example embodiment, themedical devices 7360 are depicted as infusion pumps. Other medicaldevices 7360, for example, a monitoring client, PCA, physiologicalmonitor, etc. may also be coupled to the rack 7200. Also as shown, theclamps 7310 are similar to the clamp apparatus 710 embodiments depictedin relation to FIGS. 8a-g . In other embodiments, the clamps 7310 maydiffer. For example, the clamps 7310 may be, but are not limited to,other embodiments of clamps described herein.

As shown, only five medical devices 7360 are coupled to the rack 7200.In the example embodiment shown in FIG. 10m , there is space above thefive coupled medical devices 7360 for additional medical devices 7360 tobe coupled to the support pole 7212 of the rack 7200 if necessary. Insome embodiments, a user may couple another rack (eg. any of racks 1810,1910, 6010, 7010 shown and described in relation to FIG. 10a -1) to therack system 7300.

A clamp 7310 attached to a medical device 7360 may be actuated to aclosed and clamped position around the support pole 7212 of the rack7200 in order to couple a medical device 7360 to the rack 7200.Referring now also to FIG. 10n , two medical devices 7360 are showncoupled to the support pole 7212. The clamps 7310 holding the medicaldevices 7360 in place on the support pole 7212 are shown actuated to theclosed position. As mentioned above in relation to FIG. 9j , one or morecollars and/or alignment features may be included to help ensure thatmedical devices 7360 are coupled to the support pole 7212 in a correctand secure manner.

As mentioned in reference to FIG. 9k , the example rack 7200 of the racksystem 7300 may include a number of mount connectors 7238 which mayprovide power and/or a network connection to attached medical devices7360. In such embodiments of the rack system 7300, the mount connectors7238 may, for example, be similar to any those described above inrelation to FIG. 10f -1. Additionally, the clamps 7310 of the examplerack system 7300 may include a device connector which is similar to thedevice connector 7114 described above in relation to FIG. 10k -1. When amedical device 7360 is coupled to a support pole 7212 as shown in FIGS.10m-n , the medical device 7360, a respective mount connector 7238 andrespective device connector may operatively engage and provide powerand/or a network connection to the medical device 7360. In embodimentswhere the rack system 7300 is configured to allow other racks to coupleinto the rack system 7300, the rack system 7300 may provide power and/ora network connection to the other racks in a similar manner.

Once a medical device 7360 is coupled to the rack 7200, the healthcareprovider may repeat the procedure for as many infusion pumps or medicaldevices 7360 as may be desired. Thus, the healthcare provider mayprovide each infusion pump or medical device 7360 with electrical powerand a network connection to other infusion pumps or medical devices 7360via the mount connector 7238 and a device connector without having torun multiple power and network cables that may complicate the setupprocedure and clutter the environment around the patient. Moreover, anyone of the infusion pumps or medical devices 7360 may be decoupled fromthe rack 7200, or another infusion pump or medical device 7360 may becoupled to the rack 7200, without having to detach or attach anyadditional cables. When treatment is complete, certain infusion pumps ormedical devices 7360 may remain coupled to the rack 7200 and continue totreat the patient while others may be decoupled, again without having todetach any additional cables, and used to treat a different patient.Alternatively, a healthcare provider could transport the entire rack7200 and any infusion pump or medical devices 7360 coupled thereto. Arack 7200 that includes a handle and/or wheels 7215 may maketransporting the rack 7200 and infusion pumps or medical devices 7360easier in this scenario.

Protective Mechanisms

In addition, the medical device mounts of the rack 1810, 1910, 6010,7010, 7200 may each include a protective mechanism that may protect themount connector when not in use and during cleaning. For example, themount connector 2068, 3078 may be covered by a pivotable-cover mechanism2000 or a clamshell mechanism 3000. Such protective mechanisms may alsobe used in other systems, for example, in medical systems beyond therack embodiments described herein. FIG. 11a depicts an embodiment of apivotable-cover mechanism 2000. FIG. 12a depicts an embodiment of aclamshell mechanism 3000. In the embodiments depicted in FIGS. 11a and12a of the pivotable-cover and clamshell mechanisms 2000, 3000respectively, coupling an electronic device, such as syringe pump, tothe mechanism may automatically reveal the mount connector 2068, 3078and allow the mount connector 2068, 3078, to interface with theconnector of the received electronic device.

Pivotable-Cover Mechanism & Clamshell Mechanism: Common Components

In the embodiments of the present disclosure depicted in FIGS. 11a and12a , the pivotable-cover mechanism 2000 and the clamshell mechanism3000 may utilize similar components to receive an electronic device andinitiate steps to reveal the respective mount connector 2068, 3078.However, the two mechanisms 2000, 3000 are only two of many possibleembodiments to complete the process of revealing the mount connector2068, 3078. The two example mechanisms 2000, 3000 may respectivelyinclude a guide member 2002, 3002, a first rail projection 2056, 3066and a second rail projection 2062, 3072. The first rail projection 2056,3066 and the second rail projection 2062, 3072 may be disposed on aguide member face 2003, 3003, and run in parallel to one another along alongitudinal axis of the guide member 2002, 3002 such that the first andthe second rail projections 2056, 3066, 2062, 3072 are capable ofaligning the connector of a received device with the mount connector ofthe protective mechanisms 2068, 3078.

The pivotable-cover mechanism 2000 and the clamshell mechanism 3000 mayalso each include a backstop member 2006, 3006 having a backstop memberface 2007, 3007 to which the mount connector 2068, 3078 may be coupled.The backstop member face 2007, 3007 may be approximately perpendicularto the guide member face 2003, 3003. The first and the second railprojections 2056, 3066, 2062, 3072 may extend to the backstop memberface 2007, 3007 such that the first and the second rail projections2056, 3066, 2062, 3072 are long enough to support and stabilize areceived electronic device. The mount connector 2068, 3078 may becoupled to the backstop member face 2007, 3007 such that the mountconnector 2068, 3078 is operatively positioned to interface with theconnector of a received electronic device. The protective mechanisms2000, 3000 may also include a bus 2072, 3082 that is operatively coupledto the respective mount connector 2068, 3078. In preferred embodimentsof the two protective mechanisms 2000, 3000, the mount connector 2068,3078 may be coupled to the backstop member face 2007, 3007 such that themount connector 2068, 3078 is positioned between the first and thesecond rail projections 2056, 3066, 2062, 3072.

To provide a mechanism for initiating the process of revealing the mountconnector 2068, 3078, the pivotable-cover mechanism 2000 and theclamshell mechanism 3000 may respectively include an actuation member2008, 3010 that is pivotally coupled to the guide member 2002, 3002 at afirst, stationary pivot 2010, 3012, wherein the first, stationary pivot2010, 3012 may be disposed between the backstop member face 2007, 3007and a first end of the guide member 2002, 3002. The actuation member2008, 3010 may include a sloped portion 2012, 3014 that extends from thefirst, stationary pivot point 2010, 3012 towards the mount connector2068, 3078. The sloped portion 2012, 3014 may further include a slopedface 2014, 3016, wherein the sloped face 2014, 3016 may be configuredsuch that it may slope upwardly and out of the plane of the guide memberface 2003, 3003 from the first, stationary pivot 2010, 3012 towards themount connector 2068, 3078. Thus, the sloped portion 2012, 3014 mayprotrude from the plane of the guide member 2002, 3002 when theactuation member 2008, 3010 is in a first position and the mountconnector 2068, 3078 is covered. To reveal the mount connector 2068,3078, the actuation member 2008, 3010, the sloped portion 2012, 3014,and the sloped face 2014, 3016 may pivot about the first, stationarypivot 2010, 3012 in a first direction from the first position to asecond position. When the actuation member 2008, 3010 is in the secondposition and the mount connector 2068, 3078 is uncovered, the slopedface 2014, 3016 may lie substantially in the plane of the guide member2002, 3002.

In addition, actuation springs 2016, 3018 may provide a mechanism forbiasing the actuation members 2008, 3010 such that the actuation members2008, 3010 may automatically return to the first position. To house theactuation springs 2016, 3018, the guide members 2002, 3002 may includean actuation spring pocket 2018, 3020. In certain embodiments, theactuation springs 2016, 3018 and the actuation spring pockets 2018, 3020may be disposed on the guide members 2002, 3002 such that the actuationsprings 2016, 3018 may be coupled to and exert a biasing force on thesloped portion 2012, 3014 of the actuation member 2008, 3010. FIG. 11bdepicts the actuation spring 2016 of an embodiment of thepivotable-cover mechanism 2000 acting on the sloped portion 2012 of theactuation member 2008, wherein the actuation spring 2016 is disposed inthe actuation spring pocket 2018. The clamshell mechanism 3000 may besimilarly configured.

The pivotable-cover mechanism 2000 and the clamshell mechanism 3000 mayalso respectively include a latch member 2042, 3050 that may beconfigured to latch onto a received electronic device when the latchmember 2042, 3050 is in a latched position. The latch member 2042, 3050may be disposed within an aperture or a guide member recess 2004, 3004defined by the guide member 2002, 3002. In addition, the guide memberrecess 2004, 3004 and the latch member 2042, 3050 may be adapted toextend below a portion of the backstop member 2006, 3006 such that afirst end portion of the latch member 2042, 3050 may be adjacent to thesloped portion 2012, 3014 of the actuation member 2008, 3010, and asecond, opposite end portion of the latch member 2042, 3050 may bedisposed within the guide member recess 2004, 3004 on the opposite sideof the backstop member 2006, 3006.

To allow a user to selectively engage or disengage the latch member2042, 3050, the latch member 2042, 3050 may be adapted to pivot about athird, stationary pivot 2050, 3060. To latch onto a received electronicdevice, the latch member 2042, 3050 may include a latch projection 2046,3054 disposed on a first end portion of the latch member 2042, 3050 andadapted to protrude from the guide member face 2003, 3003 when the latchmember 2042, 3050 is in the latched position. The latch member 2042,3050 may also include a latch member aperture 2044, 3052 through whichthe actuation member 2008, 3010 may pass, and thus, the latch memberaperture 2044, 3052 may be sized and adapted to allow the actuationmember 2008, 3010 to pivot through its full range of motion withoutinterference from the latch member 2042, 3050.

Like the actuation member 2008, 3010, the latch member 2042, 3050 may beadapted such that a biasing force automatically returns the latch member2042, 3050 to the latched position. Thus, a latch member spring 2048,3056 may be disposed within a latch member spring pocket 2049, 3058operatively defined by the guide member 2002, 3002 or the backstopmember 2006, 3006. In a preferred embodiment, the backstop member 2006,3006 defines the latch member spring pocket 2049, 3058 such that thelatch member spring 2048, 3056 may exert a downward force on the latchmember 2042, 3050 between the third, stationary pivot 2050, 3060 and thesecond end portion of the latch member 2042, 3050. To position the latchmember projection 2046, 3054 at a desired height above the guide memberface 2003, 3003, the backstop member 2006, 3006 may be operatively sizedand disposed on the guide member 2002, 3002 such that the backstopmember 2006, 3006 may arrest pivotal movement of the latch member 2042,3050 at the correct position relative to the guide member face 2003,3003. An alternative mechanism may include at least one arresterprojection operatively disposed within the guide member recess 2004,3004 and adapted to do the same. In a preferred embodiment, a firstarrester projection 2052, 3062 (not shown) and a second arresterprojection 2054, 3064 (not shown) may be disposed on opposite sides ofthe guide member recess 2004, 3004 between the third, stationary pivotpoint 2050, 3060 and the second end portion of the latch member 2042,3050, wherein the first and second arrester projections 2052, 2054,3062, 3064 are capable of exerting a normal moment of force tocounteract the moment of force that the latch member spring provides2048, 3056.

As will be understood by persons having ordinary skill in the art, thepivotable-cover and clamshell mechanisms 2000, 3000 and their componentscan be made from a variety of rigid, engineering materials. Possiblematerials include aluminum alloys, stainless steel alloys, steel alloys,and engineering polymers. In addition, a variety of coatings may beapplied to the mechanisms 2000, 3000 and their components. Many of thepossible coatings provide a means of reducing the likelihood ofcross-contamination. Cross-contamination may pose a serious health risksto young and old patients and patients with weakened immune systems.Optionally, one or more of an antibacterial, an antiviral, or anantimicrobial coating may be applied to the structural components of thepivotable-cover and clamshell mechanisms 2000, 3000 to kill or inhibitthe growth bacteria, viruses, fungi, and various other microorganisms.Exemplary coatings may include copper, copper particles, silver, silverparticles, or other materials that have antibacterial, antiviral, orantimicrobial properties.

A Pivotable-Cover Mechanism

While both the pivotable-cover mechanism 2000 and the clamshellmechanism 3000 may include the aforementioned elements to receive anelectronic device and initiate the steps to reveal the mount connector2068, 3078, the pivotable-cover mechanism 2000 and the clamshellmechanism 3000 employ additional, different mechanical linkages tocomplete the task.

FIGS. 11a-11i depict an exemplary embodiment of the pivotable-covermechanism 2000. FIGS. 11a and 11e depict an embodiment of thepivotable-cover mechanism 2000 wherein the mount connector 2068 iscovered by a protective member 2030. FIG. 11e depicts a cross-section ofthe pivotable-cover mechanism 2000 wherein the mechanism has received anelectronic device, the actuation member 2008 is in the second position,and the mount connector 2068 is uncovered. In addition, FIG. 11e depictsa number portions that may comprise the actuation member 2008,including: the sloped portion 2012, a bridge portion 2020, a firstchanneled projection 2022, and a second channeled projection 2026. FIG.11d more clearly shows the first and second channeled projections 2022,2026 and the gap between them.

The protective member 2030 of the pivotable-cover mechanism 2000 may bepivotally coupled to either the backstop member 2006 or the guide member2002 at a second, stationary pivot 2032. As depicted in FIG. 11f , theprotective member 2030 is coupled to the backstop member 2006 in thisparticular embodiment. The third, stationary pivot 2050 lies on theguide member 2002 immediately above the second, stationary pivot 2032.Additionally, the protective member 2030 may comprise a cover portion2038 and a stem portion 2031 that couples the cover portion 2038 to thebackstop member 2006. The cover portion 2038 may be configured to coverthe mount connector 2068. The protective member 2030 may also includefirst and second actuation projections 2034, 2036 (not shown) whereinthe first and second actuation projections 2034, 2036 are adapted torespectively engage the first channel 2024 and the second channel 2028of the first and second channeled projections 2022, 2026 of theactuation member 2008. Therefore, the first and second channeledprojections 2022, 2026 may be shaped and sized such that the pivotalmoment of the actuation member 2008 from the first position to thesecond position may pivot the protective member 2030 from a protectiveposition, wherein the cover portion 2038 covers the mount connector2068, to a non-protective position, wherein the protective member 2030is disposed within the guide member recess 2004. Consequently, thebridge portion 2020 of the actuation member 2008 may be curved betweenthe sloped portion 2012 and the first and second channeled projections2022, 2026 to allow the protective member 2030 to nest within theactuation member 2008 when the protective member 2030 is in thenon-protective position. FIGS. 11e-11i depict the positions of theactuation member 2008 and the protective member 2030 as they move fromtheir respective positions when the mount connector 2068 is uncoveredand in contact with the connector of an electronic device (FIG. 11e ) totheir respective positions when the mount connector 2068 is covered(FIG. 11i ).

In addition, the pivotable-cover mechanism 2000 may include a latchmember 2042 having a latch member aperture 2044 adapted to operativelyreceive a portion of the protective member 2030 when the protectivemember 2030 is in the non-protective position. FIG. 11d depicts theprotective member 2030 in the non-protective position and shows thelatch member aperture 2044 receiving the cover portion 2038 of theprotective member 2030. FIG. 11d also depicts the stem portion 2031 ofthe protective member 2030 disposed between the first and secondchanneled projections 2022, 2026.

To protect the mount connector 2068 during cleaning and normalmaintenance, the pivotable-cover mechanism 2000 may include a compliantgasket 2074 configured to, when the protective member 2030 is in theprotective position, mechanically seal the mount connector 2068 within acover portion recess 2039 defined by a perimeter rib 2040 of the coverportion 2038. In an exemplary embodiment depicted in FIG. 11k , thecompliant gasket 2074 may encompass and abut the mount connector 2068.In a preferred embodiment, the actuation spring 2016, acting through theactuation member 2008, may bias the protective member 2030 such that theprotective member 2030 may automatically return to the protectiveposition. Consequently, the spring force of the actuation spring 2016may enable the perimeter rib 2040 to contact and compress the compliantgasket 2074 when the protective member 2030 is the protective position.Thus, the perimeter rib 2040 may create mechanical seal with thecompliant gasket 2074. FIG. 11k depicts an exemplary embodiment of thepivotable-cover mechanism 2000 wherein the perimeter rib 2040 hascreated a mechanical seal with the compliant gasket 2074.

As will be appreciated by persons having ordinary skill in the art, thecompliant gasket 2074 may be made of any suitably compliant material;such materials may include, but are not limited to, isobutylene, naturalrubber, neoprene, styrene butadiene, and silicone. In addition, thecompliant gasket material may be chosen so that the compliant gasket2074 is capable of resisting corrosion from solvents ordinarily used forcleaning device surfaces.

FIGS. 11j and 11k depict an embodiment of the present disclosure,wherein the mount connector 2068 is of a type having multiple springcontacts 2070. To protect the spring contacts 2070 when the coverportion 2038 covers the mount connector 2068, the cover portion recess2039 may include a compressible material, including but not limited to apolyurethane foam, disposed within the cover portion recess 2039 andadapted to receive the spring contacts 2070.

A Clamshell Mechanism

Whereas the protective member 2030 of the pivotable-cover mechanism 2000is capable of pivoting towards the guide member 2002 to expose the mountconnector 2068, the clamshell mechanism 3000 includes a cover member3040 that is capable of pivotally sliding across the backstop memberface 3007 to expose the mount connector 3078.

FIG. 12a depicts an exemplary embodiment of the clamshell mechanism3000, wherein the cover member 3040 is in a non-protective position andthe mount connector 3078 is exposed. FIG. 12b depicts the sameembodiment of the clamshell mechanism 3000, wherein the cover member2040 is in a protective position and the mount connector 3078 iscovered.

To pivotally slide the cover member 3040 across the backstop member face3007, the clamshell mechanism 3000 may include at least one firstlink-member 3028 and at least one second link-member 3030 to enablemovement of the actuation member 3010 to pivotally slide the covermember 3040. In the embodiment of the clamshell mechanism 3000 depictedin FIG. 12a , the actuation member 3010 includes a sleeve portion 3024that is coupled to the bridge portion 3022 and that is opposite to thesloped portion 3014. FIG. 12c depicts an embodiment having a pair offirst-link members 3028 that are pivotally coupled at respective firstend portions to the sleeve portion 3024 of the actuation member 3010 ata first moveable pivot 3026. In addition, the pair of first link-members3028 of the embodiment depicted in FIG. 12c are pivotally coupled atrespective second end portions to respective first end portions of apair of second link-members 3030 at a second moveable pivot 3032. Asshould be understood by persons having ordinary skill in the art, thebackstop member 3006 is adapted to and coupled to the guide member 3002so as to enable the at least one first link-member 3028 to couple withthe actuation member 3010 and pass behind the backstop member face 3007.Moreover, the backstop member 3006 may be adapted to enable the at leastone first and second link-members 3028, 3030 to move through theirrespective ranges of motion without interference from the backstopmember 3006.

By way of movement of the at least one second link-member 3030, thecover member 3040 may pivotally slide across the backstop member face3007 to reveal the mount connector 3078. In the embodiment of theclamshell mechanism 3000 depicted in FIGS. 12d-12h , the respectivefirst end portions of the pair of second link-members 3030 are coupledto respective second end portions of the pair of first link-members 3028at the second moveable pivot 3032 and to the backstop member 3006 at astationary clamshell pivot 3034. FIGS. 12d-12h also depict the pair ofsecond link-members 3030, wherein respective second end portions of thepair of second link-members 3030 are coupled to the cover member 3040 ata third moveable pivot 3042. In addition, the backstop member 3006defines first and second pass-thru apertures 3036, 3038, depicted inFIGS. 12i and 12j , through which the pair of second-link members 3030respectively pass to couple with the cover member 3040. The first andsecond pass-thru apertures 3036, 3038 may be respectively shaped andsized so as to enable the pair of second link-members 3030 to movethrough their respective ranges of motion without interference from thebackstop member 3006.

As the clamshell mechanism 3000 progresses through the stages ofuncovering the mount connector 3078 depicted in FIGS. 12e-12h , movementof the actuation member 3010 in a first direction from a first positionto a second position may cause the cover member 3040 to move from aprotective position, wherein the mount connector 3078 is covered, to anon-protective position, wherein the mount connector 3078 is uncovered.During the uncovering process, pivotal movement of the actuation member3010 in the first direction may cause the pair of first link-members3028 to pivot slightly about the first moveable pivot 3026 and to movein a substantially translational direction towards the guide member3002. In turn, the substantially translational movement of the pair offirst link-members 3026 may cause the second moveable pivot 3032 totransit a plane that is parallel to the guide member face 3003 and thatpasses through the stationary clamshell pivot 3034. In doing so, thesecond moveable pivot 3032 may move from a first position to a secondposition, wherein the second moveable pivot 3032 is closer to the guidemember 3002 in the second position than in the first position. Movementof the second moveable pivot 3032 from the first position to the secondposition may thereby cause the pair of second link-members 3030 to pivotabout the stationary clamshell pivot 3034 and pivotally slide the covermember 3040 from the protective position to the non-protective position.The reverse process, depicted in the progression of figures from FIG.12h to FIG. 12e , may be used to cover the mount connector 3078.

Like the pivotable-cover mechanism 2000, an actuation spring 3018 may beused to bias the clamshell mechanism 3000 so that the actuation member3010 automatically returns to the first position under the force of theactuation spring 3018, and acting through the at least one firstlink-member 3028 and the at least one second link-member 3030, theactuation member 3010 may thereby cause the cover member 3040 toautomatically return to the protective position.

To house the cover member 3040 when it is in the non-protectiveposition, the backstop member may define a backstop member recess 3008that the cover member 3040 may pivotally slide into as it pivotallyslides across the backstop member face 3007 and exposes the mountconnector 3078. FIGS. 12e-12h depict the progression of the cover member3040 as it uncovers the mount connector 3078 and slides into thebackstop member recess 3008. As depicted in FIGS. 12e-12h , the deepestportion of the backstop member recess 3008 may be an end portion that isfurthest from the guide member 3002, and the backstop member recess 3008may slope from the deepest portion towards the backstop member face3007. The backstop member recess 3008 may be shaped and sized such thatthe cover member 3040 lies below the plane of the backstop member face3007 when the cover member 3040 is in the non-protective position. Inaddition, the backstop member recess 3008 may be shaped and sized suchthat the cover member 3040 may surround and cover the mount connector3078 when the cover member is in the protective position.

The clamshell mechanism 3000 may also include a compliant gasket system3084 designed to protect the mount connector 3078, wherein the compliantgasket system 3084 includes a first gasket portion 3086, a second gasketportion 3088, and a transitional gasket portion 3090. The second gasketportion 3088 may mirror the first gasket portion 3086 and may bedisposed on an opposite side of the transitional gasket portion 3090.FIGS. 12i and 12j depict an exemplary embodiment of a series of theclamshell mechanisms 3000 with compliant gasket systems 3084. FIG. 12idepicts the cover member 3040 in relation to the compliant gasket system3084 when the cover member 3040 is in the protective position. Incontrast, FIG. 12j depicts the cover member 3040 in relation to thecompliant gasket system 3084 when the cover member 3040 is in thenon-protective position. As depicted in FIG. 12d , the cover member 3040may include a perimeter rib 3044 that may be shaped and sized such that,when cover member 3040 is in the protective position, the perimeter rib3044 may compress the first gasket portion 3086 and a portion of thetransitional gasket portion 3090. Likewise, FIG. 12j depicts themechanical seal created by the perimeter rib 3044 (see FIG. 12d ) thesecond gasket portion 3088, and a portion of the transitional gasketportion 3090. In both of FIGS. 12i and 12j , the perimeter rib 3044compresses respective portions of the transitional gasket portion 3090such that the first and second pass-thru apertures 3036, 3038 are withinthe mechanical seal created by the perimeter rib 3044 and the compliantgasket system 3084. The first and second pass-thru apertures 3036, 3038may be contained with the mechanical seal to protect at least the firstand second pairs of link-members 3028, 3030 against the threat ofcontamination from foreign matter, particularly during cleaning of theclamshell mechanism 3000.

Like the compliant gasket 2074 of the pivotable-cover mechanism 2000,the compliant gasket system 3084 of the clamshell mechanism 3000 may bemade of any suitably compliant material; such materials may include, butare not limited to, isobutylene, natural rubber, neoprene, styrenebutadiene, and silicone. In addition, the compliant gasket material maybe chosen so that the compliant gasket system 3084 is capable ofresisting corrosion from solvents ordinarily used for cleaning devicesurfaces.

Additionally, and like the pivotable-cover mechanism 2000, the mountconnector 3078 of the embodiment depicted in FIGS. 12a-12j may be of atype having multiple spring contacts 3080. Moreover, the cover member3040 may likewise include a compliant material, such as but not limitedto a polyurethane foam, that may be shaped and sized to receive andprotect the spring contacts 3080 when the cover member 3040 is in theprotective position.

A System for Receiving a Device

The aforementioned pivotable-cover or clamshell mechanisms 2000, 3000may be an embodiment of a protective mechanism 5002 that is a firstelement of a system for receiving a device 5000. A second element of thesystem for receiving a device 5000 may be a receivable device 5020 thatmay include a device connector 5022 and a means for being received bythe protective mechanism 5002, such as the pivotable-cover or clamshellmechanisms 2000, 3000.

FIG. 13a depicts an exemplary embodiment of a receivable device 5020,wherein the receivable device includes a device connector 5022 that isdisposed on a first face 5024 of the receivable device 5020 such thatthe device connector 5022 is adapted to interface with a mechanismconnector 5004 like the respective mount connectors 2068, 3078 of thepivotable-cover and clamshell mechanisms 2000, 3000.

To receive the receivable device 5020, the protective mechanism 5002 mayinclude at least one rigid member 5008 disposed on a guide member 5006.The at least one rigid member 5008 may be similar to the respectivefirst and second rail projections 2056, 3066, 2062, 3072 of thepivotable-cover and clamshell mechanisms 2000, 3000 as described herein.The receivable device 5020 may include at least one channel 5028 definedby a second face 5026 of the receivable device 5020 and each of the atleast one channel 5028 may be adapted to receive a respective at leastone rigid member 5008 of the protective mechanism 5002. In embodimentsof the protective mechanism 5002 that include respective first andsecond rail projections 2056, 3066, 2062, 3072 like those of thepivotable-cover and clamshell mechanisms 2000, 3000, the at least onechannel 5028 may comprise a first channel 5030 adapted to receive therespective first rail projection 2056, 3066 and a second channel 5032adapted to receive the respective second rail projection 2062, 3072.FIGS. 13a and 13b depict an embodiment of the receivable device 5020that includes the aforementioned first and second channels 5030, 5032that are adapted to receive the respective first and second railprojections 2056, 3066, 2062, 3072 of the pivotable-cover and clamshellmechanisms 2000, 3000.

To secure the receivable device 5020 in place after the protectivemechanism 5002 receives the receivable device 5020, the protectivemechanism 5002 may include a latch member 5014 having a latch memberprojection 5016 that engages a latch recess 5034 defined by the secondface 5026 of the receivable device 5020. FIGS. 13a and 13b depict anexemplary embodiment having a latch recess 5034, and FIG. 13c depictshow the latch member projection 5016 may engage the latch recess 5034 tosecure a received receivable device 5020. Additionally, the protectivemechanism 5002 may include any of the features discussed above withrespect to the pivotable-cover and clamshell mechanisms 2000, 3000; suchfeatures may include, but are not limited to, a latch member spring2048, 3056 and latch member aperture 2044, 3052, for example.

When used in combination, the receivable device 5020 may cause theprotective mechanism 5002 to automatically reveal the mechanismconnector 5004 as the protective mechanism 5002 receives the receivabledevice 5020, thereby allowing the mechanism connector 5004 and thedevice connector 5022 to interface with each other. For example, theprogression of FIGS. 13d-13g demonstrates how receiving a receivabledevice 5020 may cause the clamshell mechanism 3000 to automaticallyreveal a mechanism connector 5004. As each of the at least one rigidmember 5010 of the a respective protective mechanism slides within acorresponding at least one channel 5028 of the receivable device 5020,the receivable device 5020 engages the sloped face 5011 of the actuationmember 5010 as it slides towards the backstop member face 5007 andmechanism connector 5004 (FIG. 13d ). As the receivable device 5020continues to slide toward the backstop member face 5007, the receivabledevice 5020 may begin to pivot the actuation member 5010 in a firstdirection from a first position to a second position (FIGS. 13e and 13f). As described above with respect to the pivotable-cover and clamshellmechanisms 2000, 3000, or other embodiment of the protective mechanism5002, this pivotal movement of the actuation member 5010 may cause thecover member 5018 to reveal the mechanism connector 5004. The receivabledevice 5020 may slide toward the backstop member face 5007 until it isin a received position where it contacts the backstop member face 5007and the device connector 5022 interfaces with the mechanism connector5004 (FIG. 13g ).

The progression from FIG. 13g to FIG. 13d depicts the reverse processwherein decoupling the receivable device 5020 from the protectivemechanism 5002 may cause the actuation member 5010 to pivot from thesecond position to the first position under the force of an actuationspring 5012 and thereby cover the mechanism connector 5004.

As should be understood by persons having ordinary skill in the art, theat least one protective mechanism 5002 may be designed such that thecover member 5020 is capable of pivoting from the protective position tothe non-protective position as the receivable device 5020 slides towardsthe backstop member face 5007 and the mechanism connector 5004. Thepivotable-cover and clamshell mechanisms 2000, 3000 described above arebut two exemplary embodiments wherein the mechanical linkages and theconstituent components are shaped and sized so as to pivot or otherwisemove through their respective ranges of motion while the receivabledevice 5020 causes the actuation member 5010 to pivot as the receivabledevice 5020 coupled or decouples with a protective mechanism 5002.

When the receivable device 5020 is in the received position, the latchmember 5014 of the respective protective mechanism 5002 may pivot to alatched position such that the latch member projection 5016 engages thelatch recess 5034 defined by a second face of the receivable device5020. In a preferred embodiment of the system for receiving a device5000, the latch recess 5034 may be disposed on the first face of thereceivable device 5020 such that it is between the first channel 5030and the second channel 5032. Like the sloped face 5011, the latch memberprojection 5016 may slope away from the plane of the guide member 5006and towards the backstop member face 5007 such that the receivabledevice 5020 may cause the latch member projection 5016 and latch member5014 to pivot out of the way as the receivable device 5020 slidestowards the backstop member face 5007. As described above with respectto the pivotable-cover and clamshell mechanisms 2000, 3000 a latchspring 5019 may be used to automatically restore the latch member 5014to the latched position when the receivable device 5020 is in thereceived position.

To decouple the receivable device 5020 from the protective mechanism5002, pivoting the latch member 5014 away from the latched position maycause the latch member projection 5016 to disengage from the latchrecess 5034 and allow the receivable device 5020 to slide in theopposite direction away from the backstop member face 5007 and themechanism connector 5004. Pivoting the latch member 5014 away from thelatched position may be achieved by manually pulling on a latch memberrelease tab 5017 that is disposed on an opposite end portion of thelatch member 5014 with respect to the latch member projection 5016.Where the latch member release tab 5017 is on an opposite side of thelatch member pivot point 5015 with respect to the latch memberprojection 5016, pulling towards the mechanism connector 5004 causes thelatch member projection 5016 to disengage from the latch recess 5034.

Various alternatives and modifications can be devised by those skilledin the art without departing from the disclosure. Accordingly, thepresent disclosure is intended to embrace all such alternatives,modifications and variances. Additionally, while several embodiments ofthe present disclosure have been shown in the drawings and/or discussedherein, it is not intended that the disclosure be limited thereto, as itis intended that the disclosure be as broad in scope as the art willallow and that the specification be read likewise. Therefore, the abovedescription should not be construed as limiting, but merely asexemplifications of particular embodiments. And, those skilled in theart will envision other modifications within the scope and spirit of theclaims appended hereto. Other elements, steps, methods and techniquesthat are insubstantially different from those described above and/or inthe appended claims are also intended to be within the scope of thedisclosure.

The embodiments shown in drawings are presented only to demonstratecertain examples of the disclosure. And, the drawings described are onlyillustrative and are non-limiting. In the drawings, for illustrativepurposes, the size of some of the elements may be exaggerated and notdrawn to a particular scale. Additionally, elements shown within thedrawings that have the same numbers may be identical elements or may besimilar elements, depending on the context.

Where the term “comprising” is used in the present description andclaims, it does not exclude other elements or steps. Where an indefiniteor definite article is used when referring to a singular noun, e.g. “a”“an” or “the”, this includes a plural of that noun unless somethingotherwise is specifically stated. Hence, the term “comprising” shouldnot be interpreted as being restricted to the items listed thereafter;it does not exclude other elements or steps, and so the scope of theexpression “a device comprising items A and B” should not be limited todevices consisting only of components A and B. This expression signifiesthat, with respect to the present disclosure, the only relevantcomponents of the device are A and B.

Furthermore, the terms “first”, “second”, “third” and the like, whetherused in the description or in the claims, are provided fordistinguishing between similar elements and not necessarily fordescribing a sequential or chronological order. It is to be understoodthat the terms so used are interchangeable under appropriatecircumstances (unless clearly disclosed otherwise) and that theembodiments of the disclosure described herein are capable of operationin other sequences and/or arrangements than are described or illustratedherein.

In one example embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 14A-14E, a clamp apparatus1400 is depicted. The clamp apparatus 1400 comprises a body 1402. In theshown embodiment, the clamp apparatus 1400 has a first handle 1403 and asecond handle 1404. The first handle 1403 and the second handle 1404 maybe operatively coupled to the body 1402. The clamp apparatus alsoincludes a first movable gripper 1405 and a second movable gripper 1406.The first movable gripper 1405 and the second movable gripper 1406 arecoupled to the first handle 1403 and the second handle 1404,respectively. In one example embodiment, the body 1402 is positionedintermediately between the handles and the grippers. The first handle1403 and the second handle 1404 are fixedly coupled to the first movablegripper 1405 and the second movable gripper 1406, respectively, therebycontrolling the movement of the first movable gripper 1405 and thesecond movable gripper 1406. The clamp apparatus 1400 also includes afirst gear set 1407 and a second gear set 1408 that are operativelycoupled to the first handle 1403 and the second handle 1404,respectively, as well as the first movable gripper 1405 and the secondmovable gripper 1406, respectively, and are also rotatably coupled tothe body. The first gear set 1407 and the second gear set 1408 areconfigured to operatively engage one another. In one example embodiment,the first gear set 1407 may include an upper first gear 1407 a, and alower first gear 1407 b that is fixedly coupled to the upper first gear1407 a, such that the upper first gear 1407 a and the lower first gear1407 b move together in unison. Similarly, the second gear set 1408 mayinclude an upper second gear 1408 a, and a lower second gear 1408 b thatis fixedly coupled to the upper second gear 1408 a, such that the uppersecond gear 1408 a and the lower second gear 1408 b move together inunison. The upper first gear 1407 a and the lower first gear 1407 b maybe configured to operatively engage the upper second gear 1408 a and thelower second gear 1408 b, respectively.

The clamp apparatus 1400 also includes at least one bias member 1410operatively engaged with the first handle 1403 and the second handle1404, such that the handles are configured for operation by a user so asto overcome the at least one bias member 1410. The at least one biasmember 1410 is configured to bias the first handle 1403 and the secondhandle 1404 toward a first position. The first movable gripper 1405 andthe second movable gripper 1406 are engaged with one another, defining aclamped position, when the first handle 1403 and the second handle 1404are in the first position. The first handle 1403 and the second handle1404 are configured to thereby move, under actuation, to a secondposition, whereby the first movable gripper 1405 and the second movablegripper 1406 are disengaged from one another, defining an unclampedposition.

In some embodiments, the clamp apparatus further comprises a grippingsurface on the first movable gripper 1405 and the second movable gripper1406, configured to engage a clamped object. In some embodiments, thegrippers are configured to clamp onto a pole. In one example embodiment,the clamp apparatus 1400 is for use with medical devices and medicalaccessories. In one example embodiment, the clamp apparatus 1400 isconfigured to couple a medical device 1401 to a support pole. The polemay be an IV pole. The medical device 1401 may be a monitor comprising atablet computer. In one example embodiment, the clamp apparatus 1400 isconfigured to couple an infusion pump to a support pole. The infusionpump may be a peristaltic infusion pump. In one example embodiment, theclamp apparatus 1400 is capable of automatically mimicking the girth ofa variety of different clamped objects.

In one example embodiment, at least part of at least one of the firstmovable gripper 1405 and the second movable gripper 1406 may becomprised of a material which will firmly grip, but not deform, aclamped object. In some embodiments, at least a part of at least one ofthe first movable gripper 1405 and the second movable gripper 1406 maybe comprised of polyurethane. In some embodiments, at least part of atleast one of the grippers may be comprised of rubber, or may be coatedin a rubbery, gripping material. In some embodiments, at least one ofthe first movable gripper 1405 and the second movable gripper 1406 maybe at least partially covered by a removable surface. In someembodiments, at least one of the first movable gripper 1405 and thesecond movable gripper 1406 may comprise at least one approximatelyarcuate, semi-circular, or contoured face at least on the grippingsurface.

In one example embodiment, at least a part of at least one of the firstmovable gripper 1405 and the second movable gripper 1406 has fingers. Inone example embodiment, the first movable gripper 1405 and the secondmovable gripper 1406 both have fingers. As shown in FIG. 14A, thefingers of the first movable gripper 1405 and the second movable gripper1406 are interdigitated when the grippers are engaged with one another,corresponding to the handles being in the first position. As shown inFIG. 14E, the fingers of each gripper are partially interdigitated dueto partial engagement of the grippers with one another, corresponding tothe handles being in an intermediate position between the first andsecond positions.

In some embodiments, the at least one bias member 1410 is a spring.Further, the at least one bias member 1410 may be a flat spring. The atleast one bias member 1410 may also be a leaf spring. In one exampleembodiment, the at least one bias member may be at least one array ofmultiple bias members. Further, the at least one bias member may be anarray of multiple flat springs arranged in a layered configuration. Inone example embodiment, the at least one bias member 1410 may be made ofa flexible, compressible material. In some embodiments, as shown inFIGS. 15A-15D, the at least one bias member 1410 may comprise a firstbias member and a second bias member. In one embodiment, the first biasmember may be a first bias member array 1509, including multipleindividual bias members 1509 a, and the second bias member may be asecond bias member array 1510, including multiple individual biasmembers 1510 a. In one example embodiment, the first and second biasmembers may each include a single bias member. Additionally, the firstand second bias members or the individual bias members 1509 a and 1510 amay be springs, or, in one example embodiment, may be torsion springs.

In one example embodiment, the first handle 1503 and the second handle1504 may be paddles. In one example embodiment, the handles may beconcave shaped away from or towards the body 1502, the handles beingactuatable. The handles may be configured to be pulled by a user from afirst side, or pushed by the user from a second side, in order to movethe grippers from the first position to the second position. In someembodiments, the first handle 1503 and the second handle 1504 mayfurther comprise a palm support. The member adapted as a palm supportmay be U-shaped. In one example embodiment, the first handle 1503 and asecond handle 1504 may provide a pair of pull handles configured foroperation by a user so as to actuate the first movable gripper 1505 andthe second movable gripper 1506 from the first position to the secondposition.

In one example embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 16A-16E, a clamp apparatus1600 is depicted. The clamp apparatus 1600 comprises a third gear set1627 and a fourth gear set 1628, the gear sets operatively coupled tothe first handle 1603 and the second handle 1604, respectively, androtatably coupled to the body 1602. In one example embodiment, the thirdgear set 1627 and fourth gear set 1628 may share an axis of rotationwith the first gear set 1607 and the second gear set 1608, respectively.The third gear set 1627 and the fourth gear set 1628 may be operativelycoupled to the first movable gripper 1605 and the second movable gripper1606, respectively. The third and fourth gear sets may be configured tooperatively engage a locking mechanism in association with the handles.The locking mechanism comprises a first hook 1617, a first catch 1619, asecond hook 1618, and a second catch 1620. In one example embodiment,the third and fourth gear sets may be operatively engaged with oneanother.

In one example embodiment, the handles and third and fourth gear setsmay be configured to permit slight initial rotational movement of thehandles in advance of subsequent rotational movement of the grippers,when moving the first and second handles from the first position to thesecond position. Similarly, the handles and gears may be configured topermit slight additional rotational movement of the handles after thegrippers stop their rotational movement, when moving the first andsecond handles from the second position back to the first position. Theinitial slight rotational movement of the handles may perform anunlocking function, freeing the grippers to move, while the additionalslight rotational movement of the handles after the grippers stop movingmay perform a locking function, preventing the grippers from moving.

In one example embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 17A-17E, a clamp apparatus1700 is depicted. The clamp apparatus 1700 comprises a body 1702, thebody 1702 having a first end and a second end. The clamp also includes alever 1704, the lever 1704 operatively coupled to the first end of thebody 1702. The clamp apparatus 1700 also includes a movable gripper1708. The movable gripper 1708 is coupled to an intermediate portion ofthe body 1702, between the first end and second end. The clamp apparatus1700 includes a first fixed gripper 1706 and a second fixed gripper1705. The fixed grippers are positioned at the second end of the body1702. The fixed grippers are configured to approximately oppose themovable gripper 1708 such as to secure a pole from opposing sides. Theclamp apparatus 1700 also includes a connector member 1712. Theconnector member 1712 has a first end operatively coupled to the lever1704 and a second end operatively coupled to the movable gripper 1708.

In one example embodiment, the movable gripper 1708 is rotatable about acoupling point of the intermediate portion of the body 1702. The movablegripper 1708 is approximately wedge-shaped, having a narrow end and awide end. The narrow end of the movable gripper 1708 is coupled to thebody 1702, and the movable gripper 1708 is rotatable about the narrowend. The wide end of the movable gripper 1708 may have a ridged surface.Further, the ridged surface may extend along the wide end of thewedge-shaped movable gripper 1708. The wide end of the movable gripper1708 may have a contoured face 1722 opposing the at least two fixedgrippers. In some embodiments, the contoured face 1722 may be asemi-circular or wedge-shaped face. The face 1722 of the wide end of themovable gripper 1708 may be configured to complement the shape of apole.

In one example embodiment, the grippers further comprise grippingsurfaces configured to engage a clamped object. The gripping surfacesmay be made of a material which will firmly grip, but not deform, aclamped object. In one example embodiment, the grippers are configuredto close onto a pole. In one example embodiment, the grippers arerubber. In another example embodiment, the grippers are coated in arubbery, gripping material.

In one example embodiment, the body 1702 may comprise a back plate 1720to which the first fixed gripper 1706 and the second fixed gripper 1705are fixed.

In one example embodiment, the movable gripper 1708, the first fixedgripper 1706 and the second fixed gripper 1705 may be configured suchthat the movable gripper 1708 and the fixed grippers are substantiallyopposite and are capable of automatically mimicking the girth of aclamped object.

In one example embodiment, the connector member 1712 is configured torotate the movable gripper 1708 about the narrow end upon actuation ofthe connector member 1712.

In one example embodiment, the connector member 1712 includes a biasmember 1710. In one example embodiment, the bias member 1710 is aspring, and in some embodiments the spring is a compression spring. Inother embodiments, the bias member 1710 may be a compressible orexpandable spring. In some embodiments, the connector member 1712includes a piston. The piston may be a spring-biased piston. The biasmember 1710 is oriented such that movement of the connector member 1712towards the movable gripper 1708 stores mechanical energy in the biasmember 1710.

In one example embodiment, the connector member 1712 is rotatablyconnected to the lever 1704 at the first end of the connector member1712. The connector member 1712 is coupled to a lever joint 1775, thelever joint 1775 positioned at, and also operatively coupled to, an endof the lever 1704. The connector member 1712 may also be rotatablyconnected to the movable gripper 1708 at the second end of the connectormember 1712. The connector member 1712 is configured to, under actuationof the lever 1704, extend towards the movable gripper 1708, therebyrotating the movable gripper 1708 towards the fixed grippers.

In one example embodiment, the clamp apparatus 1700 further comprises abias member support 1750 coupled to the connector member 1712. The biasmember support 1750 has a portion with a diameter less than a diameterof the bias member 1710. The portion of the bias member support 1750 ispositioned to fit inside the diameter of the bias member 1710.

In one example embodiment, the clamp apparatus 1700 further comprises abias member housing 1751 coupled to the connector member 1712. The biasmember housing 1751 is hollow and has a sealed end. The bias memberhousing 1751 has a diameter greater than the diameter of the bias member1710. In one example embodiment, the lever 1704 of the clamp apparatus1700 is a handle. The lever 1704 is configured to, under actuation,rotate towards the body 1702. The lever 1704 is configured to move theconnector member 1712 toward a first position and thereby move themovable gripper 1708 toward the fixed grippers. The lever 1704 isfurther configured to move the connector member 1712 toward a secondposition and thereby move the movable gripper 1708 away from the fixedgrippers. In one example embodiment, the lever joint 1775 is a cam, suchthat when the lever 1704 is moved to the first position, the cam pushesthe connector member 1712, thereby pushing the movable gripper 1708closer to the fixed grippers. In one example embodiment, the clampapparatus 1700 is configured to allow the moveable gripper 1708 to stopwhen abutting against an object while allowing the connector member 1712to continue to move as the lever 1704 is further actuated.

In one example embodiment, the lever 1704 includes a slideable ring 1770coaxially aligned with and surrounding the top end of the lever 1704,the top end being nearest the lever joint 1775. The slideable ring 1770is configured to free the lever 1704 from a locked position. Theslideable ring 1770 is configured to slide out of a notch in the leverjoint 1775, thereby unlocking the lever 1704 and freeing the lever 1704to rotate. The slideable ring 1770 includes a ring bias member 1776, thering bias member 1776 configured to bias the slideable ring 1770 to anotched position. In one example embodiment, the ring bias member 1776is a compression spring, while in another embodiment the ring biasmember 1776 is an expansion spring.

In one example embodiment, the clamp apparatus 1700 further comprises alocking assembly, the locking assembly configured to interact with themovable gripper 1708. The locking assembly includes a pawl 1714, and thepawl 1714 includes a pawl bias member 1715. In one example embodiment,the pawl bias member 1715 is a spring, and in some embodiments the pawlbias member 1715 is a torsion spring. The pawl 1714 is rotatably coupledto the locking assembly, the pawl 1714 configured to rotate into contactwith an upper ridged surface of the movable gripper 1708, locking thegripper in place.

In one example embodiment, the locking assembly further comprises aslideable member 1718, and the pawl 1714 positioned in contact with theslideable member 1718. The slideable member 1718 has a first end incontact with the lever joint 1775. The slideable member 1718 contacts anouter surface of the lever joint 1775, the outer surface having adepressed portion. The locking assembly is configured to move theslideable member 1718 into the depressed portion of the lever joint1775, allowing the pawl 1714 to rotate into contact with the movablegripper 1708 and thereby locking the movable gripper 1708 in place.

In one example embodiment, the clamp apparatus 1700 is configured foruse with medical devices and medical accessories. In one exampleembodiment, the body 1702 includes a means of coupling the clamp to aload. In one example embodiment, the load is a medical device. In someembodiments, the medical device is a peristaltic infusion pump orsyringe infusion pump. In one example embodiment, the clamp apparatus1700 is configured to couple a medical device to a support pole. In oneembodiment, the pole may be an IV pole. In one embodiment, the medicaldevice is a monitor comprising a tablet computer.

FIG. 18 depicts a prospective, side view illustration of an examplesupport system 6200(a) in accordance with an embodiment of the presentdisclosure. FIG. 18 further provides a representational view of thesupport system 6200(a) such that various embodiments of the supportsystem 6200(a) may be illustrated under this view. The support system6200(a) may serve to ensure an easy and efficient clamping of a device6207 or a plurality of similar or dissimilar devices 6207 to anothercomponent.

The present disclosure may provide one or more engagement mechanismsbetween a component that is to be clamped and a component on whichclamping takes place. Such an engagement mechanism may serve tofacilitate safe, easy and robust clamping of the clamped device.Additional engagement mechanisms may be configured to be in conjunctionwith, in addition to, or independent of the primary engagementmechanism. Such additional engagement mechanisms may provide furtherstability for the clamped device 6207 and the clamp arrangement 6200(b),as a whole. Various embodiments of the present disclosure mainlyillustrate the clamping of medical devices in a hospital facility or amedical setting. Such devices may include, but are not limited toinfusion pumps such as: syringe pumps, peristaltic pumps, cassette-basedpumps, etc. Additionally, other devices such as physiological monitors,gravity-fed drug delivery devices and any other suitable medicalequipment may be clamped as well. In some embodiments, the supportsystem 6200(a) may be configured to allow clamping of a portablecomputing device such as a smart phone, tablet, or other similar deviceswith a keypad, a touch screen, or any other sufficient user interface.Though the present disclosure is described for use in a hospitalfacility or a medical setting, the support system 6200(a) embodiment orits exemplary components described herein may also be used as acombination or independently, in any other setting. Additionally,various components of the embodiments described herein need not be usedexclusively within the context of the embodiments described herein. Forexample, the clamping devices 6207 described in relation to theembodiments disclosed herein may be used by themselves to clamp to anobject or any other suitable support such as a pole (e.g. IV pole), rod,or the like.

A support system 6200(a) may comprise components that may be assembledin a pre-defined manner to allow clamping of a device or devices 6207 toother components. The exemplary support system 6200(a) in FIG. 18 mayinclude a backbone structure 6201 that may be secured to a pole, such asan IV pole or may independently position itself, such that a verticalaxis A19 (shown in dotted line in FIG. 19A) may pass through it. In someembodiments the backbone structure 6201 may include a sturdy basecomponent that may allow the independent positioning of the supportsystem 6200(a) on a flat surface such as flat ground, floor or a tabletop. Such a base component may be removably attached or permanentlyengineered to the backbone structure 6201. To facilitate suchindependent positioning, some embodiments may include a base structurewhich may be attached to a bottom of the backbone structure 6201.Optionally, the base structure may also provide wheels for mobility.

The backbone structure 6201 may be hollow and may further provide one ormore data communication ports 6213 and power supply inlets 6214 tofacilitate information exchange between one or more devices 6207 clampedon the backbone structure 6201 and allow charging of a clamped device ordevices 6207. The hollow feature of the backbone structure 6201 mayfacilitate housing internal circuitry related to data communication andpower supply circuits. In some specific embodiments, other circuitry mayalso or instead be housed in the hollow interior of the backbonestructure 6201.

The backbone structure 6201 may be made of a variety of suitablematerials. It may be desirable that the material chosen are low densityand therefore low weight, high strength, superior malleability, easymachining, corrosion resistance, rust resistance, especially from airand moisture, and good thermal and electrical conductivity etc. However,other materials with similar qualities or different qualities may alsobe used. In some specific embodiments, metal alloys like stainless steelor metals like aluminum may be used. Additionally, alternatively, oroptionally, plastics possessing similar qualities may be used. In otherembodiments, a combination of different materials, providing suchfeatures, may be used. Additionally, the backbone structure 6201 may beof a pre-defined breadth and length to engage a known number of holdingstructures 6203 with sufficient clearance between a plurality ofattachable devices 6207. Though multiple holding structures 6203 aredepicted in the example embodiment, in some specific embodiments, asingle holding structure 6203 may be used.

A holding structure 6203 may serve to engage another component of thesupport system 6200(a) with the backbone structure 6201. A first set offixation points may be provided on the backbone structure 6201. A secondset of complementary set of fixation points may also be provided on theholding structure 6203. The holding structure 6203 may be configured toprovide a substantially graspable feature such that when the holdingstructure 6203 is engaged with the backbone structure 6201, thesubstantially graspable feature may stand generally parallel to the axisA19 of the backbone structure 6201. Additionally, the holding structure6203 may be engaged with the backbone structure 6201 in such a fashionas to provide electrical communication with the backbone structure 6201via a base portion 6237, as depicted in FIG. 18. The plurality ofholding structures 6203 may be disposed at necessary intervals on thebackbone structure 6201. The general view in FIG. 18, shows foursequential holding structures 6203.

The holding structure 6203 in a clamping arrangement 6200(b) is equippedwith other components to illustrate the complete clamping arrangement6200(b) in the support system 6200(a). Some of the following drawingsshow supplementary, explicit views of a specific embodiment of theclamping arrangement 6200(b) on a single holding structure 6203. Thedrawings also depict exemplary embodiments of individual components andtheir inter-relation to form the clamping arrangement 6200(b).

The support system 6200(a) may further provide an intermediate clampassembly 6205. A first face of the clamp assembly 6205 may engage with adevice 6207 which is to be clamped, and the opposing face may be engagedwith the holding structure 6203. Hence, the clamp assembly 6205 mayserve to clamp the device 6207 on the holding structure 6203. A firstside of the device 6207, which is distal from the clamp assembly 6205may be a work station or interface for the user of the device 6207 invarious embodiments.

A clamping arrangement 6200(b) may also provide a power supply pack 6209configured to detachably engage with a device 6207. The pack 6209 mayfunction as an alternative power supply source when the device 6207 isnot clamped on the holding structure 6203. The detachable power supplypack 6209 may be further configured to clamp along with the device 6207and positionally adjust to facilitate an uninterrupted engagementbetween the clamp assembly 6205 and the holding structure 6203. Thedetachable power supply pack 6209 may be configured so as to receive abase portion 6237 of the holding structure 6203 into a housing providedon the detachable power supply pack 6209. The power supply pack 6209 maybe removably coupled with the device 6207 via a separate engagementmechanism. Additionally, once attached to the device 6207, thedetachable power supply pack 6209 may not require any supplementaryefforts for clamping it to the holding structure 6203, other than theones employed by the user for clamping the device 6207 to the holdingstructure 6203. Thus, the power supply pack 6209 may be clamped on theholding structure 6203 via the engagement mechanisms between device 6207and the clamping assembly 6205 and a second engagement between the clampassembly 6205 and the holding structure 6203.

FIG. 19 depicts a proximal, side view illustration of an exemplarysupport system 6200(a), as shown in FIG. 18. Two holding structuresassemblies, 9019 and 9020 are shown in FIG. 19. A complete clampingarrangement 6200(b) is shown on holding structure assembly 9020,suggesting that an identical arrangement may be provided on the holdingstructure assembly 9019, if required. Additionally, if other holdingstructures are present, identical arrangements may be provided on them.Alternatively, one or more holding structures 6203 included in thesupport system 6200(a) may be configured such that its complete clampingarrangement 6200(b) differs from others in the support system 6200(a).For example, embodiments allowing clamping of a portable computingdevice such as a tablet, smart-phone, etc., as well as an infusion pump,the complete clamping arrangement 6200(b) for each, may differ. Aclamping arrangement 6200(b) is shown in section 9020 of FIG. 19. Asimilar assembly or arrangement may be achieved for section 9019 of FIG.19.

A data communication port 6213 and a power supply source 6214 providedon the backbone structure 6201, may be used to facilitate datacommunication between a device or devices 6207 and supply power to allthe devices 6207, respectively, clamped on a single backbone structure6201. The data communication and power supply may be achieved throughinternal circuitry within the backbone structure 6201. This internalcircuitry for the data communication and power supply may be providedwholly or partially within an internal hollow cavity inside the backbonestructure 6201. The power supply source 6214 on the backbone structure6207 may be a plug-in from the main power source (e.g., AC mains, forexample).

Various components of a specific embodiment of a support system 6200(a)are also shown in the isometric view depicted in FIG. 20A. The supportsystem 6200(a) depicted in FIG. 20A may be one of many specific examplesof the generic embodiment depicted in FIG. 18. FIG. 20A shows a backbonestructure 6201, which may be a longitudinal, hollow, substantiallyrectangular structure. Additionally, the backbone structure 6201 mayserve as a principal support structure for the complete support system6200(a). The backbone structure 6201 may also include one or moreprotrusion which in the example embodiment is shown as a number of tubemanagement members 6269(a). The tube management members 6269(a) shown inFIG. 20A may collectively serve as a tube management system for managinga plurality of tubes coming out or going into a device or devices 6207that may be clamped on the backbone structure 6201. Various embodimentsof the tube management members will be described later in further detailherein. It should also be noted that in some embodiments, one or moreprotrusion, such as the side protrusions or tube management members6269(a) depicted in FIG. 20A, may be used to hang various medicalsupplies. Such supplies may include, for instance, an IV bag or agravity-fed drug infusion set-up.

Components of the support system 6200(a) are also shown in the isometricview depicted in FIG. 20B. The embodiment depicted in FIG. 20B may beone of many specific examples of the generic embodiment depicted in FIG.19. The holding structure 6203 shown in FIG. 20B includes a rod portion6238 and a base portion 6237 which is an exemplary embodiment of theholding structures 6203. Section 9019 and section 9020 each include aholding structure 6203. An example of a completely assembled clampingarrangement 6200(b) is shown in section 9020 of FIG. 19B and FIG. 20B toillustrate that a similar arrangement may be achieved for section 9019of FIG. 19 and FIG. 20B. Alternatively, in embodiments where a widevariety of devices 6207 may be attached to a support system, thearrangement in section 9020 may differ.

FIG. 21A depicts an exploded, isometric view of an example embodiment ofa complete clamping arrangement 6200(b) and depicts a positionalrelationship between components of a clamping arrangement 6200(b)). Theclamping arrangement 6200(b) may comprise a backbone structure 6201 thatmay be generally planar. The backbone structure 6201 may furthercomprise a first set of fixation points 6211 configured to engage orattach a holding structure 6203 to the backbone structure 6201. Theholding structure 6203 may be engaged such that a rear face of theholding structure 6203 may be configured to mate with a front surface ofthe backbone structure 6201. As shown, the front face of the holdingstructure may provide pre-determined one or more mechanisms for engagingadditional components that are described in-depth later in the presentdisclosure. The holding structure 6203 may comprise a top portion 6235.The top portion 6235 may be configured to show or visually indicate aclear distinction between holding structure 6203 placed longitudinallyadjacent to another holding structure 6203 on the backbone structure6201. This distinction may be useful since a single plate of thebackbone structure 6201 may provide attachment sites for a plurality ofholding structures 6203.

The holding structure 6203 may further comprise a base portion 6237 thatprovides a passage 6234 for a data communication and a power supplycircuitry that may extend from a hollow interior of a backbone 6201 tothe device 6207. The passage 6234 may receive the data communication andpower supply circuitry from a data communication port 6213 and powersupply outlet 6214 on the backbone structure 6201 which extends to thedevice 6207 via the passage 6234. The base portion 6237 may furtherprovide a coupling element for engaging a clamp assembly 6205. Oneembodiment of the coupling element may be a recess 6236 that receives acomplementary coupling element that may be provided on the clampassembly 6205. The coupling element or recess 6236 may serve as anadditional engagement mechanism between the holding structure 6203 andthe clamp assembly 6205. This additional engagement mechanism may alsoserve as an alignment mechanism to bring together the holding structure6203, the clamp assembly 6205 and the device 6207, in line with oneanother. Moreover, the engagement of the coupling element or recess 6236on the holding structure 6203 with a complimentary coupling element onthe clamp structure 6205 may serve to increase the robustness of theconnection between the holding structure 6203 and the clamp structure6205. The holding structure 6203 may further provide an intermediate rodportion 6238 between the top portion 6235 and the base portion 6237.

FIG. 21A further depicts an intermediate rod portion 6238 that may be agraspable structure and may serve as an important element to provide theprimary engagement between a holding structure 6203 and a clamp assembly6205. An embodiment of the intermediate rod 6238 portion may generallybe a cylindrical structure. In other embodiments, the intermediate rodportion 6238 may have a different yet graspable structure. For example,the intermediate rod structure 6238 may have any number of suitablecross-sectional shapes. This intermediate rod portion 6238 may bedisposed at a minimal distance from the backbone structure 6201 in orderto avoid any interference when griping this portion. A top portion 6235and a base portion 6237 may be engaged with the backbone structure 6201via a first set of fixation points 6211 that may be provided on thebackbone structure 6201. The minimum distance between the intermediaterod portion 6238 and the backbone structure 6201 may be dependent uponthe dimensions of the top portion 6235 and the base portion 6237. In theexample embodiment, the intermediate rod portion 6238 may extend in amanner substantially parallel to the longitudinal direction of thebackbone structure 6201. In some other embodiments the intermediate rodshaped portion 6238 may extend from the base portion 6237 at an anglewith respect to the longitudinal direction of the backbone structure6201 and the intermediate rod portion 6238 may form skew lines which maylie in substantially parallel planes. This may be desirable to allow adevice or devices 6207 to be oriented at a particular angle when clampedon the backbone structure 6201. The holding structure 6203 may be madeof hard and light weight materials including but not limited tothermosetting plastics like PVC or uPVC, etc. the holding structure mayalso be made of metal alloys with similar qualities. Regardless, thematerial for making the holding structure 6203 may be equivalent orlighter than the material for making the backbone structure 6201.

An intermediate rod portion 6238 may be gripped by a clamp assembly6205. The clamp assembly 6205 may provide a griping means that may beconfigured to secure the intermediate rod portion 6238. A rear portionof the clamp assembly 6205 may provide an additional engagementmechanism for receiving one or more devices 6207 that is to be clampedto the holding structure 6203. Thus, the clamp assembly 6205 may serveas a liaison between the holding structure 6203 and the device 6207.Additionally, the clamp assembly 6205 may provide operable means thatmay be employed by a user for controlling the clamping and un-clampingof the device 6207. The operable means may be configured to control themovement of the gripping means provided on the clamp assembly 6205.These sub-components are disused in further detail hereinafter.

An engaging mechanism between a clamp assembly 6205 and a device 6207may include the use of a latch 6221 that may assist in locking orunlocking the engagement between the device 6207 and the clamp structure6205. The latch 6221 may be received in a socket or bay 6241 that may beprovided on a rear face of the clamp assembly 6205. The latch 6221 maybe further disposed in the socket 6241 via a flexible member that may beconfigured to facilitate a pivoting movement of the latch 6221. In oneembodiment of the present disclosure, the flexible member may be aspring.

FIG. 21A further depicts a device 6207 with an alternative detachablepower supply pack 6209. The detachable power supply pack 6209 may beengaged with a device 6207 such that it does not interfere when thedevice 6207 is clamped to a holding structure 6203. The detachable powersupply pack 6209 may be further configured to accommodate a base portion6237 of the holding structure 6203 when the device 6207 along with thedetachable power supply pack 6209 is clamped to the intermediate rodportion 6238 of the holding structure 6203 through the clamp assembly6205. The detachable power supply pack 6209 may be used when the device6207 is unclamped from the holding structure 6203. The device 6207 mayfurther include a back plate 6257 that may be configured to pair thedevice 6207 with the clamp assembly 6205.

FIG. 21B depicts an exploded, top view of a clamping arrangement6200(b). The FIG. 21B further illustrates the alignment of thecomponents that make up the clamping arrangement 6200(b). The top viewof the clamping arrangement 6200(b) depicts a top end of a backbonestructure 6201 along with a side protrusion 6269(a) that may serve as atube management member. A single plate of backbone structure 6201 maycomprise a plurality of side protrusions 6269(a) that may be placedsuccessively and made of similar dimensions for efficient tubemanagement. The top portion of the holding structure 6235 may be a flatformation with a generally-crescent shape at the end of the formation.The generally crescent shape may serve to guide a user about the mannerof engaging the clamp assembly 6205 with the holding structure 6203,since the top planar surface 6223 of the frame structure 6215 mayprovide an opposing crescent shape (i.e., complementary shape) at theend of the top planar surface 6223.

With reference to FIG. 21B, a base portion 6237 of the holding structure6203 may be in sequence with a top portion 6235. The base portion 6237may be further elongated than the top portion 6235 of the holdingstructure 6203. Such dimensional relation between the two sub-componentsmay be conducive to the purpose of the holding structure 6203 which isto provide a graspable means for engaging a clamp assembly 6205 of theclamping arrangement 6200(b). However, the inter-relation between thedimensions of the top portion 6235 and the base portion 6237 of theholding structure 6203 may differ in various embodiments.

Further description of the base portion 6237 may be provided byreferring to both FIG. 21A and FIG. 21B, in combination. A passage 6234may be provided in the base portion 6237. The passage 6234 (referring toFIG. 21A) may be configured to primarily house a data communication andpower supply circuitry extending from the backbone structure 6201 to adevice 6207. Besides the data communication and power supply circuitry,the base portion may also provide an alignment component or recess 6236.The recess 6236 may serve to enhance the stability of the clampingarrangement 6200(b).

Referring again to FIG. 21B, one or more devices 6207 may provide adetachable power supply pack 6209. The detachable power supply pack 6209may be configured to receive a base portion 6237 of a holding structure6203. The base portion 6237 may be received in a depression or housing6233 that may be provided on the detachable power supply pack 6209. Thusthe detachable power supply pack 6209 may be positionally accommodatedbelow the clamp assembly 6205 as the base portion 6237 of the holdingstructure 6203 is received by the housing or depression 6233 on thedetachable power supply pack 6209.

FIG. 22A depicts an exploded view of a part of the clamping arrangement6200(b), illustrating the positional relationship between a backbonestructure 6201, a holding structure 6203 and a detachable power supplypack 6209. This isometric view of the backbone structure 6201illustrates one or more data communication ports 6213 and a power supplyinlet 6214 on a side of the backbone structure 6201. The power supplyinlet 6214 may serve as a plug in point for a power supply source thatmay be received from the main power supply. Alternatively, the datacommunication ports 6213 and power supply inlet 6214 may be disposed atany other convenient site on the backbone structure, depending upon adesired configuration of the clamping arrangement 6200(b). The backbonestructure 6201 may further provide a first set of fixation points 6211that may facilitate engaging the holding structure 6203 or like, withthe backbone structure 6201. The first set of fixation points 6211 mayprovide an attachment mechanism in form of set screws, pins, splin, orthe like. In some embodiments the holding structure 6203 may bepermanently fastened to the backbone structure 6201.

FIG. 21A further depicts a backbone structure 6201 which may furtherprovide a power supply outlet 6210. The outlet 6210 may serve to extendthe power supply circuitry from the backbone structure 6201 to the baseportion 6237 of the holding structure 6203. A passage 6234 in the baseportion of the holding structure 6237 may facilitate a connectionbetween the power supply outlet 6210 and the device 6207. There may beadditional embodiments that may provide a different configuration tofacilitate electrical communication between the backbone structure 6201and the device 6207. Some of these embodiments may not require theholding structure 6203 as an intermediary component.

The holding structure 6203 may further provide a rib portion 6245). Therib portion 6245 may serve as a grip enhancing means on the intermediaterod portion 6238 of the holding structure 6203. In some specificembodiments, the rib portion 6245 is an outcropping on the intermediaterod portion 6238. Additionally or optionally, the rib portion 6245 maybe made of an identical material as the holding structure 6203 or adistinct material therefrom. The intermediate rod portion 6238 may beprovided with a single or a plurality of rib portions 6245. The numberof rib portions 6245 may depend on the degree of grip-enhancementrequired by an embodiment.

An exemplary embodiment of a detachable power supply pack 6209 is alsodepicted in the FIG. 22A. The detachable power supply pack 6209 may beengaged with a device 6207 that is be clamped on the backbone structure6201. The detachable power supply pack 6209 may mate with the device6207 from one side such that its opposing side may extend towards theholding structure 6203. The detachable power supply pack 6209 mayfurther provide an opening, housing or depression 6233. The depression6233 may serve to accommodate, receive or house the base portion 6237 ofthe holding structure 6203, e.g., partially or completely. Theengagement between the holding structure 6203 and the backbone structure6201 may accomplish more than one purpose. For example, one purpose maybe to mechanically fasten the holding structure 6203 to the backbonestructure 6201. Another purpose of this engagement may be to provide anelectrical contact between the power supply outlets 6210 and the baseportion 6237 of the holding structure 6203. Continuous circuitry mayextend from the power supply outlet 6210 to the base portion 6237 of theholding structure 6203.

FIG. 22B depicts a front view of an example embodiment of a positionalrelationship between a backbone structure 6201, a holding structure6203, and a detachable power supply pack 6209. A depression or housing6233 on the detachable power supply pack 6209 may accommodate a baseportion 6237 of the holding structure 6203. The base portion 6237 of theholding structure 6203 may comprise a recess 6236 and a passage 6234between the backbone structure 6201 and the device 6207. The passage6234 may comprise power supply circuitry. Further, the passage 6234 ofthe base portion 6237 of the holding structure 6203 may be received by adepression or housing 6233 in the detachable power supply pack 6209.Another embodiment of the detachable power supply pack 6209 may providea different non-interfering feature. The non-interfering feature of adifferent embodiment may serve the same purpose as the depression orhousing 6233 in the detachable power supply pack 6209 of the presentdisclosure. The design or shape of the detachable power supply pack 6209may vary in-order to provide the non-interfering feature therein.

FIG. 22C depicts a partial assembly of a clamping arrangement 6200(b)comprising a backbone structure 6201 and a holding structure 6203. Thebackbone structure 6201 may comprise one or more data communicationports 6213 and at least one power supply inlet 6214. The backbonestructure 6201 may further comprise various sites for engaging theholding structure 6203 such that a top portion 6235 of the holdingstructure and a base portion 6237 of the holding structure may affixwith the backbone structure 6201. The holding structure 6203 may furtherprovide an intermediate rod portion 6238 that may be bounded by the topportion 6235 and the base portion 6237. As described earlier, thebackbone structure 6201 may house an internal circuitry related to thedata communication and the power supply. This circuitry may be extendedto an identified component through a passage 6234 provided in the baseportion 6237 of the holding structure 6203. Consequently, the holdingstructure 6203 may be engaged with the backbone structure 6201 in a waythat an outlet for the circuitry may be aligned with the passage 6234 ofthe holding structure 6203.

FIG. 23A-23B depict an exemplary backbone structure 6201 that may beused in a support system. The backbone structure 6201 may generally be aplanar configuration and serve as a primary support for the supportsystem. Additionally, the backbone structure may also comprise a hollowinterior which may serve to contain a communication bus or the like. TheFIG. 23A depicts a back view of the backbone structure 6201 that may beheld by a pole such as a rod or an IV pole. The backbone structure 6201may be removably held by the pole through various fastening means e.g.screw clamping, bolts, pins, etc. Alternatively, the backbone structure6201 may be permanently secured by a flat surface such as a wall,framework, etc or the like. A different embodiment of the backbonestructure 6201 may be independently positioned on a flat surface such asa flat ground, floor or a table top. The backbone structure 6201 mayalso provided with at least one power supply inlet 6214 and one or moredata communication ports 6213. A front face of the backbone structure6201, as depicted by FIG. 23B may provide various engaging means forattaching a pre-identified component. FIG. 23B further depicts a powersupply outlet 6210 that may serve to extend circuitry housed in thebackbone structure 6201 to the pre-identified component. A plurality offixation points 6211 may be provided to facilitate this engagement.

FIG. 24A to FIG. 24C depict exemplary embodiments of tube managingmembers 6269(b), 6269(c) and 6269(d) on a backbone structure 6201. Thedepicted embodiments share similar functional aspects. However, one ofthe embodiments may be preferred over the other in case of specificdimensions or material of the tubes. Structurally, the tube managingfeature may be varieties of protrusions that may serve to provide anorganized handling of the tubes, conduits or channels, etc, attached toa clamped component. The tube management features 6269 (b), (c) and (d),may be designed to engage or receive the freely suspending tubes. Asingle backbone structure 6201 may provide a plurality of tube managingfeatures 6269. FIG. 24A and FIG. 24B illustrate that a single protrusionmay provide tube management for one or more tubes attached to theclamped device. Additionally, the tube management features 6269 may beprovided at any suitable site on the backbone structure 6201.Alternatively, other resources for managing tubes or conduits may beplaced on any suitable component of a support system to provide furtherconvenience or comfort to the user of the clamping arrangement. FIG. 24Cdepicts a plurality of protrusions 6269(b) to provide a multitude oftube management options.

FIG. 25A and FIG. 25B illustrate an exemplary embodiment of a device6207 to be clamped and a detachable power-supply pack 6209. Thecomponents of FIG. 25A and FIG. 25B are described with simultaneousreference to FIG. 21A. A pairing plate 6257 is also depicted by FIG. 25Awhich may be disposed on the back of the device 6207. The pairing plate6257 may be fixed to the device 6207 via screws, bolts, or the like ormay be permanently fastened to the back of the device 6207. ConsideringFIG. 21A wherein an exploded view of the clamp assembly 6205 illustratesthe positional relationship between the pairing plate 6257 and thedevice 6207. Thus, the pairing plate 6257 may serve as an intermediatecoupling member to attach the device 6207 to the clamp assembly 6205.The pairing plate 6257 may provide one or more paring members 6259 thatmay serve to engage the device 6207 to the clamp assembly 6205. Thepairing members 6259 may be outward extensions that may be trapped in asuitable engaging means that may be provided in a clamp assembly 6205.Further, the pairing members 6259 may be configured to endure the weightof the device 6207 along with one or more additional components theyengage with the clamp assembly.

A detachable power supply pack 6209 may be mechanically fastened to thedevice 6207. The detachable power supply pack 6209 may be configured toavoid interference to the data communication and power supply connectionthat is extended to the clamping device 6207. Additionally, no separatemechanism may be involved in clamping of the detachable power supplypack 6209 along with the device 6207. A snap button 6208 may be providedon the detachable power supply pack 6209. The snap button 6208 may serveto engage and/or disengage the detachable power supply pack 6209 withthe device 6207. The detachable power supply pack 6209 may continue tobe engaged to the device 6207 irrespective of the device being clampedon any other clamp-able structure such as a pole or a vertical rod. Thedetachable power supply pack 6209 may serve to charge a battery of thedevice 6207 when it is not clamped to a clamp-able structure that mayprovide the necessary power supply to the device 6207.

FIG. 26 depicts a back, right-side view of a partially assembledclamping arrangement 6200(b), specifically illustrating a backbonestructure 6201, holding structures 6203, clamp assembly 6205 and adetachable power supply pack 6209. FIG. 26 further depicts two holdingstructures 6203, one of which may be provided with a partial clampingarrangement 6200(b). A similar or different clamping arrangement6200(b), depending upon the purpose, may be achieved with the otherholding structure 6203. The base portion 6237 of the holding structure6203 may provide a passage 6234 for an electrical contact that may serveas a data communication and power supply source to the clamping device6207. This base portion 6237 of the holding structure 6203 may bereceived by a depression or housing 6233 provided on the detachablepower supply pack 6209. Such an arrangement may ensure that thedetachable power supply pack 6209 does not obstruct the electricalcontact between the holding structure 6203 and the device 6207. FIG. 26further provides a conceptual view of a back planar surface 6239 of aframe structure 6215. The back planar surface 6239 may provide a socket6241 for receiving a pre-determined clamping device and a latch 6221.The socket 6241 may serve to provide an engagement location for couplingthe clamp assembly 6205 with the pre-determined clamping device. Thelatch 6221 may enable a locking mechanism for coupling the clampassembly 6205 and the clamping device. As the device is received in thesocket 6241, the latch 6221 may pivotally displace to obstruct thedetaching of the clamping device with the clamp assembly 6205. Amechanical force from a user on the latch 6221 may allow detaching ofthe clamping device from the clamp structure 6205.

FIG. 27 depicts an exemplary embodiment of a partial clamp arrangement6200(b), specifically illustrating a clamping engagement between a clampassembly 6205 and a holding structure 6203. A partial gripping of theholding structure 6203 by the clamp assembly 6205 is depicted throughFIG. 27. The clamp assembly 6205 is illustrated in a second position.This second position may be described as opening of a mouth of the clampassembly 6205, such that a first jaw shaped end 6219 of a gear plate6249 may travel away from an opposing jaw shaped end 6219 of an opposinggear plate 6249. Thereby the clamp assembly 6205 in its second positionmay be configured to secure an intermediate rod shaped portion 6238 ofthe holding structure 6203. In the first position of the clamp assembly6205 the jaw shaped ends 6219 of the two gear plates 6249 in a clampassembly 6205 may be interlocked. An actuator or handle 6217 may beprovided on the exemplary clamp assembly 6205. The embodiment of thepartial clamp arrangement 6200(b) shown in FIG. 27 depicts the use oftwo actuators 6217 in the example clamp assembly 6205. The actuators6217 may be user operated components of the clamp assembly 6205. Adisplacement of the actuators 6217 may cause resultant displacement ofthe gear plates 6249, consequently shifting the clamp assembly 6205 fromthe first position or closed position to the second position or openposition. The intermediate rod shaped portion 6238 may further provide arib portion 6245 that may be a member that serves in enhancing the gripbetween the clamp assembly 6205 and the holding structure 6203 bycausing the jaw shaped ends to slide over the rib portion 6245 tosecurely grasp onto the holding structure 6203. That is, the jaw shapedend 6219 of the gear plate 6249 may grip the intermediate rod portion6238 such that a part of one or more jaws of the clamp assembly 6205 mayslide over the rib portion 6245 and grip the intermediate holdingstructure 6238 via the spring biasing of the jaw shaped ends 6219 towardeach other. The rib portion 6245 may be configured to provide a minimumfriction or resistance to the incoming jaw shaped end 6219 of the plate6249. It must be noted, that different embodiments of a clampingarrangement 6200(b) may provide an alternative grip enhancing feature onthe holding structure 6203 or the clamp assembly 6205.

FIGS. 28A through 28E depict various isometric views of a specificembodiment of a clamp assembly 6205. Additionally, the subsequent viewsfurther depict the clamp assembly 6205 in a first position which may bea closed position and a second position which may be an open position.The exemplary clamp assembly 6205 may comprise a frame 6215 which may besimilar to three face housing which when viewed in a profile that mayresemble a “C” like structure. The frame 6215 may provide a top surface6223, a bottom surface 6225 and a back surface 6239. The back surface6239 may be more clearly visible through FIG. 28B. Additionally, theframe structure 6215 may further provide attachment points 6216 forengaging and retaining various supplementary components of the clampassembly 6205.

A top surface 6223 and a bottom surface 6225 may be generally parallelto each other. Further, a back surface 6239 may be generallyperpendicular to the top surface 6223 and the bottom surface 6225. Thetop and bottom surfaces 6223 and 6225, respectively, may further includean indentation 6240 each, of substantially identical dimensions. Theindentations 6240 may be curved or crescent shaped and recessed into theoutward projecting edges of the top and bottom surfaces 6223 and 6225,respectively. The curved or crescent shaped indentation 6240 is depictedon the top surface 6235 of the frame 6215; this unique shape of theindentations 6240 may guide a user about appropriately engaging theclamp assembly 6205 with a clamp-able structure. As the jaw shaped ends6219 grip the clamp-able structure, the curved or crescent shapedindentations 6240 may receive the clamp-able structure without anyinterference with the gripping mechanism between the clamp assembly 6205and the holding structure 6203.

As best shown in FIG. 28B, a back surface 6239 of a frame structure 6215may provide a socket 6241. The socket 6241 may be configured to serve adual purpose. It may serve as an attach site for a pre-determinedclamping device. Further, the socket 6241 may be divided into twosections. A first section may be a latch receiving section 6241(a) and asecond section may be a device receiving section 6241(b). As the devicereceiving section 6241(b) engages the pre-determined clamping device, alatch 6221 retained in the latch receiving section 6241(a) may provide alocking mechanism to fasten the pre-determined clamping device with theclamp assembly 6205. The latch 6221 may require user interference inorder to disengage the pre-determined clamping device and the clampassembly 6205.

Referring to FIG. 28C, a bottom surface 6225 of the frame structure 6215may provide an alignment component 6263. The alignment component 6263may be made of a material other than the material used for making theframe structure 6215. The material used for the alignment component 6263may be comprised of a metal, a metal alloy or other suitable material.The alignment component 6263 may be fastened to the frame structure 6215by one or more fastening screws, bolts, nuts, etc. Moreover, thealignment component 6263 may be configured to cooperate with acomplementary alignment component that may be provided on a clamp-ableor graspable structure that may receive the clamp assembly 6205. Theengagement between the alignment component 6263 and the complementaryalignment component may be useful in maintaining the stability of theclamp assembly 6205 as it engages with the clamp-able structure.Further, this engagement may be an additional engagement mechanismbetween the clamp assembly 6205 and the clamp-able structure, ensuringthat no alterations occur to the complete clamping system during anyallied unexpected occurrence. In other words, the interaction of thealignment component 6263 and the complementary alignment component 6236in the holding structure 6203 may serve to inhibit relative movementbetween the clamp assembly 6205 and the clamp-able structure. Thealignment component 6263 and the cooperating feature on the clamp-ablestructure may interact in a variety of ways, for example, they mayinteract with a tongue in groove or dovetailed type mating arrangement.

Referring to FIG. 28D, a clamp assembly 6205 may further comprise one ormore gear plates 6249. An exemplary embodiment of the present disclosureexhibits a clamp assembly 6205 with two gear plates 6249. The materialof the gear plates 6249 may be the same as the material of the framestructure 6215. The gear plates 6249 may further provide a gear shapedor toothed end 6261 and a jaw shaped end or portion 6219. The gearplates 6249 may be disposed in the frame structure 6215 in a way suchthat the gear shaped ends 6261 are proximal to the back surface 6239 ofthe frame structure and the jaw shaped ends 6219 are distal from theback surface 6239.

Referring now to FIG. 28E, gear plates 6249 may be engaged with a framestructure 6215 through various connectors 6265 such as a hinge pin orthe like. Further, FIG. 28E depicts the clamp assembly 6205 in a secondposition i.e., an open position, wherein the jaw shaped ends 6219 of theopposing gear plates 6249 may separate from each other. A comparativeviewing of FIG. 28A and FIG. 28E, easily explains the displacement ofthe clamp assembly 6205 from a first position (as shown in FIG. 28A) toa second position (as shown in FIG. 28E). Besides the opening andclosing of a mouth, formed by the jaw shaped ends 6219 of the clampassembly 6205, a displacement of the actuators 6217 when the clampassembly 6205 shifts from the first position to the second position, mayalso be perceived from FIG. 28A and FIG. 28E.

FIG. 28F depicts an exploded view of a clamp assembly 6205 and displaysthe positional relationship between the sub-components of the clampassembly 6205. An interior of a frame structure 6215 may be configuredto accept a stack 6271 of bias members 6273 (e.g., planar leaf springs)inside the frame structure 6215. The jawed components or gear plates6249 may provide structural means for retaining the stack 6271 of biasmembers 6273. The stack 6271 of bias members 6273 may be retained in theinterior of the frame structure 6215 in a way such that the edges 6277of the stack 6271 of the bias members 6273 may be held by the one ormore retainers provided in the gear plates 6249. A bias member 6273 maybe a flexible, elastomeric object with an ability to store mechanicalenergy, when deformed, or any suitable spring. When the bias members6273 are exposed to a force in a pre-determined manner, their reflexaction may cause the desired movement of the clamp assembly 6205. Theexemplary embodiment illustrated in the FIGS. 28A-28F may provide aspring steel sheet which may exert restorative force when deformed.Various other embodiments may employ other types of springs, forexample, a compression spring or torsion spring, as a bias member 6273.

For the present embodiment, a bias member 6273 may be disposed in theinterior of a frame structure 6215, with its edges received by one ormore retaining means provided in a gear plate 6249. Such assembly of thebias member 6273 may not require a pre-load. However, this may depend onthe material and type of respective bias members 6273, chosen for aspecific embodiment. The stack 6271 of the bias members 6273 in thepresent embodiment may provide sheet-metal springs that may be initiallybent in order to allow them to buckle as they are placed in the interiorof the frame 6215. A mechanical force on the edges 6277 of the stack ofthe bias members 6271 may further axially compress or buckle the stackof the bias members 6273. Such a method of deforming the bias members6273 may result in a relatively constant force that may be required forfurther compressing the bias members 6273. Additionally, the relativelyconstant force may be comfortable for the user and also provide a nearlyconsistent clamping force on various size poles.

An exploded view of a clamp assembly 6205 in FIG. 28F further depictsthe assembling of the components in the clamp assembly 6205. A framestructure 6215 may be placed on its back surface such that the edges ofa top surface 6223 and a bottom planar surface 6225 of the frame 6215point away from the level at which the frame 6215 is placed. The topsurface 6223 and the bottom surface 6225 may be generally parallel toeach other and the back surface 6239 may be generally perpendicular tothe top surface 6223 and the bottom surface 6225. Such an orientationmay provide three ways of entering an interior of the frame 6215. One ofthe three ways may be a top entrance 9033 such that an incomingcomponent may be opposite to the back surface 6239 of the frame 6215.The other two entrances may be from the sides adjacent to the backsurface 6239. These may be depicted as a first side entrance 9036 and asecond side entrance 9039. The gear plates 6249 may be received by theframe 6215 from the side entrances 9036 and 9039. The stack 6271 of biasmembers 6273 may be received by the interior of the frame 6215 from thetop entrance 9033. The gear plates 6249 may be pivotally fastened whenplaced in the interior of the frame 6215. A pivotal fastening mayfacilitate the gear plates 6249 to move from a first position withclosed jaw shaped ends 6219 to a second position with open jaw shapedends 6219. Such pivotal motion may occur around a connector 6265 such asa hinge-pin that may also serve to attach the gear plates 6249 with theframe 6215. A different embodiment of the clamp assembly 6205 mayprovide a varied fastening means for facilitating the pivotal motion ofthe gear plate 6249. Alternatively, two separate mechanisms may be usedfor fastening the gear plates 6249 with the frame 6215 and facilitatingthe pivotal motion of the gear plate 6215.

An actuator 6217 is depicted by the FIG. 28F, whose one end may beconfigured to be received by a gear plate 6249 and the other end may beoperated by a user. The first end of the actuator 6217 may be aninserting member 6253 and the second end of the actuator may be a paddlemember 6251. The inserting member 6253 may be received by a section 6220of the gear plate 6249, thus attaching the actuator 6217 with the gearplate 6249. The engagement of the actuator 6217 and the gear plate 6249may be configured to facilitate the operation of the gear plates 6249via the actuators 6217. Consequently, when a user applies a downwardmechanical force on the actuator 6217, displacement of the gear plates6249 may be achieved by the actuator's 6217 rotation around theconnectors 6265. Such displacement may cause the jaw shaped ends 6219 toopen or close, as desired. This enables the jaw-shaped end 6219 of thegear plates 6249 to grip or un-grip a graspable component.

FIG. 29A to 29D depict cross-section views of an exemplary embodiment ofa clamp assembly 6205. The cross-section views in FIG. 29A to 29D, bestexplain the motion of the clamp assembly 6205 as the gear plates 6249displace from a first position to a second position. The exemplary clampassembly disclosed herein employs two gear plates 6249. The gear plates6249 may be displaced such that the jaw shaped ends 6219 and the gearshaped ends 6261 of both the gear plates 6249 may face each other. Astack of bias members 6271 may be disposed in the interior of thepartially depicted frame 6215. The stack of the bias members 6271 may bedisposed such that the edges 6277 of the stack of the bias member 6271may occupy the pockets 6275 of both the opposing gear plates 6249. Asthe stack of the bias members 6271 is engaged on its edges 6277, anyforce on the bias members may be applied only on the engaged portion.The stack of bias members 6271 employed in present embodiment may be astack of sheet of spring steel. A pre-determined number of spring metalsheets may be stacked to produce a desired force on additionalcompression or buckling of the stack of spring metal sheets. FIG. 29A &FIG. 29B depicts the positioning of the stack of bias members 6271between the gear plates 6249 when the clamp assembly 6205 is in thefirst position, while FIG. 29C and FIG. 29D depict the positioning ofthe stack of bias members 6271 between the gear plates 6249 when theclamp assembly 6205 is in the second position.

In a second position, the jaw shaped ends 6219 of the two opposing gearplates 6249 are distant from each other to facilitate griping of agraspable structure. A downward force on a paddle portion 6251 of anactuator 6217 may cause displacement of the opposing gear plates 6249each of which may be engaged with the respective actuators 6217. Theresultant displacement of the gear plates 6249 may cause deformation ofa stack 6271 of bias members 6273, engaged in the pockets 6275 of theopposing gear plates 6249. The deformation of the stack of bias members6271 is depicted in FIG. 29C and FIG. 29D. As a result, an opposingmechanical force may be generated and stored in the stack of biasmembers 6271. The stored force in the stack of bias members 6271 mayreact when the force on the actuators 6217, is released. Releasing theactuators 6217 may cause the stack of bias members 6271 to return to itsearlier position, as depicted in FIG. 29A and FIG. 29B. The gear shapedends 6261 of the opposing gear plates 6249 may be in conjunction suchthat the tooth of the opposing gear shaped ends 6261 may mesh andun-mesh as the clamp assembly 6205 displaces from the first position tothe second position, respectively.

FIG. 30A and FIG. 30B depict an exemplary embodiment of the positionalrelationship between a frame 6215, a stack of bias members 6271, one ormore connectors 6265 and a latch 6221. The connectors 6265 may serve asattachment components between the frame 6215 and other components toform a clamp assembly. However, the connectors 6265 may be additionallyconfigured to control the deformation of the stack of bias members 6271disposed in the interior of the frame 6215. FIG. 30 A and FIG. 30Bfurther depict, the positional relationship between the connectors 6265and the stack of bias members 6271, to serve the purpose of controllingthe deformation of the stack of the bias members 6271. As explainedthrough earlier figures, the stack of bias members 6271 may be a numberof spring steel sheets that may be engaged from its edges 6277 extendingaway from an interior of the frame 6215. A force on the edges 6277 maycause a deflection of the stack of bias members 6271. Such deflectionmay aid in appropriately retaining the stack of bias members 6271 insidethe frame 6215. Additionally, such retainment may require furthersupport as the stack of the bias members 6271 may undergo increaseddeflection when a clamp assembly 6205 displaces from a first position toa second position.

A connector 6265 may serve to provide a required additional support forretaining the stack of bias members 6271 when a clamp assembly 6205displaces to a second position. To provide such additional support, theconnectors 6265 may be placed substantially closer to the edges 6277 ofthe stack of the bias members 6271 and in an interior of the frame 6215.The connectors 6265 may be configured to be parallel to the edges 6277of the stack of bias members 6271. Furthermore, the connectors 6265 mayextend from a top surface 6223 of the frame 6215 to a bottom surface6225 of the frame 6215 thus covering the entire length of the stack ofbias members 6271. The present embodiment may allow the connectors 6265to fulfill a dual purpose of engaging additional components with theframe 6215 and also providing a required support for retaining the edges6277 of the stack of bias members 6271A. Another embodiment of the clampassembly 6205 may provide separate components for accomplishing therespective purposes. Alternatively, the mechanism of engaging the stackbias members 6271 may be different in different embodiments of the clampassembly 6205.

FIG. 30C depicts a latch 6221 engaged to a back planar surface 6239 ofan exemplary embodiment of a frame 6215 of a clamp assembly 6205. Asocket 6241 may be provided on the back surface 6239 of the exemplaryframe 6215. The socket 6241 may be divided into two parts viz. 6241(a)and 6241(b). A first part 6241(a) may be configured to receive the latch6221 and a second part 6241(b) may be configured to receive anadditional pairing member to engage a clamping device. FIG. 30C alsodepicts the engagement of the latch 6221 with back surface 6239 of theframe 6215, via the socket 6241. The socket 6241 may define a boundaryin the back surface 6239 of the frame 6215. The boundary may be such asto show an inverted triangular shaped socket 6241. The latch 6221 mayoccupy the first part 6241(a) of the socket 6241 and may engage so as topivot about a side of the inverted triangular shaped socket 6241. Theside of the socket 6241 that engages the latch 6221 may further includean obstruction that may restrict the pivoting motion of the latch 6221.

A latch 6221 may provide a flap portion 6224 and a lever portion 6222.The latch 6221 may serve to connect a clamping device with the frame6215. The latch 6221 may be received by a socket 6241 such that the flapportion 6224 and the lever portion 6222 may pivot about a point ofattachment between the latch 6221 and the socket 6241. One or moreparing members (not shown in this figure) may be received by the socket6241 to engage the clamping device and may push the flap portion 6224 ofthe latch 6221 towards an interior of the frame 6215. The flap portion6224 may pivot towards the interior of the frame 6215 and return to itsoriginal position when the paring members are completely received by aportion of the socket 6241. Consequently, by returning to the originalposition, the flap portion 6224 may lock the pairing members inside thesocket 6241. The lever portion 6222 of the latch 6221 may be a useroperative part of the latch 6221. The lever portion 6222 may originallyrest on a groove 6254 provided on a connecting rim between the topsurface 6223 and the back surface 6239 of the frame 6215. Forcing thelever portion 6222 away from the groove 6254 may cause the flap portion6224 to pivot towards the interior of the frame 6215 thus releasing thepairing members from the socket 6241.

The representational view in FIG. 30D illustrates the assembling ofcomponents depicted in FIG. 30A, FIG. 30B and FIG. 30C. A bottom surface6225 of the frame 6215 may provide an additional engagement component6263. The additional engagement component 6263 may be a plate configuredto couple with additional component The component 6263 may be attachedto the bottom surface 6225 by fastening elements such as, but notlimited to screws, bolts, nuts, etc. Additionally, a plurality of plateattaching points 6264 may be provided on the bottom surface 6225 of theframe 6215. Furthermore, FIG. 30D also depicts the assembling of a latch6221 with a back planar surface 6239 of the exemplary frame 6215. Thelatch 6221 may be retained in a socket 6241 in the back planar surface6239 of the frame 6215. A flexible member 6226 may be provided topivotally engage the latch 6221 with the socket 6241. The examples ofthe flexible member 6226 may include, but not limited to, a coil springor an elastomeric component. The latch 6221 may be substantiallyretained in the socket 6241. However, a part of the latch 6221 may alsorest on the groove 6254, provided on an edge between the back planarsurface 6239 and the top planar surface 6223. The latch 6221 may servethe purpose of engaging additional components to the back planar surface6239 of the frame 6215. It must be noted, that the present embodiment ofthe clamp assembly discloses the component 6263 as an additionalengagement component. Other embodiments of the clamp assembly mayprovide varied engagement components which may function differently toprovide a dissimilar engagement mechanism.

FIG. 31A to FIG. 31C depict representational views of an embodimentframe 6215 of an exemplary clamp assembly. The frame 6215 may serve as aprimary base component configured to receive the other components of aclamp assembly. FIG. 31A depicts a front view of the example frame 6215,illustrating the interior of the frame 6215. A socket 6241 may beprovided on a back surface 6239 of the frame 6215. The front view of theframe 6215 represents the socket 6241 as a generally V-shaped groove inthe back surface of 6239 of the frame 6215. The functional andstructural features of the socket 6241 have been described earlierthrough FIG. 28B. FIG. 31B depicts a top surface 6223 of the frame 6215.FIG. 31C depicts a bottom surface 6225 of the frame 6215. Variousconnecting points that receive the other components of the clampassembly have been illustrated in FIG. 31B and FIG. 31C. Connectorreceiving points 6266 are depicted on the top surface 6223 and thebottom surface 6225 of the frame 6215. Attaching points 6216 on thebottom surface 6225 of the frame 6215 may serve in connecting anadditional engagement component 6263 as previously described in FIG.30D.

FIG. 32A to FIG. 32C depict representational views of an embodiment of agear plate 6249 in an exemplary clamp assembly. FIG. 32A depicts afront, representational view of the gear plate 6249. FIG. 32A furtherillustrates a jaw shaped end 6219 and the gear shaped end 6261 of thegear plate 6249. The jaw shaped end 6219 may serve to grip a portion ofa graspable structure and facilitate an engagement between the clampassembly and the graspable structure. The jaw shaped end 6219 end mayfurther accommodate a layer configured to enhance the grip of the jawshaped end 6219 on a portion of the graspable structure. The layer mayoccupy a layer receiving surface 6248 on the jaw shaped end 6219 of thegear plate 6249. This layer may be made of an elastomeric material.Alternatively, the layer may be made of any material that maintains ahigh friction coefficient with the material of that portion of thegraspable structure that is gripped by the jaw shaped end 6219 of thegear plate 6249. A different embodiment may provide an elastomeric layeron the gripped portion of the graspable structure. Other embodiments ofthe clamp assembly may provide similar or unique grip enhancingfeatures.

FIG. 32A, also depicts an embodiment of a gear shaped end 6261 of anexemplary gear plate 6249. The gear shaped end 6261 may be formed by aset of teeth imprinted on side edges 6262 of the gear plate 6249. Afirst toothed side edge 6262(a) may be substantially parallel andsubstantially adjacent to a second toothed side edge 6262(b). The teethon the first toothed side edge 6262(a) of the gear shaped end 6261, maybe offset by a desired tooth spacing with respect to the teeth on thesecond toothed side edge 6262(b) of the gear shaped end 6261. Such anembodiment may allocate an identical gear plate 6249 to be used as anopposing gear plate in the clamp assembly 6205. FIG. 32B depicts a sideview of the gear plate 6249. The offset spacing 9030 between the teethon the two toothed side edges 6262(a) and 6262(b), can be best seenthrough FIG. 32B. Alternatively, a different embodiment of the clampassembly may provide two differently designed gear plates that opposeeach other in a clamp assembly. FIG. 32B also depicts the connectorgrooves 6267 on the gear plate 6249. The connector grooves 6267 areconfigured to receive the connectors that may engage the gear plates6249 with the frame 6215, as shown by FIG. 28F.

FIG. 32A further depicts a room 6276 between the adjacent toothed sideedges 6262(a) and 6262(b) may include a pocket 6275. The pocket 6275 mayextend from a first toothed side edge 6262(a) of the gear plate 6249 toa second toothed side edge 6262(b) of the opposing gear plate. Thepocket 6275 may further serve to receive a portion of a stack of biasmembers 6273, as depicted in FIG. 29A and FIG. 29B. A similar pocket maybe provided in an opposing gear plate 6249 of an exemplary clampassembly. The stack of bias members may be substantially held by the twoopposing pockets 6275 of the opposing gear plates 6249.

FIG. 32C depicts a representational, back view of an embodiment of agear plate 6249 of an exemplary clamp assembly 6205. The components ofFIG. 32C are hereby discussed in combination with FIG. 28F, as shownbefore. A section 6220 is depicted in FIG. 32C, which may serve toreceive a portion of the actuator 6217. An inserting member 6253 of theactuator 6217 may be disposed in the section 6220 of the gear plate6249, as shown in FIG. 28F. The section 6220 may also provide a set ofattaching points 6250, depicted in FIG. 32C, which may serve to engagethe inserting member 6253 of the actuator 6217. The inserting member6253 may be fastened with the gear plate 6249 using screws, bolts, nuts,pins, etc.

FIG. 33A and FIG. 33B respectively depict a front and back,representational view of an exemplary actuator 6217 of an example clampassembly 6205. The components of FIG. 33A and FIG. 33B are herebydiscussed in combination with FIG. 28F. The actuator 6217 may be dividedinto an inserting member 6253 and a paddle member 6251. The insertingmember 6253 may serve as a coupling component for joining the actuator6217 with a gear plate 6249, as shown in FIG. 28F. The inserting member6253 may be received by a section 6220 of the gear plate 6249, as shownin FIG. 28F. FIG. 33B depicts a set of attaching points 6218 may beprovided on the inserting member 6253 to engage the actuator 6217 withthe gear plate 6249 as shown in FIG. 28F. These attaching points 6218may be in conjunction with a set of attach points provided on the gearplate 6249.

A paddle member 6251 may be a user operated component and may facilitatethe user to operate a clamp assembly. The paddle member 6251 may extendoutward from the frame 6215 of a clamp assembly 6205, as shown in FIG.28F. A downward force on the paddle member 6251 of the actuator 6217,may cause the clamp assembly 6205 to displace from a closed position(shown in FIG. 29A) to an open position (shown in FIG. 29C).

FIG. 34A and FIG. 34B, respectively depict front and backrepresentational views of an embodiment of a latch 6221 in an exemplaryclamp assembly. The components of FIG. 34A and FIG. 34B may be explainedwith reference to FIG. 30C. As shown earlier through FIG. 30C, the latch6221 may be configured to be received by a socket 6241 provided on aback surface 6239 of a frame 6215. The latch 6221 may serve as a lockingmechanism for the engagement between the clamp assembly 6205 and aclamping device. The latch 6221 may further comprise a flap portion 6224and a lever portion 6222. Continuing reference to FIG. 30C the latch6221 may be coupled with the socket 6241 in a way that the flap portion6224 and the lever portion 6222 may restrictively pivot around a rim ofthe socket 6241.

A lever portion 6222 of the latch 6221 may be a user operated portion.As shown in FIG. 30C, the lever portion 6222 may rest on a groove 6254provided on the connecting edge between a top surface 6223 and a backsurface 6239 of a frame 6215. The latch 6221 may be attached with theframe 6215 via a flexible member 6223, as shown in FIG. 30C. Theflexible member 6223 may be glued to the frame 6215 or mechanicallyfastened using screws, bolts, nuts, pins, etc.

FIG. 35A and FIG. 35B depict back and front, representational views,respectively, of an embodiment of a holding structure 6203, in anexemplary clamp assembly 6205. The components of FIGS. 35A and 35B canbe better explained in combination with FIG. 21A. The holding structuremay be divided into a top portion 6235, an intermediate rod shapedportion 6238 and a base portion 6237. The intermediate rod shapedportion 6238 may serve as a grasping portion that may be received by ajaw shaped end 6219 of the clamp assembly 6205, as shown in FIG. 21A.The intermediate rod portion 6238 may further provide a rib portion6245. The rib portion 6245 may serve as a slide-able component as thejaw shaped end 6219 of the clamp assembly 6205, begins to grip theintermediate rod shaped portion 6238.

As shown in FIG. 35B and FIG. 21A, a base portion 6237 of the holdingstructure 6203 may provide a passage 6234 for extending a data and powersupply circuitry from a backbone 6201 to a clamped device 6207 of anexemplary clamping arrangement 6200(b). The base portion 6237 mayfurther comprise an alignment component 6236 configured to receive acomplementary alignment component 6263 provided on the clamp assembly6205. The engagement between the alignment component 6236 and thecomplementary alignment component 6263 may provide an additionalengagement between the holding structure 6203 and the clamp assembly6205, as shown in FIG. 21A. Furthermore, the base portion 6237 of theholding structure 6203 may be received by a depression or a housing 6233in a detachable data and power supply pack 6209. Such an engagement mayfacilitate an unobstructed electrical communication between the baseportion 6237 of the holding structure 6203 and the device 6207.

What is claimed is:
 1. A clamp assembly comprising; a frame with a topsurface and a bottom surface that are connected using a back surface,the back surface further comprising an interior face and an opposingexterior face; at least one jawed component with a jawed end, pivotallyretained in the frame so as to have an axis of rotation substantiallyparallel to the back surface, the at least one jawed component furthercomprising interdigitating geared ends opposing the jawed ends; anactuator coupled to each of the at least one jawed components, theactuator further comprising a paddled end which is distal to the atleast one jawed component; and at least one bias member biasing the atleast one jawed component to a first position wherein displacement ofthe actuator causes the displacement of the at least one jawed componentto pivot from the first position to a second position in which the jawedend of the at least one jawed component are spread apart from each otherwhereas the geared ends ensure substantially equal and opposite pivotaldisplacement of the at least one jawed component.
 2. The clamp assemblyof claim 1, wherein the frame further comprises a plurality of sectionsdisposed on the interior face of the back surface, the plurality ofsections are configured to accept the at least one jawed component. 3.The clamp assembly of claim 1, wherein the at least one jawed componentis pivotally retained via a connector disposed between the top surfaceand the bottom surface of the frame.
 4. The clamp assembly of claim 1,wherein the at least one jawed component pivots around the axis ofrotation passing through the connector.
 5. The clamp assembly of claim1, wherein the connector is a hinge pin.
 6. The clamp assembly of claim1, wherein the at least one jawed component further comprises one ormore pockets configured to substantially receive the one or more biasmembers.
 7. The clamp assembly of claim 1, wherein the one or more biasmembers are partially compressed in order to be placed in the one ormore pockets of the at least one jawed component.
 8. The clamp assemblyof claim 1, wherein the one or more bias member is substantiallydisposed in the opposing one or more pockets of the opposing one or morejawed components.
 9. The clamp assembly of claim 1, wherein thedisplacement of the actuator causes displacement of the at least onejawed component which further compresses the one or more bias members.10. The clamp assembly of claim 9, wherein the one or more biasedmembers are configured to hold the at least one jawed component in thefirst position.
 11. The clamp assembly of claim 10, wherein the one ormore biased members are configured to allow the at least one jawedcomponent to be displaced into the second position.
 12. The clampassembly of claim 11, wherein the one or more bias members areconfigured to allow the at least one jawed component to be displaced,which causes the jawed end to grip a graspable structure.
 13. The clampassembly of claim 12, wherein the one or more bias members areconfigured to allow the at least one jawed component to be displacedcausing the jawed end to grip a pole structure.
 14. The clamp assemblyof claim 1, wherein the jaw shaped end of the at least one jawedcomponent, is substantially covered with a layer.
 15. The clamp assemblyof claim 14, wherein the layer is made of a first material and the firstmaterial is an elastomeric material.
 16. The clamp assembly of claim 15,wherein the layer is made of a first material having a high frictioncoefficient with a second material of the holding structure.
 17. Theclamp assembly of claim 16, wherein the layer is made of a materialhaving high friction coefficient with the material of a one or moreslide-able members disposed on the holding structure.
 18. The clampassembly of claim 17, wherein the layer is made of rubber.
 19. The clampassembly of claim 1, wherein the frame further comprises a socket on theback surface, the socket is configured to pivotally retain a latch via alatch retaining bias member.
 20. The clamp assembly of claim 19, whereinthe latch is configured to couple the clamp assembly with a clampingdevice when the latch pivots to a locking position.
 21. The clampassembly of claim 20, wherein the latch is configured to release theclamping device when the latch pivots to an unlocking position.
 22. Theclamp assembly of claim 21, wherein the latch further comprises a flapportion and a lever portion.
 23. The clamp assembly of claim 22, whereinthe flap portion of the latch is pivoted towards an interior of theframe to receive one or more pairing members of a clamping device, inthe socket.
 24. The clamp assembly of claim 23, wherein the flap portionof the latch is pivoted back after completely receiving the one or morepairing members of the clamping device, in the socket.
 25. The clampassembly of claim 22, wherein the lever portion is configured tooperatively allow releasing the pairing members from the socket in theback surface of the frame.
 26. The clamp assembly of claim 1, whereinthe frame further comprises a plurality of tracks configured to receivethe at least one jawed component.
 27. The clamp assembly of claim 1,wherein the at least one jawed end is coupled with the frame through aconnector.
 28. The clamp assembly of claim 27, wherein the at leastjawed component is coupled with the frame through a hinge pin.
 29. Theclamp assembly of claim 1, wherein the at least jawed component furthercomprises a section configured to partially receive the actuator. 30.The clamp assembly of claim 29, wherein the actuator further comprises apairing member and a paddle member.
 31. The clamp assembly of claim 29,wherein the section of the jawed component is configured to receive thepairing member of the actuator.
 32. The clamp assembly of claim 1,wherein the displacement of the actuator causes a desired displacementof the at least one jawed component.
 33. The clamp assembly of claim 1,wherein the at least one jawed component is configured to pivot around aconnector.
 34. The clamp assembly of claim 1, wherein the at least onejawed component is configured to pivot around a hinge pin.